ePub PDF eBook Libs

  • Télécharger
  • Pain Management: An Interdisciplinary Approach

    Pain management is a growing area of interest for many health care professionals. This book examines the area, dealing specifically with the management of potentially chronic pain. It examines how to assess patients with pain, the factors involved in the development of chronic pain and the setting up and running of a pain management programme. The authors have focused both on what is done in the management of pain and whether and why it is done, covering not only the content of interdisciplinary pain management but also the processes involved. An essential reference for all health professionals involved in all aspects of pain management. Features: * Provides extensive background material and covers broad issues which other books lack * The focus of the book is not only what is done with the management of pain but whether and why it is done * Both authors have been closely involved in the establishment and ongoing management of The Pain Management Programme at Salford, one of the best in the world

  • Theory and Practice of Histological Techniques

    Written by histopathologists and technical staff with a range of experience, this book outlines the ways in which material can be handled to yield the maximum information. It should be of interest to technical staff in training and histopathologists. The text shows a more marked trend towards providing text essential for histology technologists. This edition has two new chapters, and the section on neuropathological techniques, which relies much more on immunocytochemistry and electron microscopy has been updated. The chapter on histometry has been developed by the inclusion of image analysis techniques. In the chapter on safety, the COSSH regulations are covered and the chapter on diagnostic immunocytochemistry shows how this subject has advanced and how relevant it has become to the confirmation of pathological diagnosis.

  • Clinical Reflexology: A Guide for Health Professionals

    This is a unique textbook of reflexology for students undertaking a full or short course (either at diploma or degree level) in reflexology. The book will: critically review the origins and theories of reflexology; examine the therapeutic relationship and a model of working with patients using reflexology, in a health care setting; explore the therapeutic value of reflexology in terms of its diagnostic, treatment claims and contraindications; critically analyze the role of the reflexologist in relationship to the concepts of healing and holism; identify and discuss key ethical, professional & legal issues related to safeguarding the interest of patients receiving reflexology; and review the educational issues related to student programmes, and examine the value and methods of support and supervision for clinical practice. Review recent research and audit activity and discuss methodological issues in asking questions about the efficacy and safety of reflexology. Examine the key issues in the integration of reflexology practice and how to best meet the challenges of working with patients and their families in a healthcare context. Consider the key areas identified above in reflecting on providing reflexology within specified areas of clinical practice. These will be maternity, palliative care, acute and continuing care, learning difficulties and mental health.

  • Qualitative Research in Evidence-Based Rehabilitation

    The aim of this book is to provide an inexpensive and accessible text that discusses issues of qualitative research and its potential role in enhancing the theoretical base of both occupational and physical therapy.
    The comprehensive coverage is useful to students, researchers, and clinicians who seek a greater understanding of qualitative research and its use within the professions of occupational and physical therapy. As more and more clients request evidence-bases service, this resource can aid practitioners in using qualitative methods to demonstrate their effectiveness.

    • The material addresses a subject of increasing concern and relevance to therapists.
    • Thorough explanations demonstrate the relevance of qualitative research for evidence-based practice.
    • The text explores issues specific to the field of rehabilitation and focusses specifically on those important to OT and PT.
    • Information links theory, research and practice in an understandable way.
    • Resource effectively uses boxes and tables to highlight key packets of information
    • Illustrations of real research and practice examples aid the reader in applying their new-found knowledge to real-life issues.
    • The book is written in a readable style which makes the book accessible for students and non-academically minded practitioners.

  • Nursing Patients With Cancer: Principles And Practice

    This title is directed primarily towards health care professionals outside of the United States. Nurses are in the vanguard of the international fight against cancer. National policies on reducing or eradicating cancer highlight the vital contribution nurses make in its prevention, identification, treatment and management. This book, which is based on the internationally acclaimed Core Curriculum for a Post-Registration Course in Cancer Nursing developed by the European Oncology Nursing Society (EONS), covers all the key areas nurses caring for patients in this demanding specialty will need to consider. Focusing on the needs of the patient, it provides the essential scientific, psychological and sociological information necessary for nurses to provide care that minimises the trauma of cancer, and maximises outcomes for patients and their families.

  • Emergency Physiotherapy

    A solution-oriented synopsis of the majority of issues faced in the on call setting, i.e. communication, assessment of the patient, problem identification and treatment. On call physio situations are usually respiratory but may arise in any type of unit. All these are addressed as well as the other commonest scenarios. Text is presented as lists and bullet points as much as possible, with 50 per cent of the book presenting information in charts, algoriths or diagrams. It is designed to fit with the UK National assessment tool and Phase 2 of this is a national teaching programme to be launched in 2002. This book is expected to become a standard text for that course but it also stands alone as a useful text for physios everywhere in its own right. Pocket sized with a flexicover, it is designed for quick and easy on the job reference.

  • Textbook of Radiology and Imaging

    This text provides the trainee radiologist with an encyclopaedic account of the scientific basis, modalities, techniques and clinical practice of radiology and imaging. It also serves as a reference source for the general radiologist and department. It includes advances in colour doppler, power doppler, spiral CT and the applications of MRI.

  • Urodynamics Made Easy

    This volume in the Made Easy series provides a concise, user-friendly guide to the principles and practice of urodynamics as applied to the routine management of patients. It offers clear explanations presented in a visually appealing and accessible format.

  • Clinical Problem Solving in Prosthodontics

    This practical resource addresses a range of clinical problems in prosthetic dentistry and provides a step-by-step guide to differential diagnosis and treatment planning. Emphasizing clinical-problem solving, it helps readers combine different dental procedures into a rational plan of treatment for patients who may have a number of different dental problems that require attention.

    • Focuses on clinical problem-solving in prosthodontics.
    • Offers practical help with treatment planning, guiding the reader through the process of decision-making.
    • Covers some of the most important areas of clinical practice for the average dentist - including crowns, bridges, veneers, and implant-supported restorations.
    • Provides colorful illustrations throughout to reinforce content.

  • Hand Conditions

    The "Colour Guides" series replaces the "Colour Aids" series. Revised versions are now being relaunched as "Colour Guides" and new titles added. "Hand Conditions" depicts the various conditions which affect the hand and is a useful guide to the diagnosis of many general conditions. Topics covered include: joint, tendon and nerve injuries; benign and malignant tumours; circulatory disorders; infections; and self-inflicted injury.

  • Pancreatitis

    This book in intended as a collection of contemporary accounts of controversial subjects in the field of acute and chronic pancreatitis. The authors are all recognised as international authorities in this area and have concentrated on subjects of current interest. It is aimed at postgraduate surgical trainees; surgical consultants and specialist surgeons.

  • Clinical Endocrinology and Diabetes

    A study on clinical endocrinology aimed at postgraduate medical students. It looks at various hormones and hormone physiology, the clinical presentation of endocrine disease and topics such as diabetes mellitus and calcium metabolism.

  • Diagnostic Atlas of Genitourinary Pathology

    This book will cover all major inflammatory, infectious, pre-neoplastic and neoplastic diseases of the upper and lower urinary tract. Over 1,000 four colour images will provide the diagnostic pathologist in training and in practice with a comprehensive visual reference to assist in the recognition and diagnosis of benign and malignant genitourinary disorders. Whenever, diagnostically useful, the pathologic images are correlated with radiographic modalities. The illustrations are accompanied throughout by a concise text expertly highlighting the histopathologic and cytologic features of genitourinary biopsy and resection specimens. Particular emphasis is placed on clinicopathologic correlations and on what the urologist expects in regard to the pathologic report.

  • Evidence-based Practice: A Primer For Health Care Professionals

    The book is a comprehensive guide to all the main strands of EBHC - finding and implementing evidence for use in clinical practice. Its focus is health professionals in the primary care field, and it consciously uses case examples from a variety of professional contexts. Examples and questions relevant to primary care practice are featured throughout the text. It discusses principles as well as practice, and provides guidance for teachers.

  • Written in clear, jargon-free language
  • A 'how to do' manual, takes the reader step by step trough the process
  • Case studies, worked examples and activities scattered throughout text
  • Multi-disciplinary approach
  • Fully updated
  • New references
  • Covers latest developments
  • Gastrointestinal and Oesophageal Pathology

    A comprehensive reference for gastroenterologists and pathologists faced with a need for information of a basic structural and pathophysiological nature, concerning normal and abnormal morphology and function of the oesophagus and gastrointestinal tract. Each chapter includes epidemiology, clinical data and critical reviews of the literature, and presentation, pathogenesis, pathophysiology, aetiology, morphology and topography are all covered. The book should help gastroenterologists to gain a better understanding of the disease processes affecting their patients, and pathologists to improve understanding of the basis of gastrointestinal disease and a facility for better diagnostic skills.

  • Common Conditions

    Part of the "Colour Guide Series", this is a small colour atlas of the 60 conditions most commonly encountered in general practice. Each topic occupies one double page spread: the text on the left-hand page gives the cause and brief details of management; on the right-hand page are clinical photographs illustrating the condition. These will also be the conditions (normally inappropriately) seen in Accident and Emergency departments. It therefore has a potentially very wide market including the entire primary care team GPs (especially trainees and newly qualified), Practice Nurses, Health Visitors - medical students during their clinical years, junior doctors and nurses working in Accident and Emergency, etc.

  • Medicine in Old Age

    Demographic changes make the care of the elderly an increasing part of the practice of medicine. Along with this shift, medical teaching now places greater emphasis on primary care where the problems of the elderly predominate. The fourth edition of Medicine in Old Age takes into account developments and changes both in the care of the elderly and the teaching of medical students. Completely rewritten and presented in an entirely new format this book is a concise account of aspects of the medicine of old age that tend not to be addressed in texbooks of general internal medicine. Features: * Entirely new format and design * Greater use of graphics to present information * Key point boxes * Text entirely re-written to reflect both changes in the subject and the way medical students learn

  • Making Sense of Spirituality in Nursing Practice: An Interactive Approach

    It is increasingly recognised that caring for the spiritual needs of patients is a highly significant yet often neglected and misunderstood aspect of nursing care. This is in part due to the lack of guidance and instruction which nurses receive regarding this sensitive and personal aspect of our lives. This book aims to provide an accessible introduction to issues concerning the spiritual dimension of nursing practice. It draws extensively on case studies illustrating applications to practice and encourages the reader to explore, through reflective activities, what spirituality means to them and to the patients they care for. Stimulating and challenging, and based on the authors own extensive research, this book will be the perfect introduction to spiritual care for nurses in all areas of practice.

  • Electrodiagnosis in Clinical Neurology

    The New Edition of this respected reference delivers complete, practical guidance on current electrodiagnostic techniques and their clinical applications for investigating problems of both the central and peripheral nervous systems. Completely revised and updated, this 5th Edition provides state-of-the-art knowledge on electroencephalography, electromyography, nerve conduction studies, evoked potentials, polysomnography, and electronystagmography.

  • Seward's Bedside Diagnosis

    This textbook of disease symptoms and diagnosis was first written by Dr Charles Seward in the closing stages of World War II when he was serving in the Royal Army Medical Corps in India. In it he adopted the approach of classifying the causes of a disease according to the symptoms and signs it produced, rather than its aetiology and pathology. It aims to bridge the gap between the doctor's theoretical knowledge and the patient's symptoms to help achieve an accurate diagnosis 0 the basis of management and treatment. The revised edition marks the 40th year of the manual, which has been rewritten to include research on AIDS, Alport's syndrome, epiglottitis, adult respiratory distress syndrome, anorexia nervosa, diabetes mellitus, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, Reye's syndrome, parvovirus infection, IgA nephropathy, hypothyroidism, the haemolytic-uraemic syndrome and the neuroleptic malignant syndrome.

  • Clinical Orthopaedic Examination

    This is a step-by-step, highly illustrated textbook of orthopaedic examination and diagnosis, which is useful for orthopaedic trainees and medical students.

  • Supportive Care in Radiotherapy

    This book looks at the often debilitating consequences for individuals undergoing radiation therapy and the associated problems for health care professionals that provide clinical and supportive care. Coverage includes physical aspects of treatment in terms of toxicity, issues related to assessment and clinical management, the organizational context of care, multi-professional issues, quality assurance, and the impact of treatment from a physical and psychosocial perspective. Also features critical reviews of current research findings and identifies future directions for clinical research and development.

  • Hematology: Basic Principles and Practice

    This leading text reflects both the new direction and explosive growth of the field of hematology. Edited and written by practitioners who are the leaders in the field, the book covers basic scientific foundations of hematology while focusing on its clinical aspects. This edition has been thoroughly updated and includes ten new chapters on cellular biology, haploidentical transplantation, hematologic manifestations of parasitic diseases, and more. The table of contents itself has been thoroughly revised to reflect the rapidly changing nature of the molecular and cellular areas of the specialty. Over 1,000 vivid images, now all presented in full color for the first time, include a collection of detailed photomicrographs in every chapter, selected by a hematopathology image consultant. What's more, this Expert Consult Edition includes access to the complete contents of the book online, fully searchable.

  • Modern Cytopathology

    Here is a truly functional text that provides information on all aspects of clinical cytopathology, including both aspiration and exfoliative cytology, to offer a well-rounded view of the morphologic side of cytology. Prominent specialists cover the detection of a neoplastic diseases as well as a wide range of infectious and inflammatory conditions. Disease and organ-system based, this text provides true histological correlations, and incorporates relevant ancillary tests.

  • Microbiology and Infection

    This is a collection of picture tests on both clinical microbiology and infectious diseases, integrating these areas in line with curriculum changes. More and more, examinations involve the use of photographic material, and students - who may well have actually seen only a limited number of patients with infectious diseases - are keen to practice their skills. Key features are the extensive explanatory answers at the end of the book.

  • Touch and Emotion in Manual Therapy

    This book provides a unique approach to the exploration of manual therapy by examining the psychological and physiological therapeutic effects of touch as a part of therapy. It addresses key issues such as - What happens when you touch someone? What are the limitations of the mechanical aspects of touching in manual therapy? Why does touching have an emotional impact? And what are the major ethical issues involved?

  • Nausea and Vomiting in Pregnancy: An Integrated Approach to Management

    Many women suffer from pregnancy sickness, with symptoms ranging from mild, temporary nausea to persistent and severe vomiting. Gestational sickness is, however, attributed to physiological rather than pathological which causes obstetricians to dismiss it as a "minor" disorder, yet for many expectant mothers it has a profound impact on their daily lives, even if only temporarily. This book is a comprehensive review of both orthodox and complementary management options for nausea and vomiting in pregnancy. It explores the incidence, causes, effects and complications associated with pregnancy nausea and vomiting, together with a comparative study of conventional and complementary medical approaches to management and care of these women. It is aimed primarily at midwives, obstetricians, general practitioners and health visitors, but may also be useful for others working with pregnant women such as National Childbirth Trust teachers, other childbirth educators and for complementary practitioners.

  • Essential Oil Safety Guide: A Guide for Healthcare Professionals

    The safe use of essential oils is of key importance in the practice of aromatherapy. Based on up-to-date research findings, this practical, comprehensive guide gives detailed profiles of essential oils, safety guidelines for practitioners, cautions and contradictions and extensive referencing. "Essential Oil Safety" is written for everyone who needs to be thoroughly familiar with the appropriate and safe use of essential oils in therapy, whether researchers, pharmacists, nurses, clinicians, aromatherapists or retailers.

  • Research Mindedness for Practice: An Interactive Approach for Nursing And Health Care

    All nurses, students and practitioners must now ensure that their practice is research-based - that is, that activities are grounded in and responsive to research findings. To do this nurses must become research aware - able to read and interpret research findings and apply them to practice. Some nurses will become involved in doing research, but the vast majority will be expected to apply research in practice. Nurses need to be confident with research and its teminology, and to become research-minded. This title will help nurses understand what research is, the methods, and how to apply it in practice. Its function is not to explain how to undertake research, but to demystify research and help nurses to become research-minded and appreciate their skills in this area. Features: * Helps students pre- and post-registration to understand the concept and application of research * Helps practitioners meet their continuing education requirements by helping them get to grips with research * Interactive nature of the text encourages in-depth learning and adds value to the books educational worth * Teachers will find the book useful in relaying the concept of research to students * The author is a respected name in the field of research. Her name carries weight with pure researchers and her practical experience ensures the book is a well-developed and sound reference

  • Cochlear Prostheses

    Looking at research in cochlear prosthesis, this book considers a variety of the aspects of this subject. These range from the assessment of communication skills in implanted deaf children, to the biocompatibility and safety of cochlear prosthesis.

  • The Elements of Nursing: A Model for Nursing Based on a Model of Living

    The latest edition of a popular introduction to nursing, based on one of the most commonly used models of nursing in the UK which employs the Acitivities of Living concept. The Elements of Nursing remains an essential purchase for most Project 2000 diploma nursing students, and for many post-registration students, because of its Activities of Living approach and research base.

  • The Athlete's Shoulder

    The latest edition of this in-depth look at athletic injuries of the shoulder has been updated to feature 16 new chapters, additional illustrations and algorithms, an added focus on arthroscopic treatments, and pearls that highlight key information. Additional contributing authors give you a fresh spin on new and old topics from rehabilitation exercises to special coverage of female athletes, pediatrics, and golfers. This book offers coverage of arthroscopy, total joint replacement, instability, football, tennis, swimming, and gymnastic injuries, rotator cuff injuries, and much, much more! The large range of topics covered in this text ensures that it's a great resource for orthopaedists, physical therapists, athletic trainers, and primary care physicians.

  • Core Clinical Skills For Osces In Surgery

    This title is directed primarily towards health care professionals outside of the United States. It is intended to help you learn how best to approach a clinical problem from a surgical perspective. The text provides an insight into how a surgeon might manage a particular problem and consequently how to prepare for an Osce that might entirely (or in part) consist of 'surgical' Osce stations. Although some of the stations in the book could easily be found in a "medicine" Osce they are presented here from the perspective of both a student seeking to demonstrate well-developed surgical skills within an Osce setting and a specialist surgical examiner.

  • Neurology and Neurosurgery Illustrated

    New edition of a highly successful illustrated guide to neurology and neurosurgery for medical students and junior doctors.

    . Comprehensive guide to neurology and neurosurgery for medical students and junior doctors - competing books do not cover both areas.
    . Graphic approach to the subject - concise text is arranged around clear and memorable line diagrams. Readers find this approach accessible and easy to learn form.
    . Clarifies a subject area which students tend to find difficult and forbidding.

    Updated and revised in all areas where there have been developments in understanding of neurological disease and in neurological and neurosurgical management. This revision has also incorporated current guidelines, particularly recommendations from National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE).

  • Fundamentals of Clinical Endocrinology

    This is an attempt to provide the essentials of endocrinology, aimed at students and postgraduates working for higher examinations in medicine and surgery and to fill the gap between the small textbooks and the last-word tomes. The advent of radioimmunoassays of hormones has advanced diagnosis in clinical endocrinology and the book attempts to reflect such advances. This edition has more illustrations and a larger page size and now also includes items by a small team of contributors, thus enabling specialized topics to be covered in more depth.

  • Combined Movement Theory: Rational Mobilisation and Manipulation of the Vertebral Column

    This new title expands on the widely used concept of combined movements and incorporates both grade IV- manipulative thrust techniques and muscle energy / proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation techniques.?It is the first to include chapters on cervical artery dysfunction (VBI) and upper cervical instability with clinical chapters on the regional management of spinal dysfunction. The first section?discusses the underlying theoretical concepts underpinning combined movements theory and manipulation, with the second section offering a comprehensive manual of tests and treatments for each region of the spine. Revision multiple choice tests are at the ends of the theoretical chapters.

    A chapter on home exercise is included along with a DVD of video clips and clinical reasoning form. The book will provide readers with a comprehensive resource to start using combined movements theory immediately and is a real substitute to attending a course on the method. The book is an update, expansion and development of the Manual of Combined Movements published by Brian Edwards.

  • Skills for Caring: Communication Skills

    Aimed at individuals in the caring professions, this text considers the many facets of communication and the particular communicative skills the individual in the caring profession may need. It is designed to look and feel friendly and attractive and is not designed to be a tome to wade through. The series, "Skills for Caring" is aimed at those who wish to obtain the National Vocational Qualifications (NVQs) and Scottish Vocational Qualifications (SVQs). Each book in the series covers the skills and standards ("competences") required by health and social care workers to obtain an NVQ / SVQ in a given topic. The book can be used on its own, at the workplace as part of an assessment programme or as part of a more formal training programme at a college or other institution. The authors have tried to include as many examples as possible and these have been set off from the main text with boxes so that they can be skipped it necessary, or located later. Exercises are also included to reinforce knowledge.

  • Heart Sounds Made Easy

    This is a practical and simple guide to the art of cardiac auscultation and which teaches the reader how to identify a pathological heart murmur. The book explains what heart sounds are and how to use a stethoscope. It covers all the standard adult and child murmurs and is organised by region. It includes all the text of the tutorials. The CD provides in a series of tutorials the chance to listen to and identify the range of heart sounds; while in the pathology section a listener can focus down on each individual component of the sound allowing them to discern the key features of each murmur.

  • Anaesthesia Databook: A Clinical Practice Compendium

    This text serves as an advanced practical reference system for the trained anaesthetist. As in the first edition, the contents are organized alphabetically for easy access to information. Each condition is dealt with succinctly. Each entry systematically describes preoperative abnormalities, anaesthetic problems and management containing its own references and bibliography. This second edition contains new features including, an increased section on medical disorders and anaesthetic problems, a new section on rare or unusual syndromes, medical condition coverage increased by 25%, and dictionary of medical conditions.

  • Anesthesia Review

    Features: * Established series relevant to the needs of postgraduate exam candidates in anaesthesia - essential reading for FRCA candidates. * Up to date reviews of recent developments in anaesthesia. * Covers general medicine relevant to anaesthesia as well.

  • Outline of Fractures: Including Joint Injuries

    This extremely successful short textbook and its companion book "Outline of Orthopaedics", takes a traditional approach to orthopaedics and trauma.

  • The Evidence-Based Practice Manual for Nurses

    This book provides practical step-by-step advice and information for nurses attempting to find and apply the best available evidence to their clinical practice. It draws together all of the information about EBP initiatives and provision of resources and provides a much needed guide to these crucial aspects of health care provision.

  • Emery's Elements of Medical Genetics

    This highly popular textbook of medical genetics covers both the scientific basis and clinical applications of genetics. It remains well written and easy to understand - two of its key strengths for more than 30 years. For this new edition, the content has been thoroughly updated to keep abreast of this fast-changing area. A brand new illustration program has been specially designed for this new edition to help students understand difficult concepts and retain information.

  • Gray's Anatomy: The Anatomical Basis of Medicine and Surgery

    This 38th edition continues the tradition of innovation and of extending understanding of the human anatomy. The systematic layout has been retained, giving the reader a complete overview of the workings of the human body. The organistion of the book has been revised to reflect recent developments. The rapid increase in our understanding of immunology has prompted theh creation of an entirely section on Haemal and Lymphoid systems. The embryology and nervous systems sections have been revised to take account of the rapidly changing nature of these subjects. Osteology and arthrology have been united under the Musculoskeletal system and the outmoded splanchnology section has been replaced by a more meaningful cardiovascular, respiratory, alimentary, urinary, reproductive and endocrine. The surface anatomy section has been reinstated.

  • Sports Medicine for Specific Ages and Abilities

    This authoritative text, written by international experts in the field, presents a comprehensive review of the medical aspects of sports in relation to the following specific groups of clients: children and adolescents/women/veterans (the over 30s)/and special groups (those with specific medical conditions and the disabled). This approach by client group rather than by sport or type of injury is unique.

  • The Biomechanics of Back Pain

    "The Biomechanics of Back Pain" is written primarily for health professionals who manage patients with back pain, and for students at the advanced undergraduate/graduate level. It also provides essential information for those involved in back pain prevention, in sports and fitness training, and in medico-legal practice. For biomechanists, it indicates how their science can be applied to answer a range of clinical questions. The authors are internationally renowned for their research into various aspects of back pain, and they integrate their expertise to present an authoritative account of the subject.

  • Haematology

    An addition to our range of Picture Test books which are part of the Colour Guide series. Haematology is a subject for which medical undergraduates rarely buy a main textbook, but rely on small books (eg our Colour Guide on Haematology by Linch). This new Picture Test book complements the original Colour Guide and allows students to test their knowledge of both laboratory and clinical haematology. It is a self-testing picture book of laboratory findings and clinical appearances in haematology. Features: * An addition to the Churchill Livingstone 'Picture Test' range * Allows medical students and others to test their knowledge * Full of high quality colour illustrations * Meets student needs - an excellent replacement for a textbook they will never buy * Provides full answers

  • Physiotherapy for Respiratory and Cardiac Problems: Adults and Paediatrics

    "Physiotherapy for Respiratory and Cardiac Problems" is now internationally recognised as an essential textbook and reference source for students and practitioners working with patients with cardiac and respiratory problems. The book takes a problem solving approach to the practical skills necessary for the assessment, planning and implementation of physiotherapy for both children and adults. The text follows a clear and logical structure making it easy to read, facilitating quick reference and fast revision. It is divided into 2 main sections: Assessment, investigations, skills and techniques; and Physiotherapy and medical management. This new edition of "Physiotherapy for Respiratory and Cardiac Problems" continues to provide a reliable and comprehensive source of information for all those who are involved in providing this care.

  • Surgery of the Biliary Tract

    Addresses and reviews the latest knowledge from the anatomical, physiological and pathological investigation and treatment of conditions related to the biliary tract. Particular emphasis is given to the newer non-operative techniques for treating common and uncommon diseases.

  • Short Cases for the Mrcp

    This is a collection of case histories tailored to help the junior doctor preparing for the MRCP, and provides an introductory section which advises the candidate on how to prepare for the exam and how to prepare herself / himself.

  • Churchill's Medicolegal Pocketbook

    This is a further volume in the successful Churchill POCKETBOOK series. It aims to give highly practical advice to the clinician on those occasions where there is a potential medicolegal issue. As with all volumes in the series the information is presented in a highly accessible style and it will be invaluable in Accident and Emergency Departments and General Practitioner surgeries. By using the correct procedures future potential legal risk can be minimized.

  • Clinical Biochemistry: Metabolic and Clinical Aspects

    Clinical biochemistry (also known as clinical chemistry or chemical pathology) is about body chemistry, mainly body fluids. It encompasses the use of biomedical techniques in the study of disease processes and the diagnosis and management of disease. Research increasingly reveals a biochemical basis to disease, so clinical biochemistry increasingly impinges on every surgical and medical specialty. This is a comprehensive postgraduate text covering the metabolic and clinical aspects of the whole of clinical biochemistry. It will help the clinical biochemist to liaise with the clinician in planning appropriate tests and interpreting the results, many chapters are written jointly by a clinician and clinical biochemist to reflect the clinical emphasis of the text. Analytical methodology is touched upon, however the bulk of the book concentrates on clinical aspects. In common with many other diagnostic specialties clinical biochemistry now uses an increasing number of techniques involving the 'new biology', these will be covered in this book. Short annotated lists of Further Reading are included and the contributors have indicated their 'best buys' for further study in each chapter. The editor has selected contributors with extensive practical experience in their fields, and many have proven writing ability. Given the editor's own experience of textbook writing, he has endeavoured to support the text with as much display material (eg graphics, tables and illustration) as possible. All these factors make the book accessible as well as authoritative. The book will be invaluable for readers studying for examinations in clinical biochemistry (for example, MSc degrees and the Membership of the Royal College of Pathologists) and also fills a gap in the literature as a clinically oriented reference for clinical biochemists in career posts. In addition, it will be read by clinicians in other specialties where clinical biochemistry constitutes an important part of th e subject, for example nephrology.

  • Principles of Hand Surgery

    This is a guide to hand surgery aimed at orthopaedic and plastic surgeons in training and hand surgeons in training and practice. It covers such topics as burns, tendon repair, arthritis, carpal, bone and joint injuries and replantation and revascularization. The authors have drawn on practical clinical experience and personal research and present an overview of not just the "how" of hand surgery, but also the "when" and "why". They discuss the importance of proper assessment, the application of technical knowledge for diagnosis and treatment and the necessary rehabilitation to obtain maximum function and cosmesis.

  • A Handbook of Men's Health

    "A Handbook of Men's Health" is more than a ready reference for anyone working in public health, health promotion and general clinical practice. The chapters follow through each stage of life, from youth to maturity, so that readers can quickly find the information they need. Detailed information on procedures and investigations encourages the development of competencies such as: assessing men's physical and mental health; identifying men's information needs; directing men to supportive organisations and resources; and a chapter on the law and ethics covering the rights of same-sex couples, men's access to children, anti-discrimination legislation, sexual abuse of males, and infertility treatment.

  • Research Methods for Clinical Therapists: Applied Project Design and Analysis

    The target audience of this work includes manual and clinical therapists. It is intended to reflect the raised profile of complementary medicines in the public mind. It also contains a section on the application of some research principles and statistical techniques. There is also an extended section on ethics.

  • Master Dentistry: Restorative Dentistry, Paediatric Dentistry and Orthodontics

    This revision book for dental students in the clinical years of their course is a concise text covering the core of the subject with self-assessment questions. It follows on from "Coulthard's Oral Pathology, Surgery and Medicine - Master Dentistry Volume 1". Concise text covers the core knowledge essential for the final exams and extensive self testing material enables students to review their knowledge, using both questions which mimic the exam (short answer and essays) and others designed for self-assessment (MCQs). The book covers restorative dentistry, paediatric dentistry, orthodontics, sedation, law and ethics. The remaining areas of the syllabus are covered in the companion volume by Coulthard.

  • Wheater's Basic Pathology: A Text, Atlas and Review of Histopathology, With Student Consult Online Access

    THE NEW EDITION OF WHEATER'S BASIC HISTOPATHOLOGY! Wheater's Basic Pathology is a pathology resource that offers a comprehensive introduction to the subject first by covering fundamental pathological processes and then addressing the common diseases encountered in systems pathology. Hundreds of high-quality images illustrate the essential features of pathology and make it easy to make definitive comparisons to your own lab samples, while concise captions enable you to quickly and easily understand key points. New online access via Student Consult further enhances your study of the material with additional valuable content including USMLE-style questions, and much more. Wheater's Basic Pathology is an excellent companion resource for users of Wheater's Functional Histology, Wheater's Review of Histology & Basic Pathology, or Robbins and Cotran Pathology Flash Cards. Offers discussions of basic pathological processes as well as coverage of common diseases encountered in systems pathology for a complete review. Includes comprehensive updates, with relevant molecular pathology issues explained in the context of the clinical presentation, the treatment implications, and the underlying pathological processes Presents nearly 650 images of the highest quality that vividly and clearly illustrate the essential features of pathology and enable you to make definitive comparisons to your own lab views. Features concise text that distills basic and complex information into a coherent explanation to help you understand key points quickly and easily. Provides keys to the lettering in images at the bottom of each page, saving you time in reviewing figures. Serves as a companion text to Wheater's Functional Histology, 5th Edition, offering a comparison of normal histology with the pathological changes in disease. Features a short review section at the end of each chapter covering the key point of the chapter in brief form for the perfect pairing of reference and review. Includes online access to Student Consult where you'll find the complete text and illustrations from the book, fully searchable . and additional USMLE-style questions for self assessment Provides additional colored text boxes with clinical-pathological correlations that explain the relevance of the pathological processes underlying common diseases and their complications. FOR FACULTY Features online access to Evolve Resources including a high-resolution image bank with all the illustrations, figures and tables from the book, and a test bank.

  • Diagnosis in Chinese Medicine: A Comprehensive Guide

    Easily accessible and heavily illustrated, this complete guide to diagnosis in Chinese Medicine places an emphasis on "real world" issues. Focusing on clear interpretations of signs and symptoms, it addresses the practice beyond the theory and leads readers through both basic and sophisticated levels of diagnostic interpretation. Since Chinese medicine diagnosis relies on a subtle appraisal of a patient's disharmony, many factors beyond traditional Western symptoms are considered, including a patient's voice, the absence of thirst, feeling hot or cold, the patient's smell, tone of voice, and glitter of eyes. This practical resource helps readers carefully interpret of a range of nuances.

  • Gastroenterology: An Illustrated Colour Text

    This is a volume in the "Illustrated Colour Text" series covering Gastroenterology and liver disease. The book follows the usual format of the series as double page spreads each covering a discrete topic. The contents of the book are organised by presenting problem and are in ten sections. The book incorporates all the usual features of the series - colour line drawings, diagnostic algorithms, colour clinical photos (including endoscopic investigations) and other radiological images, as well as text features such as summary boxes etc.

  • Sociology and Occupational Therapy: An Integrated Approach

    Introducing a textbook focusing on the areas of sociology of direct relevance to the theory and practice of Occupational Therapy. Authored by a team of experienced lecturers in sociology and OT lecturers with a background in social science, this pragmatic text demonstrates how sociological theory impacts the practice of OT's. Features activities in each chapter that encourage the reader to make their own links between the text and their own experience in OT practice and everyday life.

  • Specifically for Occupational Therapists
  • Reflects areas of interest to occupational therapy
  • Uses international material
  • Assumes no prior knowledge of sociology
  • Identifies ways in which sociology can be used to analyze pracice
  • Uses activities to help reflect on material

  • Clinical Ultrasound: A Comprehensive Text

    Introducing the complete and thorough revision of the most comprehensive reference work available...In today's fast-changing, technology-driven disciplines, Clinical Ultrasound is an essential resource for every medical practitioners involved in ultrasound scanning. The 2nd edition of this highly successful text now consists of three volumes: Volumes 1 and 2 cover Abdominal and General Ultrasound, whilst Volume 3 focuses on Obstetric and Gynaecological Ultrasound. Encyclopaedic yet highly practical, this comprehensive reference distils the clinical experience of over 150 international experts into a superbly illustrated and authoritative source. Features: This exciting new resource gives you...* Over 4,400 high-quality images (over 500 of which are in colour) which provide you with a complete visual reference guide to interpretation and diagnosis * Over 400 line drawings which help you identify anatomical structures and the orientation of ultrasound images * Up-to-date coverage of the most recent advances in colour Doppler, power Doppler, interventional ultrasound, and laparoscopic ultrasound * 13 Brand new chapters - Intraoperative Ultrasound, Biliary, Spleen, Peritoneum/Retroperitoneum, Colon, Skin, Veins, Limbs/Arteries, Carotids/TCD, Tubal Patency, Twin Pregnancy, First Trimester Abnormalities, Chromosonal Markers * 25 new, international authors to maintain a fresh, global perspective of the field

  • Psychological Assessment of the Elderly

    One of the major social phenomena of the end of this century and the beginning of the next, is the ageing of the population of the developed nations and of developing countries, who will face a similar challenge early next century. The number of people in the middle-aged groups who provide most of the care is declining relative to the very elderly population, and very old people have an especially high prevalence of disabling disorders, including dementia and also often live alone in substandard accommodation and relative poverty. This psychological assessment of the elderly focuses attention on the task of describing and measuring diseases, disabilities and the needs of old people. The authors feel there is a need for better planning and efficiency within the existing medical and social services and a need to evaluate the various new treatment strategies for mental illness in old age, especially the dementias. The measurement of these problems enables those concerned to test hypotheses about the classification of diseases, their outcome and the effects of treatment. This collection of selective essays includes contributions on three major methodological issues - what is "normal" in old age, the place of longitudinal (as against cross-sectional) studies, and the correlation between clinical ratings and pathology. Their fundamental aim was to help patients, and to ground this work in a clinical situation a chapter on psychological approaches to treatment is included. The conclusions found from this study state that the ideal instrument to measure the psychological state of an old person would measure a wide range of functions: cognition, mood, other aspects of mental state and behaviour in the social context. The structure of the instrument would also allow these elements to be analyzed separately and would be short, valid, reliable, sensitive and easily administered by any professional with the minimum of training.

  • Developmental Anatomy and Physiology of Children: A Practical Approach

    This book is a comprehensive guide to developmental anatomy and physiology of children, related to the developing child from fetus up to adolescence. It takes a systematic approach and addresses all the body systems. As well as addressing normal growth and development it places pathology in perspective when related to developmental issues, such as congenital abnormalities. Chapter outcomes and a chapter overview Clinical notes help link theory to practice and facilitate reflective practice Highly illustrated throughout Self-assessment exercises help understanding and aid revision

  • Grieve's Modern Manual Therapy: The Vertebral Column

    This is a multi-author, multidisciplinary text which brings together the latest research and provides a source of evidence for students and practitioners of manual therapy. Edited by two of the most highly respected researchers and practitioners, it presents the work of the leading lights in manual therapy and presents their findings in a way which is easily accessible and obviously relevant to clinical practice.

  • McLeod's Clinical Examination

    The practice of medicine is constantly changing. Some diseases are controlled, or even eradicated, while others increase in frequency and significance. New diagnostic techniques are developed and therapeutic regimens introduced. There is an increasing awareness of the importance of preventative medicine within the community, and also of the special needs of patients, relatives and carers. The tenth edition of this book is designed to keep abreast with changes in medical practice and to maintain the impetus for change in medical education.

  • Clinical Supervision Made Easy: The 3-Step Method

    It is becoming increasingly evident that many people, including those who are already acting as supervisors, lack a clear direction regarding the desired structure, focus and outcome of a supervision session. Time and again people express the need for a guide or blue print that helps them run a session effectively. This book provides such a guide and is based on a practical, user friendly model, which so far has been well received by those to whom it has been introduced. The author presents a range of useful skills for both supervisors and supervisees as well as an extensive tool kit - methods that that may be used via scenarios, case studies and examples taken from right across the professions at which the book is aimed. Van Ooijen suggests helpful qualities/ habits to be developed and tasks to be addressed by both supervisor and supervisee with useful skills to develop and a tool kit which may be used. Theses skills can then be tested rounded off by a consolidation section in which the reader can test their knowledge and understanding by completing a number of questions.

  • A Practical Guide to Complaints Handling: In the Context of Clinical Governance

    In 1996 new statutory guidelines were published, but there is no definitive guidance available about implementation. Staff are expected to follow certain procedures. In theory this is an area that could involve all staff anywhere in the NHS and complaints are on the increase. In 1997-98, over 38,000 written complaints were received in England alone, about general medical and dental services and family health services administration. Complaints systems have been classified as one element of clinical governance and so are likely to have an even higher profile in future. "A Practical Guide to Complaints Handling" is set out in two parts, Primary Care and Secondary Care. The material is user friendly and assessable equally to professional and lay people. Practical examples are used to demonstrate the best way to deal with each scenario. The underpinning legislation is provided in an appendix.

  • Notes on Medical Virology

    This is a short well established textbook of medical virology. It also includes sections on chlamydia, richettsia and mycoplasma. The subject is largely presented in terms of presenting disease, discussing epidemiology, diagnosis, clinical features, complications and vaccines. the text is illustrated throughout with colour clinical photographs. The emphasis of the whole book is on information relevant to clinical practice.

  • Manual Therapy Masterclasses: The Peripheral Joints

    Bringing together experts in the field of manual therapy, this unique collection comprises commissioned Masterclass articles on the peripheral joints that were originally published in the journal Manual Therapy between the years 1995 - 2002. Ideal for study and clinical reference, this compact and portable volume includes articles addressing all the main peripheral joints. Many of the articles also include updating "postscripts" in which the original authors summarize the developments in their related research and clinical practice that have taken place since their papers were first published.

  • Psychosocial Approaches to Podiatry: A Companion for Practice

    Written by respected lecturers with a wealth of experience within the field, this unique book provides a problem-based approach to understanding psychological and social difficulties that people often experience and present to podiatrists. The organisation of the book around real case studies emphasizes the practical side of the subject and ensures that the cultural, gender and social issues that confront the podiatrist are all considered. With their awareness of the undergraduate syllabus together with the concrete issues facing practising podiatrists, the authors have provided a clear and highly readable text that will be an indispensable guide to students and practitioners alike in preparing intellectually and emotionally for the range of situations they will encounter in their practice.

  • Hand and Upper Extremity Rehabilitation: A Practical Guide

    This practical resource blends the technical and clinical skills and knowledge of hand surgery and hand therapy for the treatment of common medical conditions affecting the upper extremity. Written in an outline format, it covers non-surgical and surgical procedures for these conditions, along with their purpose and rationale. The new edition addresses not only the hand, but also features expanded coverage of the wrist, elbow, and shoulder. Both conservative and postoperative rehabilitation are reviewed, and potential postoperative complications are addressed.

  • Evidence Based Acute Medicine

    This handbook on the evidence-based management of important medical problems is aimed at residents and junior doctors. It covers 50 common acute medical problems under standardized headings - prevalence, clinical findings, investigations, therapy, prevention and prognosis. An accompanying CD-ROM contains the full text of the book, all the CATs (critically appraised topics), and a CATmaker or programme to help users develop their own CATs. This edition has been adapted for the US and Canadian market by US co-editors.

  • Natural Medicine Instructions for Patients

    Clear and concise, these guidelines give patients accurate and readable information on the treatment of specific conditions with natural medicine. Providing authoritative checklists to guide patients through their questions or concerns, the sheets serve as an ideal complement to the practitioner's treatment plan.

  • Treatment of Infertility With Chinese Medicine

    Providing a clear understanding of infertility, this practical resource analyses and describes the diagnoses and treatment of infertility - both male and female - with Chinese medicine. It includes Western medical information with explanations of physiology, reproductive biology, and modern infertility treatments to expand the understanding of patient options. Content discusses all aspects of achieving a successful pregnancy, including pre-conception care, conception, pregnancy and miscarriage, and modern medical treatments.

  • Orthopedic Massage: Theory and Technique

    A second edition of the definitive resource for all those wanting to use massage therapy to treat pain and injury conditions.

    Fully updated and revised Orthopedic Massage has been written for those interested in understanding and applying massage as an intervention for soft-tissue disorders. Recent research into the physiological effects of massage has strengthened the justification for its use in the treatment of soft-tissue pain and injury conditions.

    Orthopedic soft-tissue problems are common among the general population, whether from sports, occupational activities, or chronic pain. This text presents a comprehensive and in-depth look at the physiological nature of these conditions and the massage treatments most effective for their relief. A particular contribution this text makes is its validation for the role of massage in treating orthopedic conditions.

    In the field of orthopedics the successful repair of soft-tissue damage is often a crucial factor in effective rehabilitation. However, most of those who are trained in the use of massage therapy techniques have little opportunity to learn about the orthopedic issues involved. Orthopedic Massage aims to help the clinician understand the relationship between the soft tissues to which they apply their techniques and the overall orthopedic disorder affecting their clients. Although written chiefly for massage practitioners, the lessons it teaches are relevant to any practitioner who is concerned with the treatment of soft-tissue injuries.

  • Principles and Practice of Regional Anesthesia

    Over 100 years after the discovery of the local anaesthetic effects of cocaine there is wide variation in the extent to which regional anaesthesia is practised and taught in the United Kingdom. We hope that this book will give an indication of the scope and potential place of regional anaesthesia in British practice, as well as providing instruction in its use. The word "anaesthesia" is employed advisedly, because most patients wish to be totally unaware of surgery. "Analgesia" has been reserved for the provision of pain control in th epostoperative period. The adjectives "local" and "regional" have been used interchangeably. The successful use of regional anaesthesia requires a thorough knowledge of anatomy and skill in the appropriate technique of needle insertion, but there is much more to the subject. The anaesthetist must be able to determine which patients will and will not benefit. To do this successfully he must understand the effects of the techniques and the ways in which they differ from those of general anaesthesia. He must then choose from the several techniques and drugs available the most suitable for the particular patient and surgical procedure. Finally he must understand and cater for the needs of the patient during and after the operation itself. The aim of this book is to help the specialist anaesthetist who is unfamiliar with the use of regional anaesthesia. The book is divided into two parts. The first outlines the general principles for safe, effective practice and the second describes anatomy and technique. Some aspects are considered in both sections. The main reason for this is to allow each chapter to stand on its own, but the authors try to avoid extensive repetition.

  • Occupational Therapy for Child and Adolescent Mental Health

    Patients with mental health concerns who are no longer treated by specialized occupational therapy units must work with therapists who have an understanding of mental illness and how it can affect treatment. This textbook provides occupational therapists with a theoretical framework for working with clients with mental health problems. This specifically includes children and adolescents. Key concepts are linked directly to clinical application, making this an ideal source for students and practitioners.

  • Addresses an area in which many occupational therapists are now likely to become involved and which is now receiving more attention within the student curriculum
  • Covers the full range of pre-adult age groups
  • Written by a team of highly experienced therapists with many years of experience in the field
  • Includes examples of practice by international contributors (eg USA and New Zealand )
  • Includes relevant theory and presents it related to practice both in the community and in specialised units
  • Surgery of the Colon & Rectum

    A definitive and comprehensive reference book on all aspects of colorectal surgery. Clear illustrations, practical flow charts and an emphasis on clinical practice add value to this book. The wide range of diagnostic and therapeutic techniques covered make this book of interest to general surgeons as well as to colorectal surgeons. A team of well known international experts has contributed a new reference book which redefines colorectal surgery! Features: * Comprehensive * Definitive * Clinically oriented to enhance daily practice * International coverage * All the latest developments in one volume * Helps solve diagnostic and therapeutic dilemmas

  • Physiotherapy in Orthopaedics: A Problem-Solving Approach, 2e

    Drawing on their many years of experience in various orthopedic settings, the authors of this valuable resource describe how to apply clinical reasoning to a diverse range of patient problems. The content of the book progresses logically from normal to abnormal findings and from simple to complex conditions. Engaging case studies and self-assessment sections help readers develop a reasoned and logical approach to the management of orthopedic patients. Chapter summaries emphasize key areas of importance. Case studies illustrate problem-solving approaches and demonstrate how to manage specific client groups. Objectives and prerequisites are included for each section, alerting readers to what they should know before and after reading. Reading and practice assignments include recommended prerequisite knowledge and experience. Well-illustrated text includes line diagrams, photographs, and radiographs to clarify important concepts. New chapters on Hydrotherapy and Gait present current knowledge on these areas. Chapters have been updated to include more information on the upper limb. Chapters on Decision Making and Clinical Reasoning in Orthopedics and Gait Analysis in the Clinical Situation have been thoroughly updated and revised.

  • Textbook of the Vulva

    A guide aiming to cover all aspects of vulval disease, delineating embryology, anatomy and physiology. New topics include virological techniques, HPV infections and vulvodynia and each chapter is referenced and illustrated.

  • The Clinical Educator: Role Development

    A practical self-directed learning pack for healthcare professionals with no previous experience of the role of educator, who are now expected to act as clinical educators and student assessors. The pack consists of a self-directed learning text and workbook, and a reader providing a collection of relevant readings from previously published materials. Written by a team of expert educators and clinicians, it is an invaluable guide for healthcare professionals who find it difficult to take time away from the clinical setting to attend courses dealing with the concept of education. Features: * provides a deeper understanding of the term 'clinical educator' * alleviates concern about changes in the role of the clinician by helping healthcare professionals enhance their contribution to the education of others in the clinical workplace * helps develop an understanding of the role of the clinical educator * shows how to create a learning environment * enables the reader to facilitate, assess, and evaluate learning * facilitates an evaluation of various multidisciplinary philosophies of clinical education * saves the learner time in the library, and time and money spent on travelling to study days and courses

  • Trounce's Clinical Pharmacology For Nurses

    With the important part played by nurses in the administration of drugs and in recording their effects, and developments in nurse prescribing, an understanding of pharmacology and its application to patient care is an integral part of pre and post-registration nursing education. This popular textbook has two main aims: to give an up-to-date account of the action and use of drugs in the treatment and prevention of disease, and to explore the principles underlying drug usage. The seventeenth edition of this highly successful textbook builds on the foundation of its predecessors by bringing the text fully up to date with developments in the world of clinical pharmacology and current trends in clinical practice. It introduces some important new drugs and describes their use in the management and prevention of disease.In particular the new 'biologic' drugs are presented for the first time. There is also a new chapter devoted to helping students organise their notes and cut down unnecessary material, making it easier to learn for exams. The book also includes detailed information on alternative treatments such as homoeopathy, herbalism. "Trounce's Clinical Pharmacology" is suitable for a wide range of health care students including: diploma and degree nursing students and nurses studying for post-registration qualifications or continuing professional education.

  • Tropical Dermatology

    A practical approach to the diagnosis and treatment of tropical skin diseases! Readers will find concise discussions of epidemiology, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, pathology, laboratory tests, management, and prevention for both common and rare conditions. And, over 800 color photographs and diagrams deliver excellent visual guidance.

  • Clinical Application of Neuromuscular Techniques: Upper Body

    This long awaited text is the first of two volumes which presents the theories, validation and techniques of manual treatment for both chronic and acute neuromuscular pain and somatic dysfunction. Unlike many other texts, the theory and practice are described within the context of the normal anatomy and physiology of the related structures. The book takes a regional approach to treatment, giving a structural review of each area, including ligaments and functional anatomy. It then examines each muscle and joint in that region, giving step-by-step protocols for each muscle to be treated, using a variety of neuromuscularapproaches. Particular reference is made to the treatment of trigger points. Each joint and muscle has the same sequence of headings making it easy for the reader to dip into what they need to review. Numerous two colour illustrations also appear throughout, making the anatomy and techniques described easier to follow. The two authors have drawn together and integrated information that currently has to be accessed from several sources. The result is a text which will do much to ensure the safe and effective application of soft tissue techniques and which will provide an invaluable source of reference to all manual therapy students and practitioners.

  • Pathology of the Liver

    This title is RSM and BMA 2002 Award Winner. It is the new edition of the definitive reference work on liver pathology. Comprehensive, authoritative and superbly illustrated, this book leads the field, with editors and contributors who represent a 'who's who' of hepatopathology. The fourth edition is an invaluable bench-side reference and research tool for the day-to-day diagnosis of the wide range of appearances of the liver resulting from infection, tumours and tumour-like lesions or damage caused by drugs or toxins. It is RSM winner. It is the second or subsequent edition books. It winner of BMA award. It is highly commended. 'This is a very authoritative and comprehensive work on liver pathology. There are no other books that have produced this extensive coverage of the topic. It will be a very useful reference for all pathology departments and all liver units'

  • Practical Medical Microbiology

    This textbook is the descendant of Volume One of the text by Mackie and McCartney which was first published in 1925. It is a book for medical microbiologists and microbiology MLSOs (and trainees) that details laboratory methods for the identification of infectious organisms. It is organized on a taxonomic basis: each organism has its own chapter in which all relevant techniques are described. This edition includes: new methods of identification featured, including PCR and related techniques; description of use of diagnostic kits, which are of increasing importance; a new chapter on helminthology; a removal of many old-fashioned techniques.

  • Textbook of Obstetric Anesthesia

    This comprehensive reference, with editors and contributors from around the world, addresses all the issues pertinent to the practice of obstetric anaesthesia today. It not only provides the details of anaesthesia from labor and delivery, but it also contains in-depth coverage of operative anaesthesia, obstetric and anaesthetic complications and systemic disease during pregnancy.

  • Growth Factors (British Medical Bulletin)

    A volume in the British Medical Bulletin series, this book contains articles on growth factors. It should be of interest to endocrinologists, oncologists, haematologists, immunologists and pathologists.

  • Evidence-Based Medicine: How to Practice and Teach Ebm

    This manual is designed for clinicians who want to learn how to practise and teach evidence-based medicine. Written for the busy practitioner, it is short and highly practical. It shifts the focus from theory and explanation to tactics and clinical applications, seeking to reflect the growing ability to transform critical appraisals of evidence into direct clinical action. The chapters examine areas such as diagnosis and screening, prognosis, therapy, and how to find the best evidence. The accompanying CD-ROM contains clinical examples, critical appraisals, and background papers from 14 other health disciplines. It also features extended descriptions (including sample Web pages) of several evidence sources.

  • Pain: Its Nature and Treatment

    This title is directed primarily towards health care professionals outside of the United States. It provides a concise and easily understandable account of the nature of pain and its treatment. Unlike most books currently on the market, it is written at a level suitable for medical students and other non-specialists.

  • Social Policy and Health Care

    Social policy is now part of all nursing courses at pre-registration level. It is also an important topic in many post-registration courses for nurses and other health care professionals. All health care professionals are also now expected to play a more active role in policy development and implementation. This text will be unique among books currently on offer in that it will provide an outline of the main structures, issues and developments in social policy, relating to the healthcare field. In addition, it contextualises practice by means of examples and case studies from a range of client groups.

  • A System of Orthopaedic Medicine

    "A System of Orthopaedic Medicine" has established itself as an essential reference source for all those working in the field of musculoskeletal disorders. It describes a logical system of clinical examination of all musculoskeletal structures. By carefully following the examination sequence described, the clinician can be confident of arriving at an accurate diagnosis around which to plan the appropriate treatment. Originally based on the approach to orthopaedic medicine developed by James Cyriax, the book is relevant to any clinician concerned with the assessment and treatment of musculoskeletal pain. The system relies entirely on basic clinical skills and requires none of the apparatus usually found only in hospitals. For this reason it will be of particular value to family doctors, physiotherapists, rheumatologists, orthopaedic surgeons and those working in sports medicine. The treatments described are simple and have proved their effectiveness through time. For any treatment to be successful, accurate diagnosis must be followed by carefully focused therapy to the affected area. For this reason, considerable detail is given on palpation of the anatomical structures and the correct performance of each therapeutic technique. The accurate assessment of the cause of musculoskeletal pain and dysfunction is one of the biggest challenges for clinicians today. In a society where everyone now wants to remain fit and active well into old age, practitioners and therapists are expected to be able to identify the cause of every ache and pain and then correct it. While this may not always be possible, those using this book will find that it helps them to identify the source of the problem more quickly and surely. "A System of Orthopaedic Medicine" is a book that no practitioner concerned with providing the most appropriate treatment and rehabilitation program for musculoskeletal disorders should ignore.

  • Cancer Nursing Practice: A Textbook for the Specialist Nurse

    This book presents a synthesis of important issues, which underpin the practice of advanced cancer nursing and are vital to experienced practitioners in moving cancer nursing forward. The central concerns of the book reflect the emerging roles of the advanced specialist practitioner and include advanced practice, education, management and research. The text is written by recognised cancer nursing experts from throughout Europe who collectively are involved in shaping the future of cancer nursing across the continent.

  • Unique collection of authors from Europe who are recognised for their respective roles in shaping the future of cancer nursing
  • Key text for those engaging in postgraduate studies on practicing at an advanced level.
  • Explores the different domains of advanced practice in cancer nursing which are necessary to move the specialty forward
  • Unique European text for cancer nurses wishing to develop expert knowledge
  • Based on current research data
  • Produced under the auspices of EONS

  • Atlas of Clinical Dermatology

    The third edition of "Atlas of Clinical Dermatology" is a thorough, comprehensive update of the world's leading visual reference in dermatology. This book covers all the clinical aspects of skin diseases with emphasis on achieving accurate diagnoses. It is lavishly illustrated with over 2000 exceptional photographs, in vivid colour, from Dr du Vivier's unrivalled clinical collection. The accompanying text clearly, succinctly and comprehensively covers the aetiology, clinical features, diagnosis and treatment of each disease. Although the focus is on common conditions, rare diseases and manifestations are also covered. "The Atlas of Clinical Dermatology" is an essential purchase for all trainee and practising dermatologists. This book is highly commended at the BMA 2003 Medical Book Awards.

  • Recent Advances in Dermatology

    This is a collection of 13 review articles aimed at practising clinical dermatologists and those with an interest in the skin, either clinical or academic. Topics covered include rheumatoid arthritis, panniculitis, photopheresis, Kawasaki disease, and immunomodulation with monoclonal antibodies.

  • The Churchill Livingstone Professional Portfolio: Nurses, Midwives, Health Visitors

    Following a very successful first edition of the Churchill Livingstone Professional Portfolio, a second edition, incorporating all elements of the UKCC's PREP (Post-Registration Education and Practice) report is now being published. The format of the portfolio remains the same but the contents have been changed to reflect those of the PREP report. (See contents list below for full details.) In general terms Part A has been amended to use PREP terminology. Part B will have ample space for recording formal learning activities and will also address 'flexible learning opportunities' - eg reading, reflection, visits, conversations. The Additional Information section will incorporate 'worked examples' to guide users in how to write up their experiences. The addition of Liz Redfern as co-author adds to the Portfolio's authority. Liz is a very well-known and respected authority within the profession and has written a popular book on the subject of portfolios and profiling for Macmillan. Features: * Second edition of a very successful portfolio - popular among nurses for its simplicity and low price! * Now reflects fully the elements of PREP, under which nurses must complete continuing professional education and maintain a record of their professional career (ie the portfolio!) * Introduction of Liz Redfern as co-author - a well known authority in nurse education, particularly in the area of portfolios and profiling * Improved appearance!

  • Human Sexuality and Its Problems

    This is an updated multidisciplinary and scholarly account of the determinants of human sexuality including sexual development, anatomy and physiology, biochemistry and endocrinology of sexual behaviour in addition to sociological and psychological aspects. It is considerably expanded to include physical investigation of sexual dysfunction, marriage, marital therapy, prostitution, ageing, AIDS, sexual abuse and sexual abuse survivors. There is also a section on hormones and sexuality and the development of sexual preferences which has been revised to give a clear account of theoretical possibilities for development of homosexual preferences.

  • Pediatric Hematology

    Pediatric Hematology, 2/e is a comprehensive and succinct referenced text on the diagnosis and treatment of blood diseases in childhood. It provides a ready source of reference for all the conditions likely to be encountered in day-to-day clinical practice. For each condition, advice is given on differential diagnoses and clinical management. There is also a useful section listing normal values for paediatric haematological variables, which is ideal for daily referral purposes. This second edition has been extensively updated throughout in light of recent developments. In particular, where appropriate, there is discussion of the molecular aspects of disease and the clinical application of gene therapy and cytokines.New edition has been completely restyled in terms of content and presentation Provides a succinct and balanced overview of childhood blood disordersEmphasis on clinical importance of these conditions, rather than just academic interest Expanded extensively, from 15 chapters in first edition to over 40 in the second, divided into nine distinct sections Addition of new, internationally renowned editor, Professor Blanchette, plus 50% increase in number of US/Canadian contributorsSubstantially new artwork, including expanded colour plate section Total revision of existing chapters

  • Clinical Biochemistry: An Illustrated Colour Text

    This book covers all the clinical biochemistry needed by undergraduate medical students. It is an Illustrated Colour Text with the subject matter divided into double-page spreads; this makes the information very accessible to the reader. Full use is made of *Flow charts and other graphics *Clinical 'boxes' *Summary points *Case histories *Clinical photographs The whole orientation of the book is to concentrate on how clinical biochemistry relates to the care of the patient and to ensure that the medical student understands how to interpret laboratory results. By contrast, the reader is not overburdened by descriptions of laboratory techniques.

  • Therapeutic Lasers: Theory and Practice

    A book on laser therapy for student and qualified physiotherapists (and other clinical groups) which will also be of enormous interest and value to laser manufacturers and distributors. It provides a biophysical background to the use of laser devicesin therapeutic applications. Critical reviews of current research findings (basic and clinical) are presented. It also presents the principles of safe and good practice with laser devices. The book is an invaluable reference source and guide to treatments which is both concise in format and comprehensive in scope. The author is a pioneer in the field and has lectured on the topic internationally.Provides a biophysical background to use of laser devices in therapeutic applications Critically reviews current research Presents principles of safe and good practice Combines theory, research/reviews, as well as treatment guidelines in one source biophysical principles, calculation of dosages and optimum selection of irradiation parameters dealt with in detail

  • Osteoarthritis: Your Questions Answered

    Arthritis is very common in the general population, and osteoarthritis is the commonest form, particularly in older people. There is a real need for up-to-date, appropriate information to enable the primary care practitioner to address patients' queries and concerns and assist them in self-management of this painful and debilitating complaint. This book, written in the popular Q and A format of the "Your Questions Answered" series, provides this information, so that GPs can better understand and treat patients with osteoarthritis. Answers are presented in a succinct, accessible style, with emphasis on evidence-based knowledge. Both authors are members of the Primary Care Rheumatology Society, as well as practising GPs.

  • The Physiotherapist's Pocket Book: Essential Facts at Your Fingertips

    A comprehensive aide-memoire for physiotherapy. This book provides key essential information for detailed physiotherapeutic assessment and the development of safe treatment plans. It is NOT a comprehensive textbook but provides a source of key facts and figures that can be easily referred to during daily practice or by students on clinical placements. It also provides an invaluable guide to revision for students.

  • Homeopathy for Midwives

    This is a concise introduction to homeopathy for the midwife (and nurse-midwife). It starts with a brief introduction to the principles of homeopathy and the use of remedies. It then presents a series of full page tables to aid the midwife in rapid and clear assessment of the client's needs, and the remedy most likely to be appropriate. The text aims to give a quick and clear set of options for treatment by homeopathy.

  • The Legal and Professional Status of Nursing

    This text is divided into five parts, each of which addresses an aspect of the conflicting, complex image of the nurse in the law. All of these images are interwoven to create the social and legal realities of nurses' lives in practice. They can be, and are, used strategically and, to some extent and in different contexts, interchaneably to serve the purposes or reflect the status of the dominant groups, and to a lesser extent, the nurses themselves.

  • Includes the history of nursing's professional development
  • All the images are interwoven to create the social and legal realities of the nurses' lives in practice
  • Recent Advances in Gastroenterology 7

    "Recent Advances in Gastroenterology 7" has a great emphasis on malignancy - ranging from the clinical management of tumours to lasers, chemotherapy and molecular biology. The large bowel also features strongly with chapters on inflammatory bowel disease, colonic physiology and malignancy. The gastrointestinal tract is reviewed at the extremes of life (in childhood and in the elderly), in small animals, when damaged by non-steroidal anti inflammatory drugs, and also when affected by the tropics. The upper gastrointestinal tract is represented by contributions about the oesophagus, gastric acid, and the bacterium "compylobacter pylori". There is a full chapter about functional disorders of the alimentary tract. Finally, this volume again includes "reviews and leaders".

  • Textbook of Pain

    Since the publication of the first edition in 1984, Textbook of Pain embodies a unique combination of the theoretical and practical aspects of pain from basic scientific concepts to specific strategies of therapeutic management. Pain medicine encompasses many specialities-the contributors of the book are drawn from anatomy, oncology,pharmacology,pathology , anesthesia, psychology, neurology and psychiatry. Textbook of Pain serves as a comprehensive guide to current concepts of pain. It will appeal to the practicing clinician as well as the researcher. This new edition of the most comprehensive and scholarly reference book on pain research and management has been completely revised and up-dated. The 4th edition will be more concise than the current one. It will be some 300 pages shorter with 16 fewer chapters. Repetition and duplication of material will be eliminated and 24 chapters will undergo a radical reorganization. 15 new contributors have been recruited and 5 totally new chapters have been added: Neurotrophins, Cortex Imaging, Acute Medical/Intensive Care, Pain Measurement in Persons with Disabilities, and an extra drugs chapter in the Pharmacology section. Features: * A single volume reference that covers all aspects of the understanding and management of pain. * Internationally renowned editors and contributors provide a unique combination of the theory and practice of pain medicine. * An outstanding editorial achievement. Provides succinct and readable coverage of this complex area of medicine. * User friendly. Includes a quick reference Index at the front of the book to help the reader to quickly access chapter headings and key words. The addition of a Key Points summary at theend of each chapter will provide a rapid overview of the essential information.

  • Interaction Strategies: An Introduction for Health Professionals

    Aimed at all health professionals, but especially student and registered nurses, the author presents an overview of communication, bringing out the complexity of the process of communicating and the blocks which may occur. Verbal and non-verbal communciation amongst people interacting with each other are the focus. She also discusses the socialization processes which help make us who and what we are as well as the various aspects of the self and how our view of ourselves affects the way we interact with others and the choices we make in life. Skills for becoming an effective communicator are covered together with assertive skills and the author looks at how to be an effective helper when another person is experiencing a crisis. What is happening for the person experiencing a crisis is explored and the skills that are useful to employ in this situation are put forward. Finally the skills of problem-solving and management are discussed. The text aims to show the complexities of effective communication and how health professionals can enhance this effectiveness in the interests of their clients. Emphasis is placed upon the interactional nature of communication, and how to help people meet their needs, to problem-solve and to make decisions about their welfare, within the context of their personal, family and social environments. By bringing an understanding of how these different systems interact and impinge one on the other, the health professional can maintain an holistic approach and ensure that the person is considered in context.

  • Inferential Statistics in Health Care Research

    One of the Healthcare Active Learning (HAL) series of open learning books. The content of this title has been prepared by authors commissioned by the Open Learning Foundation (OLF), a group of higher learning institutions, mainly universities, devoted to promoting high quality flexible learning materials. This is an open learning course on inferential statistics providing 25 hours study time. The book contains a workbook section, a reader section, exercises, and a self-assessment section. Certain OLF member institutions now offer students credit when they complete a HAL pack as part of a specific course of study offered by that institution. A full list of courses relating to individual HAL packs is available on request from the OLF. Features: * Very attractively designed and laid out, making study interesting and pleasurable * Offers enormous flexibility to students so that they can choose when and where they want to study * The new wave of titles in the series (of which this is one) also fit in with the new nursing courses in the UK for continuing professional development and advanced nursing practice * An extremely economical way of studying * Written by respected lecturers in the topic, put together by the OLF's experts in producing open learning materials, and published by Churchill Livingstone with all our experience in producing high quality books and learning materials

  • Clinical Skills In Treating The Foot

    The eagerly awaited new edition of Clinical Skills in Treating the Foot has been revised and updated with the needs of a broad range of health professionals in mind. For anyone treating patients with foot disorders, Clinical Skills in Treating the Foot will provide invaluable support through three key areas: Section 1 is concerned with the general principles of managing foot disorders and the context in which treatment of the foot takes place. Included are chapters on treatment planning, evidence based practice, governance and audit, clinical protocols, clinical emergencies and health promotion. Section 2 examines the application of clinical therapeutics to foot disease and includes chapters on operative techniques, surgery and the foot, pharmacology, physical therapy, mechanical therapeutics, chairside devices, prescription devices and footwear therapy. Section 3 considers the particular needs of special groups and includes chapters on the adult foot, the child's foot, sports injuries and management of tissue viability. With its clarity of text and liberal use of case studies and illustrations, the latest edition of Clinical Skills will be required reading for practising and student podiatrists. It will also be a valuable reference and guide for all others involved in the provision of treatment of the foot. This book has been written as a companion volume to the editors' Assessment of the Lower Limb, also published by Elsevier Churchill Livingstone.

    • Written by an experienced team of clinicians who also understand the needs of students as well as practitioners
    • Logical and clear structure makes it easy to use for both clinicians and students
    • Each chapter is self-contained and can be used for independent reading topics
    • Case histories and clinical comment sections illustrate important clinical points
    • Key points and summaries provides assistance for learning and review
    • Features approximately 400 illustrations
  • Half of the contributors are new - more experienced clinicians than those used for the previous edition
  • New chapter by new author on Clinical Governance (replacing old chapter of Audit and Outcome Measurement)
  • Major revision by new authors of chapter on Treatment Planning to reflect new developments and changes in pracice
  • Completely rewritten chapter by new authors on Clinical protocols
  • Major revision by new author of the chapter on Foot health education and promotion
  • Major rewrite with new author of the chapter on Pharmacology which will have expanded sections on topical and injected steroids and prescription medicines.
  • Major revision by new authors of the chapter on Physical therapy
  • New section on chairside devices in the chapter on Mechanical therapeutics in the clinic (new authors involved)
  • Chapter on Prescription orthoses now replaced with new chapter by new authors on Prescription devices..
  • Major rewrite by new author of the chapter on sports injuries
  • New chapter on Managing tissue viability repaces the old chapter on the Management of foot ulcers and now incorporates the material previously covered in old appendices 1 and 2 on Management of exudation in ulcers and Footcare advice for people with diabetes.
  • Research for Physiotherapists: Project Design and Analysis

    An introductory textbook for research methods for the physiotherapist who is approaching a research project tor the first time. The book aims to give them the necessary tools for undertaking research while demonstrating the relevance to physiotherapy practice.

  • Anticonvulsant Therapy: Pharmacological Basis and Practice

    A clinically-orientated book on the pharmacology of anti-convulsant drugs for the physician managing epileptic patients. It looks at the pros and cons of anticonvulsant use: at how this group of drugs works and then assesses the individual drugs. This revised edition takes account of developments in the last decade of both the available drugs and the clinician's method of evaluating them.

  • Fibromyalgia Syndrome: A Practitioners Guide to Treatment

    In "Fibromyalgia Syndrome" - a practitioner's guide to treatment - Leon Chaitow and his contributors provide a comprehensive overview of this epidemiologically significant condition and describe the most effective multidisciplinary approaches to treatment. Fibromyalgia Syndrome (FMS) was recognised as a syndrome by the WHO in 1990. Sufferers from this complex syndrome may experience a wide variety of symptoms, ranging from headaches and fatigue to widespread muscular pain or irritable bowel syndrome. FMS is the second commonest condition encountered in clinics for the treatment of chronic pain. Because of its many presenting symptoms, different clinicians and therapists become involved in the treatment and management of FMS patients. Fibromyalgia Syndrome - a practitioner's guide to treatment - aims to help clinicians and therapists involved in the treatment and management of FMS to better understand the syndrome, and to plan appropriate treatment and management.

  • The Directory of Independent Hospitals and Health Services 1997

    This comprehensive reference details over 13,000 organizations providing health care in the private sector including: special homes and associations belonging to the Independent Healthcare Association; independent hospitals; screening clinics; 5600 registered private nursing homes; 8900 registered private residential care homes; 2300 registered voluntary residential care homes; 600 dual registered (nursing and residential) care homes. It also contains articles covering the development of community care and mental health law. It is intended for medical libraries, GPs, hospitals, medical suppliers, care home owners, medical insurance groups, trusts, councils and local authorities.

  • A Nurse's Survival Guide to the Ward

    If you are a nurse starting work on the ward or returning to practice, this book is an indispensable partner for you. It provides instantly accessible practical guidance on day-to-day procedures and problems in a variety of areas including: how to organise your job and yourself; how to assess patients; important principles, procedures and investigations; clinical information on a wide range of conditions; how to administer drugs safely; and what to do in an emergency. As well as information on how to do the job, the importance of communication and nursing care issues is emphasised. Background information is also given on underlying legal, health and safety issues.

  • Resuscitation: A Guide for Nurses

    This book is split into two sections. The first offers a description of the European Resuscitation Council, whose guidelines form the core of practice, and will look at ethical and legal aspects. It also addresses the controversial issue of family attendance at resuscitation attempts, and offer an analysis of outcomes. Section two presents the new guidelines and algorithms for basic, advanced and paediatric life support. Features: * Key area of nursing practice * Based on 1997 European guidelines * Handy size and price, quick reference * Addresses practical and ethical/emotional issues

  • Pharmacology and Drug Management for Nurses

    Aims to cover everything nurses need to know about the actions and uses of drugs and relates this information to nursing practice. It is suitable for P2000 nurses and appropriate to "Life Sciences" section of the CFP (for enhanced understanding of drugs and pharmacology).

  • Cupping Therapy: Traditional Chinese Medicine

    Cupping is an ancient technique - predominantly Eastern but used also in the West - in which heated cups are applied to the body and, as the air cools, underlying tissue is raised by being "sucked" part way into the cup. The stimulation of this effects is, in this book, dealt with in the context of TCM principles and theory. This book explores and describes techniques of cupping in the context of TCM therapy. It provides a clear and detailed set of practical guidelines to applying this technique for various common conditions, and looks closely at issues of safety, expectation and theoretical principles of action.

  • Colorectal Cancer

    Colorectal Cancer covers the most recent clinical advances in this important and fast-moving area in a concise, practical, and very visually attractive manner. It is a concise and accessible text, enhanced with specially commissioned state-of-the-art computer graphics, and full color illustrations. It presents a comprehensive and very up-to-date account of all the important issues affecting the investigation, diagnosis and management of this disease, including molecular mechanisms and genetics, chemotherapy, radiotherapy, surgery and systemic therapies, and all the very latest information on the new drugs available to treat this disease. Written by a world-class author team comprising a surgeon, medical oncologist and gastroenterologist, Colorectal Cancer reflects the team approach taken to treat this life-threatening disease.Feature: Clear and accessible style. Benefit: Easy to read and understand. Feature: Full colour illustration. Benefit: Difficult concepts clearly explained. Clinical photographs reproduced as they appear in real life. Feature: Very up-to-date. Benefit: Provides timely advice Feature: Covers current hot topics such as genetic basis of colorectal cancer. Benefit: Provides clear advice on new issues which concern the reader Feature: International, multidisciplinary author team. Benefit: Provides depth and breadth of knowledge. Feature: Key points boxes at opening of chapters. Benefit: Summarises current developments at a glance.

  • Diagnostic Immunohistochemistry

    17 world-renowned experts offer the most current information and reliable guidance on immunohistochemical diagnoses in surgical pathology and cytopathology. Introductory chapters cover cost modeling for immunohistochemistry and immunohistochemical techniques. The following chapters utilize an organ systems and diseases approach to diagnostic tumor pathology.

  • Gynaecology Nursing: A Practical Guide

    Gynaecological Nursingis a comprehensive practical guide to many women health issues, written by nurses for nurses. This is a concise, clinically focused text on disease and disorders, which are unique to or are more common, in women. Medical technology is moving forward with resulting changes in practice and new techniques. Nurses need to be aware of these changes and advances and maintain our knowledge base. We need to be able to provide sound, accurate and consistent information. To maintain the trust patients have in nurses we must maintain an up to date knowledge and feel confident in this knowledge. Therefore this book provides thorough coverage of the latest medical advances and new techniques but with a sensitive holistic approach based on the requirements of nurses.Provides in-depth comprehensive, practical information with a sensitive approach based on requirements of nurses Covers latest medical advances and new techniquesPractical information on common gynae issues and how they are managed A reliable source for continuing educationA post basic reference book Places particular emphasis on gynaecological endocrinology and cancer

  • Textbook of Renal Disease

    Second edition of a successful compact textbook of nephrology, aimed at trainee physicians and those sitting exams such as the MRCP. It provides an accessible account of renal disease in a more manageable form than the major reference works on the subject.

  • Anaesthesia Review, 13

    The latest issue in this highly successful review series. Provides an annual update on the important developments in anaesthesia and reassesses areas which require updating. Bridges the gap between material published in journals and textbooks.

  • Women's Health: A Handbook for Nurses

    This is a portable book highlighting good practice in nursing. Essentially the book sets out to give the practitioner the succinct message of what he/she needs in order to give the best possible nursing care to the patient. It provides a concise view of issues that affect women both collectively and individually, raising awareness of the role of the nurse in supporting women throughout their lives. The handbook has comprehensive resources, references and a bibliography. This is not a 'how to' book, more a 'where to go from here' book. The book covers issues that are sensitive, such as rape, domestic violence, sexual abuse and sexuality, as well as ethico-legal issues, psychosocial and political aspects of women's health, alongside coverage of traditional women's health issues.

  • Theory and Practice of Histological Techniques

    This is a new edition of the standard text-reference covering the full range of histological techniques used in medical laboratories and pathology departments. Written for histotechnologists in training and in practice, the book provides a thorough grounding in all aspects of histological technology, from basic methods of section preparation and staining to advanced diagnostic techniques such as immunohistochemistry and cytology. The book provides a balance between the new and the older techniques and is a suitable resource for both the beginner in histotechnology and for the fully qualified laboratory technician.

  • Dacie and Lewis Practical Hematology

    We are delighted to introduce the 9th edition of "Dacie and Lewis's Practical Haematology". This highly successful, practical manual continues to describe all of the techniques used in the investigation of patients with blood diseases. It discusses the principles of each test, possible causes of error, and the interpretation and clinical significance of the results. The use of standards, reference reagents and quality control is stressed throughout and new information and techniques have been added to bring this edition right up-to-date.

  • Mobilisation Techniques

    A handbook for manipulative therapists, physiotherapists, osteopaths and chiropractors, covering the major joints of the body.

  • Nutrition and Dietetics for Health Care

    An introduction to nutriton and dietetics from a health care perspective. This edition has several new chapters, care plans have been added to Section 3 helping relate theory to practice, and the book has been improved in layout and content throughout. Features: * The latest edition of the book on nutrition for nurses * A basic guide on an increasingly important topic * Ideal for diploma nursing students (Project 2000) * More practical than before - with care plans linking text to practice * Now gives further reading suggestions to develop knowledge

  • Rheumatology

    This handy pocket atlas provides a concise overview of rheumatology*with 251 full-color illustrations leading the way! Covers arthritis, spondarthritides, systemic connective tissue disorders, crystal deposition diseases, juvenile rheumatic disorders, and much more!

  • Drugs in Nursing Practice: An A-Z Guide

    Nursing students and qualified nurses need their own A-Z of drugs - a nursing BNF (British National Formulary). This book meets this need. It is a guide to drugs in common use, and to drug groups. What makes it more relevant to nurses than the BNF is that each description has a short section on 'nurse monitoring' and 'general notes'. Further notes and appendices on intravenous feeding, antibiotics, drugs in breast milk, and others listed in the contents below, increase its appeal and practicality for nurses. Nursing students will find it an invaluable reference book throughout their pre-registration education. It will help them when on clinical placement and to write care plans. As GPs refer to the BNF, so practising nurses will turn to Drugs in Nursing Practice, being the only A-Z of drugs that includes nursing notes. Over 50 new drugs have been included in this new edition, 12 drugs deleted and changes made to over 100 existing entries. The layout is greatly improved, with highlighting of information, for clarity's sake. The nursing notes have also been highlighted to make the information's relevance to nursing practice even more accessible.

  • Hematology Revision

    A textbook for training haematologists studying for MRCP or MRCPath examinations. Multiple choice questions, case histories, pictorial slides, and data interpretation are provided, and each section is graded into two standards of difficulty, equivalent to the MRCP and MRCPath examinations.

  • Clinical Reproductive Endocrinology

    The second edition of this text continues its primary aim of providing clear answers to the many questions - fundamental and complex - that face the field of travel medicine. The manual focuses on preventive measures to be considered for travellers. Therapy is also included as it applies to self-treatment abroad and to address problems and questions primary care physicians are frequently confronted with by returning travellers.

  • Genitourinary Pathology

    This volume in the "Foundations in Diagnostic Pathology Series" packs today's most essential genitourinary pathology know-how into a compact, high-yield format! Its pragmatic, well-organized approach, abundant full-color illustrations, and at-a-glance tables make the information you need easy to access. It covers both neoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases of the genitourinary system.

  • Medicolegal Reporting in Orthopaedic Trauma

    This comprehensive guide to the preparation of medicolegal reports assists the busy medical expert in providing prognostic information following musculo-skeletal injuries without having to spend time researching the relevant literature.

  • The Skin

    The new edition of this series is now to be produced in 14 volumes instead of the previous 6, each covering a specific body system. The books are laid out as a series of independent monographs while retaining the overall awareness of the whole concept of systemic pathology. The pathological basis of disease is dealt with in the light of recent advances in understanding which frequently help explain the significant of familiar observations. This text includes many new illustrations and a more comprehensive coverage than previous editions. It should be essential reading for MRCPath candidates.

  • Acupuncture in the Treatment of Pain: An Integrative Approach

    The book delineates the potentials and limits of acupuncture in the treatment of pain in the context of a modern bio-psycho-social concept of pain therapy. This is realized by an integration of western and traditional Chinese medicine, with the aim to meet the respective other medicine system on the one hand and critical distance on the other. The book consists of two parts. The first part (chapter 2-8) gives the background for both traditional Chinese concepts to pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment of pain and basics of the conventional, western approach to pain treatment. The second part (chapter 9-17) gives detailed information for the integrative treatment of all common painful conditions. For every single indication conventional and traditional Chinese treatment options (including Chinese phytotherapy) are shown and the value of acupuncture, scientific data about its efficacy and its possible mode of action (in western-physiological terms) are discussed.

  • Neurological Physiotherapy

    Neurological Physiotherapy, 2nd Edition aims to provide an improved understanding of problems commonly encountered by the therapist working with people with neurological disability. It describes aspects of posture and movement difficulties which may occur as a result of neurological damage and gives guidance to help the therapist to plan the appropriate treatment programme for each patient. Using a problem-solving approach the emphasis is on the identification of symptoms in relation to impairment and disability rather than on a detailed description of neurological conditions.

  • Patient-centred - focuses on patient problems, not on medical diagnoses
  • Encourages analysis of the abnormal pathology to determine appropriate treatment interventions
  • Describes a variety of commonly used treatment approaches and gives indicators for their selection
  • Stresses the importance of individual patient assessment for planning individual therapy programmes
  • Uses case histories to illustrate the relationship between assessment and appropriate therapy selection
  • Incorporates the latest information relating to the control of human movement
  • Illustrated with both photographs and line diagrams to support and clarify the text
  • Written by a team of clinicians who are experts in their fields
  • New chapters on:

  • Assessment, goal setting and measuring treatment outcomes
  • Medical and surgical management (including drug therapy)
  • New chapter which looks at the likely developments for the future - a forward outlook
  • More case studies included - with new ones to address CVA, MS (with link to the community) and MND
  • Case studies on spinal cord injury and head injury to be added.
  • Textbook of Pediatric Osteopathy

    This title is directed primarily towards health care professionals outside of the United States. It is a special challenge to treat children with osteopathy. You can find everything you need to know about it in this detailed and practice oriented manual. Written by an experienced, international team of authors, it covers the whole spectrum of paediatric osteopathy- from new born to teenager.

  • Clinical Ultrasound: Abdominal and General Ultrasound v. 1 & 2

    Introducing a complete and thorough revision of the most comprehensive ultrasound reference available. The 2nd edition of this highly successful text now consists of three full-color volumes. Volumes 1 and 2 cover abdominal and general ultrasound. Volume 3 fully explores obstetric and gynecologic ultrasound. Encyclopedic yet highly practical, this comprehensive reference distils the clinical experience of numerous international experts into a superbly illustrated and authoritative resource. Clinical Ultrasound is an essential resource for every medical practitioner involved in ultrasound screening.

  • The Functional Foot Orthosis

    This book aims to provide a solid foundation for those wanting to develop their skills in this area of foot therapy which increasingly plays a major part in the treatment of musculoskeletal disorders of the lower limb. The text and evaluation explains the examination process leading up to the decision on whether or not to use a foot orthosis. Different types of orthoses and their uses are described and illustrated. The practical aspects of making orthoses for individual patients (including choosing the appropriate materials for manufacture) are explained and illustrated on a step by step basis. Every foot is different so the therapist must be able to choose and manufacture or adapt the orthosis to fit the individual foot.

  • Essential Orthopedics and Trauma

    An undergraduate textbook of orthopaedics and trauma. This popular title concentrates on the commoner conditions and has been fully updated for its third edition. High-quality radiographs and two-colour line diagrams support the lucid text. Features: * Third edition of one of the most popular textbooks in the field * Emphasis is given to each condition in accordance with its prevalence in clinical practice * Heavily illustrated with high-quality radiographs and two-colour line diagrams. * Lucid and entertaining writing style

  • Diagnostic Immunohistochemistry

    This book is recommended for the Basic and Clinical Sciences, BMA Awards 2007. This popular text features world-renowned experts who offer the most current information and reliable guidance on immunohistochemical diagnoses in surgical pathology and cytopathology. The book is organised in a consistent format of organ systems, specifically designed to target diagnostic dilemmas in surgical pathology. Each chapter features an introduction and a systematic approach to the diagnostic entities of that organ system. Readers will also find easy-to-understand diagnostic algorithms and immunohistograms that depict immunostaining patterns of tumours, as well as charts, tables, and high-quality colour histologic images that assist in making a definitive diagnosis.

  • Paediatric Intensive Care Nursing

    A comprehensive textbook on caring for the infant and child in intensive care. The text includes specific illness / disorders with related A & P, medical management and nursing care and a complete guide to the problems and solutions of working in the PICU.

  • Psychology and Sociology Applied to Medicine: An Illustrated Colour Text

    This valuable text integrates sociology and psychology to focus on how each impact and affect medicine. Presented in a highly visual double-page spread format with over 170 high-quality illustrations, this resource includes discussion of the life cycle, society and health, preventing illness and promoting health, and much more.

  • Handbook of Clinical Massage: A Complete Guide for Students and Practitioners, 2e

    Well researched and evidence-based, this book takes a unique medical approach to describing applied massage techniques for common conditions and their utilization as an adjunct to both conventional and complementary treatments. Offers guidelines on the assessment of each body region prior to massage, including symptoms and signs relating to pathology. Features photographs and line drawings that clearly illustrate correct postural techniques. Thorough descriptions of massage techniques, their physiological effects, indications and contraindications, and how massage may be used therapeutically helps the reader come to a better understanding of the treatment of many common conditions. Each of the chapters on body regions begins with an assessment of the region with guidelines on the examination of pathological symptoms, signs, and implications for massage treatment, preparing the reader for what is to come. A generous number of illustrations, including photographs and line drawings, show the correct techniques for the practitioner. Extra instruction shows supplementary methods for use with patients who are physically impaired, elderly, or unable to lie on the treatment table. New two-color format gives the text a fresh, vibrant look, assisting the reader with improved visual aids. Extra material on research presents new developments in the field. Now includes more on bodywork and forearm massage techniques. An increased number of anatomical diagrams enhances the ability to clearly understand various techniques. An expanded section on massage during pregnancy offers the most current information on the topic.

  • Bones and Joints: A Guide for Students

    This third edition endeavours to keep the substance of the book the same, and to provide a book that is easily used and is of use to students. The author has attempted to provide a logical framework. All the major bones and joints of the human body have been covered including a new section on teeth. The text has been written in note form and the diagrams have been made as clear and simple as possible so that they can be easily reproduced by students. The book can be used in several ways depending on the individual student: as part of a self-learning programme in conjunction with actual bones and supported by follow-up tutorials; as part of a revision programme on completion of a course of study; or as a reference book.

  • Positional Release Techniques

    "Positional Release Techniques, 2nd Edition" provides comprehensive coverage of all methods of spontaneous release by positioning. The easy to follow text is extensively illustrated with two-colour line drawings.

  • Palpation and Assessment Skills: Assessment and Diagnosis Through Touch

    Like the popular previous Edition, the new Edition of Palpation Skills has been designed and developed to help the reader to understand and acquire the palpatory skills which are the foundation of all effective manual therapy assessments and treatments. Subtle and sensitivity of touch and the accurate interpretation of palpatory tests are required from the start of training in any of the manual therapy professions. It is difficult to learn these from written descriptions or static illustrations alone.By combining a workbook approach with the use of video demonstrations and audio explanations on a CD-Rom, "Palpation Skills" provides the student and developing practitioner with a portable workshop which they can access at any time. "Palpation Skills: Assessment and Diagnosis through Touch" will be of practical to use to every manual therapist and practitioner at all stages of their professional development. It can help them to extend the range of skills they can bring to their practice by bringing together suggested approaches from a variety of disciplines.

  • Nursing Older People

    This is a standard text and reference source for students and practitioners in the area of elderly nursing. It has been the comprehensive text of choice in its previous editions. The new third edition has been reorganised, expanded and largely rewritten following changes in the structure and delivery of health and social services. The change in title reflects the changing attitudes and terminology in this growing field.

  • Applied Basic Science for Basic Surgical Training

    This is a textbook of applied basic science for the MRCS. It covers all the relevant sciences - anatomy, physiology and pathology - but in the format of the MRCS syllabus. It is divided into the same structure of core modules and system modules and revises the sciences accordingly. It concentrates throughout on the application of these sciences and (in the system chapters) includes text on the clinical features of the surgery as relevant to the science.

  • Handbook Of Practice Nursing

    This book is edited by two nurses who have extensive expertise and a strong commitment to general practice nursing. Its main focus is clinical care and it is a readily accessible and detailed guide to the key areas in general practice. It will be an indispensable reference tool for everyday use but will form part of the knowledge base required for those working towards the specialist practitioner role. There are 26 chapters which are grouped together into four sections, each relating to an area of the general practice nurse role: health promotion and health education; disease management; health maintenance and clinical procedures; management and professional issues. All chapters have been written by experts in their particular fields and the majority also have a general practice nursing background. The content is evidence based and each chapter includes a section on further sources of information including web-based resources. Following on from the highly successful previous editions this handbook offers sound practical information and advice to nurses with a strong emphasis on patient care.

  • Diagnostic Bronchoscopy: A Teaching Manual

    Bronchoscopy is a technique used by chest physicians to examine the bronchi. There are two types of bronchoscope in general use and the authors explain how to conduct each examination and the advantaes and limitations. It contains a large number of photographs each accompanied by two line drawings - one illustrating the posistion of the bronchoscope in the chest and the other showing the details seen during examination. Items new in this edition include a ten per cent increase in the number of illustrations eg AIDS-related pneumonia is now included, while some of the fifth edition photographs have been replaced with better examples. All the pictures have been inverted in order to present the view which is seen through the fibreoptic bronchoscope as this is the one commonly used. Captions are duplicated, in second colour, to allow the reader to use the book for reference in either type of examinations.

  • Mental Health Care for Elderly People

    Helping older people and their families cope successfully with mental health problems is the responsibility of a multi-disciplinary team of health and social care professionals. This textbook reflects this approach and applies theory and research to the practical care of elderly people with mental health problems from a multi-disciplinary perspective. The book is divided into four sections: Mental Health, Old Age, and Society; Understanding Mental Health Problems in Later Life; Therapeutic Interventions; and The Organization of Care for Elderly People with Mental Health Problems. Case material is interspersed throughout to illustrate the application of theory and research in practice and all chapters include annotated bibliographies of recommended reading as well as reference lists.

  • Laser: Its Clinical Uses in Eye Diseases

    This is a practical volume which describes how to use a variety of lasers to treat a range of eye diseases. It discusses which laser to use, the pros and cons, safety rules, and includes practical exercises. Ophthalmic surgeons are relying increasingly on different lasers to treat the major ocular conditions and this edition has been rewritten to cover developments made in the fast-growing area since the first edition was published. It contains 242 illustrations, most in full colour, in order to show detail. For this edition 112 illustrations are new. Both authors have experience in this fast-developing, technical area of ophthalmology and there are four new chapters covering: the principles of YAG and excimer lasers, the use of YAG for posterior capsulotomy, laser treatment of glaucoma, and the use of lasers for age-related maculopathy.

  • Principles of Perioperative Practice

    Principles of Perioperative Practice takes a practical look at the multifaceted role of the perioperative nurse. Basing their reflections on experience, the authors of each chapter take the reader through the main issues influencing perioperative practice today. Ranging from risk assessment and health and safety to ethics, quality and new technology, the authors have managed to capture the very essence of the challenges of working in the high impact environment of the perioperative field. The focus on the multi-disciplinary team ensures that these topics are discussed in the context of day-to-day work in perioperative practice.

  • Expanding role of the nurse
  • Clear links between theory and practice
  • Emphasize perioperative role of nurse
  • First book to focus on the holistic approach to perioperative patient care.

  • Ultrasound Imaging for Rehabilitation of the Lumbopelvic Region: A Clinical Approach

    Ultrasound imaging is emerging as an invaluable tool in the detection and treatment of motor control impairment. This book brings this technology out of the research lab and into the clinic, providing guidelines for the integration of ultrasound imaging for the assessment and treatment of motor control impairments of the lumbopelvic region into daily practice. In this accessible and clinically relevant text, Whittaker provides: a review of the basic principles of sound wave propagation; discussion of instrumentation, prudent use and safety; step by step instructions for generating ultrasound images of the deep muscles and associated structures in the region; an indepth discussion of the qualitative and quantitative components of image interpretation; and, guidelines on the integration of ultrasound imaging into clinical practice. This book features over 75 ultrasound images. Clinically focussed, it is based on published evidence and clinical experience. "Ultrasound Imaging for Rehabilitation of the Lumbopelvic Region" enables clinicians to maximise the potential of ultrasound imaging technology in providing effective management of neuromusculoskeletal dysfunction in the lumbopelvic region, including back pain, pelvic girdle pain and incontinence.

  • Sports Medicine

    Sports medicine is an area of great current interest (and potential remuneration), in part because athletes are more motivated to seek treatment after injury and to expect a perfect outcome than most patients. This compact text presents a pictorial guide to the recognition of injuries and medical problems in sport. Presented in the tried and tested Colour Guides format, with text facing colour illustrations, it gives thorough coverage of both traumatic and medical problems in an outstandingly visual way. Of particular interest are sections on athletes with special needs (the Female Athlete, the Child Athlete, the Older Athlete) plus coverage of topics such as Sport and the Environment. Features: * Handy text on an increasingly important (and remunerative) area * Presented in compact Colour Guides format with text facing colour illustrations * Thorough coverage of both traumatic and medical problems in sport * Contains sections on athletes with special needs

  • Foundations of Chinese Medicine: A Comprehensive Text for Acupuncturists and Herbalists

    From the internationally acclaimed practitioner, Giovanni Maciocia, comes a first-class textbook that explains the application of the theory of Chinese medicine to Western medical practice. It emphasizes Western types of diseases and patients.

  • Nursing Ethics

    This book is designed to be a basic guide to the moral issues in nursing and the ethics of nursing care. It aims to identify and criticize various moral arguments and to widen horizons without asserting answers. The work should be of value to all nurses from student nurses to senior managers. The book is written by a multidisciplinary team - a philosopher, a nurse and a theologian - in order that as balanced a view as possible might be presented.

  • The Malalignment Syndrome: diagnosis and treatment of common pelvic and back pain

    Lack of appreciation and knowledge of the malalignment syndrome often leads to a failure to notice the possible aetiological or predisposing factors contributing to many musculoskeletal problems. Recognition of the syndrome by physicians, chiropractors, osteopaths, podiatrists, physiotherapists, kinesiologists, sports trainers and others dealing with patients and athletes (including equine) can help them implement appropriate treatment and training to correct the malalignment and actually prevent the initial occurrence of symptoms.

    Now in its second edition, The Malalignment Syndrome has established itself as a trusty one-stop reference providing a detailed description of this syndrome and how it can be identified and treated. It concentrates on the trunk, pelvis, spine, sacroiliac joint and legs, incorporating anatomy, biomechanics, stability issues, possible causes, examination and diagnostic techniques as well as a comprehensive treatment approach. Emphasis is also placed on the participation of the patient/athlete in the day-to day treatment process to achieve long-term results.

    • Evidence-based practical advice and guidance
    • Multidisciplinary in approach
    • Highly illustrated with photographs, diagrams and anatomical models
    • Recognizes the importance of prevention as well as treatment
    • Summary and case boxes
    • Over 100 new illustrations
    • Additional examination techniques to facilitate diagnosis
    • Extensively rewritten for easier reading
    • Contributions by David Lane (Chapter 6: Horses, Saddles and Riders), Sarah Stevens and Karina Steinberg (Chapter 8: Treatment: The Manual Therapy Modes)
    • Focuses on diagnosis/treatment of malalignment-related pelvic, leg and back pain

  • Human Physiology

    A colourful, highly illustrated textbook of human physiology aimed at medical and allied health students. Organized by systems, in line with the traditional way of teaching physiology followed in most courses, the book offers additional features that make it attractive to today's lecturers and students: the text is succinct, with emphasis on core knowledge, there are clinical application boxes throughout, and each section contains examples of applied physiology, to show how systems interact and are dependent on each other. There are also multiple choice questions (MCQs), with answers, at the end of each section.a concise yet complete textbook of physiology, aimed at medical and allied health students highly illustrated and colourful each section starts with an 'overview' and a bullet-point outline of contents basic science boxes are included where appropriate to fill in the background for the less-scientific student clinical example boxes add interest and to show how knowledge is applied in a clinical situation recent advances boxes for those who want to delve further into a subject summary boxes further reading at end of sections self-assessment (multiple choice) questions and answers at end of sections applied physiology chapters at end of section illustrations and other instructor and student material available free on line at this address: www.fleshandbones.com/physiology/davies

  • Cranial Base Surgery

    "Cranial Base Surgery" is a modern comprehensive description of diagnosis, management, and outcomes of all lesions affecting the skull base. It is a new definitive reference book for the specialist in skull base surgery. Divided into sections, the coverage includes anatomy, imaging, surgical approaches to the cranial base, pathological conditions of the cranial base, tumors, vascular conditions, non-tumorous lesions, and adjunctive therapy for cranial base tumors. Skull base surgery by definition is a team often made up of the maxillofacial, otologic, and neurosurgical specialists. The combination of skills and experience from these specialists has resulted in operative possibilities that previously would have been impossible. This book examines in detail the different operative approaches and the likely outcomes of each. Edited by James T Robertson and Jon H Robertson of The University of Tennessee, Memphis, and by Professor Hugh B Coakham of the University of Bristol, Frenchay Hospital, England, this book will set the new gold standard in clinical reference books in skull case surgery.

  • Infertility: Male and Female

    The second edition of this text covers all aspects of male and female infertility and reflects recent advances. New chapters on topics such as the ethical aspects of treatment, polycystic ovarian disease, ecology and fertility and sexually transmitted diseases (including AIDS) have been added.

  • The Foot

    This is intended as a comprehensive reference work on all foot disorders, covering basic sciences as well as medical and surgical techniques and management. The book has contributions from 60 specialists worldwide.

  • The Digestive System and the Urinary System

    The books in this series are intended to be used as aids to learning and as guides to the preparation of nursing care plans. Each book consists of a number of nursing care studies of common conditions likely to be seen by every student nurse. The care studies incorporate multiple choice, true false and matching item questions. These questions are designed to test the nurses' knowledge and understanding and help with study and revision. After each care study the authors have given explanations as to why they have selected the answers. Each book looks at two body systems and opens with questions on the related basic anatomy and physiology which aim to allow the reader to check existing knowledge and to highlight areas for revision and further study.

  • Developmental Speech Disorders: Current Issues and Clinical Implications

    This book looks at the major changes that have occurred in the theory and practice of speech therapy for children with developmental speech disorders. It looks at current issues and their clinical implications, but the overall aim of the book is to set clinical practice firmly in a theoretical framework. While it is therefore essentially a practice book for practitioners, it also engages in the academic investigation of the nature of the different types of developmental speech disorders and their consequences for the children. This discussion provides the framework in which to consider clinical management and specific clinical techniques. A recurrent theme throughout each chapter is the impact of linguistics upon our understanding and management of children's problems in learning to pronounce. There is no doubt that the linguistic revolution in speech and language pathology has produced an entirely new perspective on these disorders by identifying the phonological dimension of speech development. Of equal importance is the expansion of knowledge about children's language development. Much more information is now available about phonological development in terms of what the developmental changes are and when they occur. This information is valuable in assessment and diagnosis. The book also includes a number of competing theories explaining how children develop their pronunciation patterns. These theories provide the premises upon which to establish a principled theory of therapy. To reflect these issues and their clinical implications the book is divided into three sections. The first section explores the framework within which to discuss developmental speech disorders. The second section covers three specific types of pathological conditions with which developmental speech disorders are associated. The third section examines the problems of children who have no evident major disabling condition and yet they experience severe difficulties learning to pronounce and subsequently, more often than not, learning to read and write.

  • Clinical Cases In Anesthesia

    Actual case studies in a Q & A format explore contemporary problems in anesthesia, and provide practical solutions based on a careful examination of all of the important scientific and clinical principles for each case. The 3rd edition offers brand-new coverage of key topics in the cardiovascular, respiratory, central nervous system, abdomen, and post-anesthesia care sections as well as a completely new section on trauma. It also addresses important topics such as hemophilia, infant anesthesia, lower extremity anesthesia, and celiac plexus blocks. All of the existing cases are thoroughly revised to include new treatments and practice guidelines, and new knowledge of the relevant pharmacology. It's an ideal review tool for board preparation, and a handy resource for practice.

  • Recent Advances in Histopathology

    This book will provide the examination candidate with an excellent review and update of topics which could be covered in the exams and viva. For practising histopathologists it will provide readers with short reviews of a wide range of topics covered in a large number of journals thus absolving them from the need to scan all these journals and therefore saving them time. It will supply information, guidelines, advice, data etc which may be difficult to find elsewhere. Features: * Up-to-date reviews on a number of topics of current interest. * Short, concise chapters. * Now provides an update every year. * Highlights key points for clinical practice. * Excellent value. * Written by practitioners in the forefront of their respective fields.

  • Guidelines in Patient Care in Radiography

    This books was written as a precise reference guide to the care of the patient in the imaging and radiotherapy departments. It aims to provide essential information which may be of use, not only to the student radiographers and radiographers, but also to X-ray and radiotherapy nurses and other paramedical staff having contact with patients. At the beginning of each chapter, an introduction outlines the reason why the information which follows has been included. In this edition the information on inflammation and infection has been updated to include care of the patient with HIV infection. It also takes account of new techniques, contrast agents, legislation and drug classifications.

  • Children in Intensive Care: A Nurse's Survival Guide

    This is a lightweight, pocket guide to paediatric intensive care for PICNs, paediatric nurses, neonatal nurses, adult intensive care nurses and accident and emergency nurses. It covers all aspects of the subject by body systems. Extra information is provided on equipment needed in a paediatric emergency and there are helpful hints on managing children with various conditions.

  • Five Element Constitutional Acupuncture

    This exciting new textbook gives a clear, detailed, and accessible presentation of the main features of constitutional five element acupuncture treatment. It covers the context and history of this form of acupuncture, as well as the relevant Chinese medicine theory. After examining the elements themselves, and the functions of the Organs, the book explores the basis of diagnosis in five element acupuncture, possible blocks to treatment, and the treatment itself. It puts this style of treatment into the context of other styles of acupuncture treatment - especially Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) as it is used in the West today.

  • Imaging

    This text provides a guide to radiological investigation and management. The ever-increasing array of sophisticated technologies in radiological imaging provide explicit, detailed and sometimes coloured displays of human anatomy, its anomalies and its abnormalities. Where the investigative pathways are complex, algorithms are provided, and illustrations have been chosen to display classical and relevant features in may common clinical situations. The book focuses on specific examinations and highlights essential features in disease processes. It provides students and junior doctors with a logical approach to investigation and management.

  • A Manual of English for the Overseas Doctor

    This manual has been designed for overseas doctors as a guide to English as it would be used in everyday situations in hospitals. It includes details of colloquial language needed or good doctor/patient communication, idioms, descriptive langauge used when taking case histories, the language of dentistry and drug addiction and medical abbreviations. There are ALSO guidelines on letter writing with examples provided. This edition includes details the new structure of the NHS and new colloquialisms, plus information on postgraduate training in the UK. It should be particularly helpful for those who are to take the PLAB test (Professional and Linguistic Assessments Board).

  • Somatovisceral Aspects of Chiropractic: An Evidence-Based Approach

    Assess and manage chiropractic patients with internal problems! This one incredible resource presents both the clinical and scientific evidence for the treatment of somatovisceral dysfunction through manipulation.

  • Introduction to Clinical Imaging

    An illustrated introductory text on the various techniques of clinical imaging intended for undergraduate medical students.

  • Mobilisation of the Nervous System

    Describes an innovative concept of examination and treatment technique. A controversial book which broadens the horizons of manual therapy to embrace adverse tension in the nervous system. Clinical reasoning processes are associated with a new understanding of the nervous system as a dynamic continuum. He introduces new tension tests and refined versions of standard tests.

  • Describes and supports an innovative concept of examination and treatment technique
  • The author has been strongly influenced by the Maitland approach - this book is an extension of that school of thought
  • Use of new tension tests is extended beyond diagnosis to successful treatment
  • Provides a better understanding of many commonly encountered syndromes

  • The Liver and Systemic Disease

    The liver is prone to the consequences of disease in other parts of the body, such as autoimmune disorders, nutritional disorders, diabetes and infection (malaria, tuberculosis, sepsis, and childhood infections). Many diseases, not primarily affecting the liver, manifest themselves as liver problems (jaundice) which really disguise a broader systemic disease. The recognition of the association between dysfunction of the liver and other systems is often overlooked, but is vital in effective treatment. This reference atlas provides text on both diagnosis and management, plus excellent visual material for the entire range of systemic diseases affecting the liver. It will help the clinician to recognise the symptoms and manage the patient before serious damage can occur.

  • Behavioural Sciences for Dentistry

    This new textbook focuses on behavioral science -- including psychology, sociology and communication -- as it relates to the dental profession. Students learn to identify and address the behavioral issues encountered in dentistry, ranging from those affecting the individual patient (e.g. strategies for reducing anxiety in nervous and phobic patients), to broader concerns for the entire population (e.g. motivating the population as a whole to adopt healthier diet and hygiene practices).

  • A concise introduction to psychology, sociology and communication for the dental student. Competition tends to be biased towards either sociology or psychology.
  • Focuses on practical and clinically relevant issues eg management of patients anxiety.
  • Uses cases and examples from dental practice
  • Normal Childbirth: Evidence and Debate

    Normal childbirth should be the right of the majority: not a chosen few. With the increasing risk of litigation, there is often a move to err on the side of caution and classify women as 'at risk' if they present with even a hint of a problem. This is a contested area, with wide interpretation of terminology and midwives need to be aware of the wide parameters of 'normal' in order to practise autonomously, effectively and safely. Soo Downe covers a wide variety of subjects, with international contributors giving the benefit of their expertise. This evidence-based text offers a widely applicable source book on multiple aspects of normal birth, proposing new approaches and paradigms for future research and practice.

  • Practical Ophthalmic Surgery

    This book provides a well illustrated, step by step guidance to the surgical procedures which the ophthalmological trainee or resident is required to perform. Each procedure is described by well known experts in the field and the text is complemented by many clear line diagrams. Practical Ophthalmic Surgery will be an invaluable guide and reference for all ophthalmic surgeons during their training. < br/>Many excellent expert contributions

  • Anaesthesia and Intensive Care A-z: An Encyclopedia of Principles and Practice

    New edition of a popular encyclopaedia of anaesthesia and intensive care medicine now greatly expanded with many additional entries and new artworks. Covers all aspects of anaesthesia and critical care medicine - pharmacology, physiology, anatomy, physics, statistics, medicine, surgery, general anaesthetic practice, intensive care, equipment and the history of anaesthesia and intensive care. Succinct, clearly written text with associated diagrams make quick reference easy Entries arranged alphabetically, with extensive cross-referencing to related items to ensure full coverage of topics and ready access to related information Biographical details given for eponymous entries Extensively referenced throughout Particularly suitable for candidates of post-graduate examinations Additional line diagrams further enhance topic descriptions Contains a wide expansion of new entries and revisions of existing ones to reflect ongoing advances in the field

  • Diabetes: Caring for Patients in the Community

    Nurses and other members of the primary health care team are becoming ever more involved in the management of patients with diabetes. This book is needed by practice nurses who are often now responsible for setting up and running 'mini clinics' within general practice to handle the shared care (between hospital and community) of diabetic patients. It is also needed to help all team members who are dealing with an increased number of diabetic patients in the community, as the Community Care Act takes effect. This is a comprehensive text on the management of the diabetic patient in the community. The emphasis is on the patient throughout, and this is conveyed via case studies and examples.

  • Care of the Critically Ill Child

    A problem-based text which provides and explains practical guidelines on the management of the critically ill child, from presentation in the emergency room through to transfer to the paediatric intensive care unit. It includes: definition, common presentation, uncommon presentation, immediate management, appropriate disposition; transport concerns and definitive intensive care. A chapter on the neonate is included to cover the representation of the neonate after discharge.

  • Meaningful Motion: Biomechanics for Occupational Therapists

    This text covers biomechanical and motor control principles and provides examples in the occupational therapy realm of practice that address combining the principles of kinesiology with clinical practice. The text also has case studies and laboratory exercises specifically designed for occupational therapy students. The focus is on the concepts of kinesiology and excludes some of the mathematics that is used by biomechanists. The purpose of strengthening the understanding of the principles and reducing the emphasis on mathematics is that therapists can easily apply the principles to practice, but usually lack the equipment, expertise and time required to do extensive movement analyses.

  • Using Maths for Health Science: In the Context of Clinical Governance

    This book places the emphasis on basic mathematical information and practical examples; provides an aide memoir for people who only occasionally have to do calculations as part of their work; give reference charts; enables a member of health service staff to use a calculator accurately; gives health science students basic background information especially those who study physics as part of their training. Emphasis is mainly on physiotherapy and sport and manual therapies, though can also be used by nurses and radiographers.

  • Practical examples and applications
  • Pocket size
  • Easy accessible layout
  • Ecgs by Example

    This text contains 80 ECGs as they really appear in clinical practice. Each of the individual traces is accompanied by a list of the main diagnostic features, along with a full report of the ECT, noting any other clinical details that may be important. Boxes list common causes of the abnormalities shown and key features of the ECGs are reproduced again, using annotations to guide the reader.

  • A Nurse's Survival Guide to the Ward

    The new edition of this highly popular book is an indispensable guide to daily procedures and problems for nurses starting work on the ward or returning to practice. It provides guidance in a variety of areas including: how to organise your job and yourself; how to assess patients; clinical information on a wide range of conditions; important principles, procedures and investigations; how to administer drugs safely; and, what to do in an emergency. As well as information on how to do the job, the importance of communication and nursing care issues is emphasised. Background information is also given on underlying legal, health and safety issues.

  • Operative Urology: Surgical Skills

    Bring your practice up-to-date with "Operative Urology: Surgical Skills". You will find coverage of new and classic procedures in urologic surgery, discussion of general urologic procedures, and more specialised operations such as those used in endourology. In addition, urogynaecology, and male infertility are examined. This book provides a global perspective, with an array of international contributing authors sharing the views from a variety of academic centres throughout Europe and the United States.

  • Learning Disabilities

    The aim of this new edition is to reflect the role of all care workers who work with people with learning disabilities, and it remains a core textbook for the 'mental handicap' branch of the nursing diploma course. Although this is the third edition of this textbook, it has been completely rewritten under the new editorship of Bob Gates, lecturer at the University of Hull's Institute of Nursing. He has put together an entirely new group of contributors and introduced new chapters on helping with leisure, sexuality problems and personal relationships, advocacy, and legal questions. This is a core textbook for all nursing students who choose the 'mental handicap' branch. It is extremely practical and will be the most up-to-date textbook available to nursing students, practising nurses (especially in the community), social workers, occupational therapists, physical therapists, psychologists, and other health care professionals.

  • Occupational Therapy in Short-Term Psychiatry

    A new edition of a readable introduction to the work of the OT in the short term psychiatric setting. The emphasis throughout is on non-institutional care. It takes account of the many changes in recent years affecting the provision of care, for instance the increasing move to short-term hospital treatment and continuing care in the community.The book also helps the reader with a basic of knowledge of psychology, sociology or medical psychiatry to build on that knowledge, and link it in with an occupational therapy approach. Chapters have been written and updated by experts in the various topics covered. Every effort has also been made by the editor to make the content relevant to those working and studying in the UK as well as students from other countries. The text adopts a practical and readable approach, and addresses the needs of the therapist in the clinical situation, as well as covering purely theoretical aspects.

  • Joint Replacement Arthroplasty

    Thoroughly revised and updated throughout, the third edition of this comprehensive reference focuses on the full spectrum of joint replacement arthroplasty. Written almost entirely by Mayo Clinic contributors, the text incorporates data from the renowned Mayo Total Joint Replacement Registry - representing over 30 years of experience spanning approximately 70,000 joint replacements. Illustrations throughout - many new to the third edition - depict surgical technique and classification systems. This edition emphasizes contemporary surgical techniques for revision procedures for both the upper and lower extremity, and presents full-chapter coverage of the field's most relevant issues.

  • Men's Health: An Introduction for Nurses and Health Professionals

    Mens health covers a variety of physical, psychological, social, lifestyle and political factors, all of which will be covered in the book. As the whole concept is still emerging, the text will not attempt to be either comprehensive or definitive, but will be seen to add to the pool of knowledge and help set the agenda for future work.

  • Vascular Ultrasound: How, Why and When

    This book provides an understanding of the underlying scientific principles in the production of B-mode and Colour Flow imaging and Spectral Doppler sonograms. A basic description of common vascular diseases is given along with a practical guide as to how ultrasound is used to detect and quantify the disease. Possible treatments of common vascular diseases and disorders are outlined. Ultrasound is often used in post-treatment assessment and this is also discussed. The role of ultrasound in the formation and follow-up of haemodialysis access is a growing field and is covered in detail.

  • Fundamentals of Human Nutrition: For Students and Practitioners in the Health Sciences

    "Fundamentals of Human Nutrition" is an authoritative overview that will help you understand the complex subject of human nutrition. This book is a digest of material from the highly successful "Human Nutrition, 11th Edition". "Fundamentals" is intended for a wide readership of students and practitioners who need a broad understanding of human nutrition, but for whom an in-depth knowledge is not essential. Students and practitioners of nursing, pharmacy, sports science, dentistry and other allied health professions, as well as the interested lay person, will benefit from its easy-to-follow, concise approach.

  • A Manual of Pediatric Dentistry

    This new edition of the leading UK textbook on paediatric dentistry is designed to be a practical, clinical guide to the dental treatment of children concentrating on the approach to the patient and actual techniques, rather than on theoretical aspects. Techniques are described in a uniquely accessible step-by-step tabular manner, under consistent headings (Procedure/Method/Rationale) making it easy for students to review the operative procedures.New edition of the leading UK textbook Offers a practical, easy-to-use clinical guide Layout presents techniques accessibly Line drawings enhance the text Many improvements incorporated into this edition

  • Clinical Problem Solving in Dentistry

    The latest edition of this popular book continues to provide a highly visual step-by-step guide to the practical management of a wide variety of presentations seen in clinical dental practice. Containing over 350 high-quality photographs, line artworks and tables, Clinical Problem Solving in Dentistry is written in an easy-to read 'how to' style and contains a large number of real life clinical cases carefully presented to maximise learning outcomes for the reader. Covering all core aspects of practice, Clinical Problem Solving in Dentistry, 3rd editionwill be of value to all general dental practitioners, both qualified and in training.

  • Fractures and Orthopaedics/Student Notes

    This is a student textbook featuring the author's own tried and tested teaching system which provides the right information and avoids the need for rote-learning. It provides medical students and junior doctors with a source of quick reference for study and revision covering general principles of treatment, the management of individual fractures and orthopaedics.

  • Echocardiography for the Neonatologist, 1e

    A practical resource on using echcardiography by the specialist in infants four weeks old and younger. Lavish illustrations, clinical examples, and practical advice provide an excellent companion to those applying echocardiography for infant care.

  • Principles & Practice of Medical Laboratory Science: Basic Histotechnology

    This is a guide to basic histopathology for medical laboratory scientists in training and practice.

  • Fibromyalgia Syndrome: A Practitioner's Guide to Treatment

    This is a practitioner's guide to fibromyalgia syndrome and its treatment. FMS was only officially recognised by W.H.O. as a syndrome in 1990. Since then, much research has been undertaken, and the pool of knowledge is growing rapidly. This is the only text that distills information, and relates it specifically to the problems of assessment, diagnosis and management as confronted by the practitioners. It provides a multidisciplinary perspective on this multifaceted and frequently encountered syndrome.

  • Clinical History Taking and Examination: An Illustrated Colour Text

    This is a short textbook of "Clinical History Taking and Examination" for medical students starting their clinical work. It is presented in a highly visual and approachable style using double page spreads. The book starts with the general approach to the patient and history taking and goes on to consider the examination of the various body systems. It ends with a number of special topics including the examination of the young, old and very ill and the correct techniques to use in degree examinations.

  • Anatomy and Human Movement Pocketbook

    At last a concise pocketbook covering all the essential anatomy you need to prepare for your exams and clinical placements. All the areas of the body are covered by region and include bones, muscles, joints as well as movement, palpation, origin, insersion, and nerve supply. Common injuries, radiographs, MRI scans, CAT scans showing normal vs abnormal graphs are also included. Sections are covered in bite size chunks with easy navigation should you need to look up something in a hurry - an essential book to have in your pocket.

  • Fundamental Techniques of Plastic Surgery and Their Surgical Applications

    Fundamental Techniques of Plastic Surgery 9th edition sets out the basic techniques of plastic surgery for general surgeons. The emphasis is places on successful tried and tested practice. The over 300 illustrations and the clear and simplistic text and layout make this title and excellent introduction to plastic surgery and the essential reading for FRCS candidates.

  • Introduction to Medical Acupuncture

    This book is a clear and practical introductory guide to the practice of medical acupuncture. It describes the Western medical approach to the use of acupuncture as a therapy following orthodox diagnosis. The text covers issues of safety, different approaches to acupuncture, basic point information, clinical issues and the application of acupuncture in clinical conditions, especially in the treatment of pain.

  • The Use of Computers in General Practice

    Written with the minimum of technical jargon, this book is intended for practitioners seeking to understand and learn about computers for their practices. It covers a wide range of aspects of this subject, such as computerised drug intelligence and writing of prescriptions by computer.

  • Clinical Problem Solving In Orthodontics and Paediatric Dentistry

    This is a guide to clinical problem-solving, differential diagnosis and treatment planning in orthodontics and paediatric dentistry.

  • Psychology in the Physical and Manual Therapies, 1e

    This comprehensive text addresses a number of important issues. It features extensive coverage of psychological principles as they relate to illness, injury, and rehabilitation. It covers key concepts relevant to psychological care in physical therapies, with special focus on approaches to client care. This unique text also includes material on specific client populations. Easy-to-read style and format make the text a helpful reference for experienced practitioners brushing up, or for newcomers seeing a condition for the first time. Information effectively relates the theoretical and research foundation to the practicalities of client -practitioner relationships, interventions and working with clients with a variety of conditions. Broad international range of contributors provides diverse approaches, giving a global picture.

  • Acupuncture and Moxibustion: A Guide to Clinical Practice

    Acupuncture and moxibustion together are the principal therapeutic method of external Chinese medicine. This is a highly illustrated guide to acupuncture and moxibustion techniques. It describes the tools of the trade and how to use them. Presentation of each needle and moxibustion technique is followed with practical advice on how to use it.A practical guide showing techniques step by step Presents an in-depth study of tools, needle insertion, manipulation techniques, moxibustion, Qi Gong exercises, and an in-depth training programme Excellent photographs and line drawings illustrate each step Covers moxibustion as well as acupuncture - one of the few texts to cover both Covers indications contraindications principal ailments it can treat examples of point combinations appropriate to particular manipulations

  • Theory and Practice of Histological Techniques

    This is the new edition of what has become the standard technical reference book in most departments of histopathology.This book gives the reader a thorough grounding in all aspects of histological techniques, including an understanding of basic methods. This is essential knowledge for laboratory staff.Since the first edition in 1977, histotechnology has become an increasingly complex branch of laboratory medicine. Special techniques have continued to develop, particularly in the analysis of difficult cases for diagnosis. This book encompasses these advances, providing a balance between the new and the traditional techniques. In addition, colour illustrations have been re-introduced (they were absent from the third edition). Features: * New edition of a well-established and widely-used text * Contains information vital for anyone working in a pathology laboratory * Updated -- covers recent developments * This edition contains colour illustrations

  • Immunology: An Illustrated Outline

    This book can be used as a dictionary of immunology, an alphabetical listing of immunological terms at the front of the book pin-point, by page number, an explanation in the text, or, as a revision guide. There are six chapters covering all aspects of immunology, as well as explanatory diagrams and tables that summarize data.

  • Pharmaceutics: The Science of Dosage Form Design

    A comprehensive textbook covering the design of dosage forms and all aspects of drug delivery systems. Pharmaceutics in its broadest sense is the art of the apothecary or, in simple terms, pharmaceutical preparations. It remains a diverse subject in the pharmacy curriculum, encompassing design of drugs, their manufacture and the elimination of micro-organisms from the products. This books encompasses all of those areas and pays particular attention to the design of dosage forms and their manufacture.

  • Applying the Roper-Logan-Tierney Model in Practice

    This textbook explores the use of the Roper-Logan-Tierney Model of Nursing in practice. The main focus is on nursing adult patients, with a variety of healthcare problems and needs, in acute and community-based settings. "Applying the RLT Model in Practice" has been written to enable students and their teachers in both higher education and clinical practice to explore the different dimensions of the model through a variety of case studies and exercises. The case studies can be viewed as 'triggers' for student problem solving skills in using the model. Many of the exercises are aimed at enabling readers to find evidence to support nursing activities. The authors have incorporated an international perspective throughout the text.

  • Neurological Examination Made Easy

    This is a concise and highly illustrated guide to the clinical examination of the nervous system, for medical students and junior doctors. Neurological clinical examinations are one of the most intimidating procedures a medical student has to perform. This book sets out to demystify it, and, as is shown by the spectacular success of the previous editions, succeeds admirably.

  • Recent Advances in Injection No 3

    Written by 20 contributors from over four countries, this latest volume in this series covers topics such as beta-lactams, antiviral agents, human immunodefficieny viruses, Non-A Non-B hepatitis, vaccines, and parasitology.

  • Sociology and Health Care: An Introduction for Nurses and Other Health Care Professionals

    This title provides an introduction to sociology for nurses and health professionals that is simply written but does not lose academic integrity. It is ideal for undergraduate nurses and those on Dip Nurse course. The new edition includes new material on critical theory and feminist perspectives. Recent changes in the organisation of the NHS have given rise to substantial revisions to the chapters on health care organisations and the sociology of the professions. All chapters have been updated to include relevant material appearing in the years since publication of the first edition.

  • Leadership in Nursing

    This is the first UK book to look at leadership in depth, using a lively, conversational style and enhanced with the use of cartoons. The author will show that leadership for nurses is not a distant academic concept, but something everyone has within them. The text is grounded in theory and makes full use of learning aids throughout.

  • Diagnosis in Pediatric Haematology

    This illustrated diagnostic manual of paediatric blood disease concentrates on the laboratory manifestations of disease (ie, unusual cells in blood films), rather than on clinical features. The book offers a collection of pictures of both common and rare conditions.

  • Grays Anatomy

    This latest edition of the definitive system-based anatomy reference book has been fully revised and includes extensive coverage of cell biology and micro-anatomy. It takes into account new developments in the fields of CT and MRI images and advances in cell biology, and provides an understanding of the microvascular anatomy underpinning the use of flaps in plastic surgery. Alterations and additions from the previous edition include more radiological anatomy, more cross-sectional anatomy, some cell biology content now integrated with the relevant systems, new sections on wound healing and tissue repair and an additional section on the evolutionary aspects of anatomy. The bibliography has been greatly expanded and cross-referenced for this edition. An ELBS/LPBB edition is available.

  • Accident and Emergency Medicine

    The Colour Guides series gives pictorial overviews of various specialities. Each volume presents some 55 topics as double page spreads. In each case the left hand page gives a synoptic account of the topic, wherever possible using a standard set of headlines (for example epidemiology, pathogenesis, and diagnosis.) This is a superb collection of largely clinical photographs.

  • Atlas of Differential Diagnosis in Dermatology

    Many diseases of the skin look very similar and malignant diseases can often look like other, non-life threatening diseases. Since accurate diagnosis is an essential part of the dermatologist's job there is a need for a logically arranged visual guide to differential diagnosis, to help the difficult clinical decision-making process.Most books on differential diagnosis focus on regional dermatology or groups of diseases, so that they group the characteristics of disease into major diagnostic categories and then they arrive at the diagnosis. This book is different from all other books and it is much easier to use. The content is logically organised, diseases are compared and contrasted on an easy-to-use table of common and distinguishing features" which highlights the diseases they are most likely to be compared with. The diseases are then examined in more detail in a discussion section that looks at history, anatomical and geographic distribution, clinical findings, pathology, distinguishing features and brief coverage of treatments. Both common and rarer skin diseases are included, with over 500 colour photographs, so the dermatologist can feel confident that all potential presentations are covered."

  • Obstetric Ultrasound Made Easy

    This book will take the reader through obstetric ultrasound in a logical and progressive manner starting with simple scans to more detailed and complicated one that would be encountered as the sonographer/doctor gains experience. Each subsection has a scan and a black and white picture with accompanying information on measurement or abnormality. All topics are written in a step by step and 'active', (do this then do this) style.

  • Renal Tract Stone: Metabolic Basis and Clinical Practice

    This is an internationally-contributed textbook of urolithiasis. The book brings together the multidisciplinary aspects of stone disease into one volume covering physiology, biochemistry, pharmacology, clinical pathophysiology, and medical and surgical aspects of the subject. Topics range from the history of urinary lithiasis and its treatment, to an operative technique for ESWL with the electrohydraulic shock wave lithotripter Dornier HM3.

  • Therapeutic Exercise for Lumbopelvic Stabilization: A Motor Control Approach for the Treatment and Prevention of Low Back Pain

    This book presents the latest information and research on the prevention and management of musculoskeletal pain and dysfunction. It introduces the reader to an approach to clinical management and prevention based on that research. This text's impressively thorough coverage makes it an indispensable text for both researchers and clinicians in the field of musculoskeletal pain and dysfunction.

    - Written by 3 of the foremost researchers in the field, the material features a high level of credibility and respect, unlikely to be found in any other reference on musculoskeletal dysfunction.
    - Coverage offers the most up-to-date information available, as it is based on the very latest research from the key workers in the field around the world
    - Practical examples demonstrate the clinical relevance of the research to the student and busy practitioner
    - The text presents a new, problem-solving approach to back pain assessment and management, based on the latest understanding of the anatomy, physiology and biomechanics involved.
    - Extensive illustrations, line diagrams, and photographs complement the text with visual aides.

    - Many new illustrations help the reader to understand key points.
    - The text includes new, detailed information on Panjabi's model, the passive system, the neural system, the muscle system, and the dysfunctions in each system and their interrelationships.
    - Refocused material provides the reader with knowledge necessary to real-life practice by placing new emphasis on the principles relating to injury prevention and its importance for reducing health costs.
    - Expanded coverage of issues of the neural spine and ergonomics help the reader come to a thorough understanding of this important topic.
    - Information on acute and early intervention now provides comprehensive coverage.
    - The inclusion of issues relating to the management of chronic pain conditions helps to present the latest important issues in the field.
    - The integration between the local and global muscle systems explains the importance and relationship of these two topics.
    - New therapeutic exercises and other treatment programs keep the reader up-to-date.

  • Clinical Nursing Practices

    This well-known text provides clear guidance on 54 nursing practices and procedures, arranged in alphabetical order for ease of reference. The procedures reflect practice in both hospital and community settings and are based around the widely used Activities of Living model of delivering nursing care. Each procedure contains rationale and information on patient education in addition to step by step guidance.

  • Exacta Paediatrica

    This pocket size book provides essential data required on a daily basis for all health care professionals dealing with children, giving instant access to those vital facts that are hard to remember.

  • Principles and Practice of Regional Anesthesia

    Regional anaesthesia, particularly central neural block for obstetrics, has increased greatly in use and popularity over the last 30 years. However, a significant number of anaesthetists still find it difficult to acquire either a theoretical grounding in the subject or expertise in the techniques. This book is produced to help them to rectify this situation. It is aimed at anaesthetists in training and those studying for the FRCA examination, as well as senior anaesthetists whose training was completed before the revival of interest in regional anaesthesia. Those already using regional techniques will find the book useful for extending and updating their knowledge. As in the first two editions, the first part of the book gives an account (firmly based in recent research) of the theoretical aspects of regional anaesthesia. The second part describes the practical applications of the various methods. The third edition continues to give a clear view on often misunderstood subjects such as the pharmacokinetics and systemic toxicity of local anaesthetic drugs, and the use of test doses as well as an assessment of the present place of spinal anaesthesia and an account of the features of some of the newer spinal agents. The contributing authors use the techniques which they describe in their daily practice and, because they come from a variety of backgrounds, the book is broadly representative of British practice. However, the editors have ensured that the guidance given and the opinions expressed are clear and unequivocal.

  • Practical Research Methods for Physiotherapists

    A guide to practical research methods for physiotherapists. It describes some of the basic concepts involved in designing research projects which test a specific hypothesis, parametric and non-parametric tests, how to put theory into practice and writing up research for publication.

  • Infertility in Practice

    This book is written for the general gynaecologist. It gives practical instruction, with clear illustration, in the non-specialist management of infertility. This source provides up-to-date information for a field of study which is undergoing rapid technological change. It explains what the general gynaecologist practising outside a specialist centre can and should do, such as basic investigations to exclude obvious causes of infertility: hormones, laparoscopy, and basic treatment: ovulation induction. The book also describes the techniques of assisted conception available in specialist centers, demystifying an acronym-ridden and fast-moving subject for the benefit of the general gynaecologist who may need to refer patients for specialist treatment. Because infertility is a sensitive" area, the book addresses counselling and support of the infertile couple." Features: * A practical guide to the non-specialist management of infertility, a common problem * Provides up-to-date information in a field which is undergoing rapid technological change - so the reader can feel up-to-date * Tells what the general gynaecologist practising outside a specialist centre can and should do before referring on * Describes the techniques of assisted conception available in specialist centres * Includes counselling and support issues * Authors are recognised authorities in the field

  • Cross-Sectional Anatomy of Acupoints

    This book is a two colour atlas that gives precise guidance to the acupuncturist on 378 acupuncture points, using detailed illustrations showing human anatomy and point location in cross-section. Coverage of 378 points makes it the most comprehensive atlas available, covering 147 points more than the nearest competitor. For each point the accompanying text gives the reader: the point location - in terms of superficialanatomy operational method - finding the point on the patient the needle and moxibustion method (technique and expected response) the cross-sectional anatomy of the needle passage functions or actions of each point a wide range of clinical indications for the use of a particular point warnings, where appropriate, on location and needle techniques at a point This is a very practical basic atlas that will aid needling and enhance general skill. It can be used as a 'refresher' atlas for the busy practitioner, or as an excellent and thorough textbook. Chinese knowledge matched with a western practitioner's perspective makes the text particularly accessible. Features: * Gives the reader access to an exceptionally wide range and large number of points to enhance their everyday practice * Aids more accurate needling and therefore increases general skill level * Refreshes the practitioner's memory of points, their location and action * Very competitively priced for the student

  • Modern Neurmuscular Techniques

    This is a textbook for practitioners, written in a common language understandable and acceptable to all bodywork therapists and acupressure practitioners. It provides instruction on making precise and systematic evaluations of soft tissue problems, and gives up-to-date information of a specific range of related therapeutic techniques.

  • Solving Children's Soiling Problems: A Handbook for Health Professionals

    This excellent new title is set to become the first point of reference for all practitioners dealing with children's soiling problems. The author produced this book with the intention of helping the inexperienced practitioner to become more confident in dealing with these clients. The book is aimed at School nurses, health visitors, child branch nursing students, paediatricians and GP's and is designed to be a book can be read front to back, but can also be 'dipped into' when help on a particular aspect of management is required.Easy straight forward approach Written by a nurse for nurses To provide information to the inexperienced nurse, and to assist the more experienced nurse for reference

  • Acupuncture Point Combinations: The Key to Clinical Success

    This book covers the principles and practice of combining acupuncture points - expanding a practitioner's repertoire and increasing their skills - enabling them to use a balanced and appropriate choice of points in the treatment of patients. Information onthe combination of the main points of the fourteen channels is covered in the book prior to outlining specific point combinations for selected disease syndromes. Discussion of combining points according to dermatome theory and according to the energy centres of the body is also discussed, as is combining points for the mind end emotions, and for lifestyle and behaviour. No existing book covers this aspect of clinical practice in such thorough and wide-ranging detail.

  • covers core knowledge of acupuncture practice so will be of use to students as well as qualified practitioners
  • wide coverage, from principles to their application in specific diseases -- enabling acupuncturists to practice more effectively across a broad range of clinical situations and be able to treat more clients successfully
  • organised on 3 levels so that it can be used by people with only the most basic of knowledge (including those who are completely new to acupuncture) as well as those who want to broaden their knowledge and clinical practice, and full-time students and practitioners of acupuncture
  • includes suggested point combinations for specific diseases
  • has a clear format, easy-to-use checklist, and good references
  • includes handy summary tables
  • written by an author who lectures widely on the subject and is therefore very much in touch with what acupuncturists need to know
  • Current Issues in Community Nursing: Specialist Practice in Primary Health Care

    This text deals with specific areas of nursing practice. Each chapter is written by a subject expert, with a foreword by Tessa Jowell, Minister for Public Health, and Yvonne Moores, Chief Nurse at the Department of Health. In addition to the specific areas of practice, there are also chapters on key community issues such as the specialist/advanced practice debate, advocacy and evidence-based practice.

  • Movement, Stability and Low Back Pain: The Essential Role of the Pelvis

    The human pelvis has recently become a focus for a considerable amount of new research which is relevant to manual therapy practice. In particular, movement within the pelvis is now being recognised and studied in relation to its role in maintaining stability in the vertebral column and subsequent implications for the prevention and treatment of low back pain. This important new subject area for clinicians is now covered in depth in this groundbreaking book from the people at the forefront of research and practice in the field. The contributors represent the breadth of professionals involved in manual therapy, from osteopathy, chiropractic and manual physical therapy, to orthopaedic medicine and surgery, anaesthesia and pain control. The text presents the latest research and developments in this high profile and fast developing area and demonstrates the relevance of the research to clinical practice.

  • Wheater's Functional Histology: A text and Colour Atlas

    This title is highly commended, Basic and Clinical Sciences Category, BMA Awards 2007! This best-selling atlas contains over 900 images and illustrations to help you learn and review the microstructure of human tissues. It starts with a section on general cell structure and replication. Basic tissue types are covered in the following section, and the third section presents the microstructures of each of the major body systems. The highest-quality color light micrographs and electron micrograph images are accompanied by concise text and captions which explain the appearance, function, and clinical significance of each image. The accompanying website lets you view all the images from the atlas with a "virtual microscope", allowing you to view the image at a variety of pre-set magnifications.

  • Action Speaks Louder: A Handbook of Structured Group Techniques

    "Actions Speak Louder than Words" has become recognised as an essential tool for all therapists working with people with communication difficulties. This new edition is a manual of over 50 structured group exercises for use when working with groups to help those taking part to overcome problems with interpersonal communication. The terminology and language in this new edition has been revised to explain the use of exercises in the context of the latest developments in psychiatric medicine. Each exercise follows a step by step approach making it easy to use in a practical situation. Specific problem areas are targeted and the aims and objectives clearly stated. Similar exercises are grouped together for easy reference and comparison. Suggested discussion topics encourage further exploration of particular subjects and allow the techniques to be adapted for individual situations.

  • Clinical Decision Making and Judgement in Nursing

    The book will give a critical overview of the current research literature regarding the topic of clinical decision making and judgement in nursing. This is in contrast to other texts which either rely on anecdotal evidence to justify their approach, or focus on medical (rather than nurse) decision making. The text aims to help individuals apply different techniques to practice, aiming for a 'non-academic' style which will be easy for readers to understand. Both the editors are researchers in the field of nurse decision making and have considerable experience teaching the subject on third level diploma/degree, masters level and post-registration nursing courses. This text is therefore unique in drawing together both the research (current as well as that which has already been published) and practical experience of implementing techniques in practice.

  • First UK book
  • Leading high profile editors and contributors
  • Vital aspect of current clinical governance agenda
  • Reflects current nursing agenda via autonomous nursing roles
  • Simple Guide to Orthopedics

    This is a pocket-sized guide to all aspects of orthopaedics for medical students, junior doctors, nurses and paramedical staff. It has full-page illustrations facing the relevant text. Part one provides an introduction to orthopaedics which is expanded on in section two to provide more in-depth coverage for advanced students, junior doctors and medical practitioners.

  • Recent Advances in Sexually Transmitted Diseases And AIDS

    An examination of recent research into sexually transmitted diseases. Topics covered include the gastrointestinal manifestations of HIV 1 infection, heterosexual transmission of the HIV infection, and HTLVI, HLTVII and HIVI related neoplasms.

  • Essential Anatomy for Anesthesia

    In order to pass the FRCAnaes exam, candidates require a clearly demonstrable understanding of human anatomy as applied to anaesthesia. They need a text that deals specifically with the anatomy of the living rather than the dead, and the anaesthetist also needs special focus on certain areas such as the airway, the spine and the peripheral nervous system. This book offers comprehensive and accurate coverage of all areas of human anatomy relevant to the anaesthetist. Written jointly by an anaesthetist and an anatomist, it will help readers pass their exams and will enhance their understanding of the safe and effective practice of anaesthesia. Features: * Chambers has a proven track record in writing well on this subject * Provides essential knowledge for the exam candidate * Colour illustrations * Written jointly by an anaesthetist and an anatomist

  • Evidence-Based Practice: A Primer for Health Care Professionals

    This book is a comprehensive guide to all the main strands of EBHC - finding, evaluating and implementing evidence for use in clinical practice. Its focus is health professionals in the primary care field, and it consciously uses case examples from a variety of professional contexts. Examples and questions relevant to primary care practice are featured throughout the text. It discusses principles as well as practice, and provides guidance for teachers.

  • Hematology: Basic Principles and Practice

    The fourth edition of this leading text reflects the new direction and growth of the field of haematology as an academic and clinical discipline. Edited and written by practitioners who are the leaders of the field, the book covers both the basic scientific foundations of haematology, and its clinical aspects. It provides practitioners with the most comprehensive, authoritative, up-to-date information in haematology. The table of contents has been thoroughly revised with many new chapters added, reflecting the rapidly changing nature of the molecular and cellular areas of the specialty. This definitive resource is the one comprehensive book needed by every practicing haematologist.

  • Total Parenteral Nutrition: A Practical Guide for Nurses

    This is a practical handbook, whichwill provide an everyday reference for the inexperienced to provide artificial nutrition in a safe and effective manner. Total Parenteral Nutrition (TPN) is a means of providing nutrients to patients whom, for whatever reason, are unable to take food orally This book covers the whole range of factors involved in TPN, patient selection and suitability for TPN, contraindications to patients receiving TPN and the practicalities involved such as line selection. It examines the range of treatment options available that are alternatives to TPN. It is also a unique publication in that it considers the patients opinion, body image and lifestyle. Despite its broad coverage, the book is able to explain new techniques concisely, which will help readers professional development and increase their confidence in using these techniques.The books elementary nature makes it ideal for nurses or junior medical staff who are unfamiliar with this therapy or who lack knowledge about central venous catheters. Appendix contains step by step procedures referred to throughout the book that can be adapted by the reader to develop new local protocols.The book is illustrated with anatomical drawings and drawings of catheters which will give the reader a clearer understanding of aspects of TPN treatment. Focuses on the multidisciplinary team involved in TPN patient care i.e. pharmacists and dieticians. The editor is recognised and well respected in this field and has already published work in journals.

  • Rehabilitation in Adult Nursing Practice

    The key text consists of 10 chapters, each written by subject experts. It aims to provide nurses with the fundamental skills and knowledge they require in order to practise rehabilitation techniques safely and effectively. Those seeking more detailed information specific to their specialty will be guided to other texts. It brings a nursing focus to this topic, which has been needed but not available for many years. The style is informative and instructive, and is very much a book for the hands-on practitioner.Brings a nursing focus to the topic, which has been needed but not available for many years. Informative and instructive styleVery hands-on approach This book has high PREP currency. It will be easy to use this book to provide evidence of professional development in portfolios.

  • X-Ray Interpretation for Mrcp

    The photographic section of the MRCP (Part II) examination consists of twenty compulsory questions, of which about one-third are X-rays. The aim of this small book is both to help candidates for this part of the examination, and generally to improve their ability to intepret X-rays.

  • Clinical Supervision: A Practical Guide

    This book provides a user-friendly, comprehensive and practical guide to clinical supervision and how readers can prepare themselves for the roles of both supervisor and supervisee. It provides a clear and practical model for introducing supervision and the development of supervisors. This is clearly explained in terms of the main stages; implementation, process and evaluation.

  • Histochemistry in Pathology

    In the preface to the First Edition the authors stated that "Histochemical techniques are now an essential part of the histopathological diagnosis, in a restricted number of conditions, their use however have not yet gained wide acceptance". Seven years later, histrochemistry is firmly established as an indispensable tool in routine diagnosis, covering a wide specturm of pathology. Its role has now greatly expanded to encompass diagnosis, prognosis and monitoring response to therapy. The authors were encouraged by the response of colleagues to the first edition and, seven years later, when techniques have changed or improved, others developed and new pathology areas become important, the authors felt that a new edition, incorporating in particular immunopathology, which was deliberately restricted to the well-established areas in the first edition, would be of value. In this second edition, the layout has changed slightly, some chapters have been omitted as they became irrelevant, others adapted to the recent developments and new chapters introduced. A comprehensive guide to immunohistochemical methods has been included as a new chapter and an appendix. Fine needle aspiration cytology has its advocates and is a rapidly expanding diagnostic technique: methodology, interpretation and caveats are described and discussed in a new chapter. Antibody studies in soft tissue tumours, in their infancy in the first edition, are now a major part of the diagnosis and have been integrated into a new chapter. Lymphomas are extensively covered in the second edition. This is one of the fields where the development of an increasing number of monoclonal antibodies has led to new concepts of disease and classification, with important implications is clinical management. The authors have attempted to avoid duplication which has arisen in immunological discussion in many of the chapters, but have left the paragraphs where the content was particularly relevant. Immunohistochemistry in routine diagnosis, in its early stages included in the first edition is now a well-established method of diagnosis. Here also included in the second edition is information on in situ hybridization, flow cytometry and other areas which have just started having an impact in diagnostic pathology and are thought to be important in the future.

  • Nursing Calculations

    This best selling book reviews that basic arithmetic required to calculate drug dosages accurately and quickly - an essential skill for every nurse. Example are drawn from clinical practice. Explanations and graded exercises (with answers) cover the calculations required to administer injections, tablets and mixtures, to dilute solutions, to arrive at different drip rates and to administer paediatric dosages safely. In this new edition all drug usage material has been reviewed and updated. New exercises have been added to added to assist in the learning process.

  • Evidence-Based Practice in Primary Care

    Evidence-based medicine (EBM) is now a familiar concept in health care, but to date most books on EBM have related to the hospital setting. The aim of this new text is to provide a manual or guide to applying the principles of EBM in general practice. It takes a practical, problem-based approach and shows how to convert common problems into questions that can be searched how to search for relevant papers how to appraise papers using research designs appropriate to primary care how to decide if the results are useful in practice how to teach the skills of evidence based practice. Drawing on a team of contributors, the editor, Dr Leone Ridsdale, has provided a book which covers a broad range of topics, including qualitative research, guidelines, audit, diagnosis, therapy, prognosis, and practice strategy.

  • Pain Relief in Far Advanced Cancer

    It is six years since publication of 'Therapeutics in Terminal Cancer'. This is the new, second edition of this successful book which is pitched at just the right level for quick reference and practical advice. It covers the full range of cancer symptoms in all types of the disease. It describes the mechanisms and types of pain, and defines the many approaches and their capabilities now available for the relief of pain. The many changes in cancer management and pharmaceuticals that have occurred since the first edition appeared have made it essential to produce this up-to-date edition. Written by an authority in the field, this book provides and essential guide for palliative medicine and pain specialists, both in training and practice.

  • Asthma Management for Practice Nurses: A Psychological Perspective

    Designed for practice nurses and doctors who run asthma clinics, this text will act as a practical guide to the psychological aspects of treatment which are crucial to the success of treatment regimens. Easily accessible and clinically relevant, this is a core text for the Asthma Training Council (ATC) course for practice nurses.

  • Aromatherapy for Health Professionals

    "Aromatherapy for Health Professionals, 2nd Edition" provides a clear and authoritative reference to aromatherapy for the serious student and for all therapists open to natural and alternative answers in modern healthcare settings. The authors demonstrate that aromatherapy and aromatology can bring real therapeutic help to many patients. Hundreds of references on the properties and actions of essential oils have been sourced for this new edition. Also included in this edition is information on some of the antiseptic, antibacterial, antiparasitic and even antiviral properties of some essential oils and their effects on the skin.

  • Joint Motion: Clinical Measurement and Evaluation

    This book is an easy to read, clinically-based guide to the assessment and measurement of joint movement. Highly illustrated with simple line diagrams, it provides the essential information for any clinician involved in the assessment or treatment of human joints.

  • Essential Obstetrics and Gynaecology

    This is a concise, attractive textbook of obstetrics and gynaecology written primarily for undergraduate medical students that presents all the essential information on this speciality in an interesting and digestible way, by means of succinctly written text and a variety of helpful boxes, 'tips', and illustrations.

  • Research And Development in Mental Health: Theory, Framework And Models

    This book addresses the important area of the role of research in the modernisation of mental health services. It explores theoretical, methodological and practical issues relating to developing evidence to underpin the evolving modernisation agenda. The material is divided into three key thematic sections. The first addresses matters of theory and methodology and considers the current theoretical base for mental health research and development and critically reviews important methodological themes. In the process, it addresses new perspectives to broaden the theoretical and methodological bases to include areas that are not normally included in mental health research. The second section reviews the frameworks that set the current context of mental health research and development. These are higher education policy, the national NHS R&D policy, the evolving National Institute for Mental Health and clinical governance in the NHS. Each policy framework is critically reviewed. The third section covers critical reviews of models of practice and their relationships to research. The areas of practice covered present lessons to be learnt and issues to be addressed for the future. The book concludes with a review of the discussions in the preceding chapters, highlighting debates and lessons learnt and arguing a case for moving forward mental health R&D.

  • Laboratory Haematology: An Account of Laboratory Techniques

    This work is an attempt to provide a text clarifying the link between medical and laboratory science in the investigations into haematology. It provides precise accounts of how to carry out and interpret all haematological techniques. Each of the four sections of the book - red cells, white cells, haemostasis and immunohaematology - contains detailed accounts of methods in haematology and related disorders by contributors world-wide, and has been edited jointly by a doctor and senior technologist.

  • Techniques in Wrist and Hand Arthroscopy

    Enhance your skills in arthroscopic surgery an increasingly important aspect of the treatment of a variety of traumatic and degenerative ailments of the hand. Leaders in the field describe their preferred approaches in step-by-step detail emphasizing what outcomes you can expect and also examine the diagnostic advantages of this precise technique. A bonus DVD features video clips of the procedures described in the book, enabling you to see these performed in real time!

  • Clinical Guide to Nutrition and Dietary Supplements in Disease Management

    This comprehensive resource uses evidence-based information to support the clinical use of natural herbs, supplements, and nutrients. It includes therapeutic protocols that can be used to manage or support other treatment regimes in promoting health, as well as preventing and treating disease. Key information on indications, doses, interactions, and side effects ensure safe, effective use of natural remedies.

    The text will provide readers with:

  • A grasp of how natural measures can be incorporated into scientifically acceptable clinical practice
  • An understanding of the biological plausibility underlying the use of certain natural interventions in disease
  • An appreciation of the level of scientific validation supporting various natural interventions
  • Enhanced understanding of guidelines for the safe use of nutrients
  • Therapeutic protocols using lifestyle, nutritional and herbal intervention for the prevention and management of various conditions.
  • Increased awareness of natural options that deserve trialing in particular clinical situations
  • AIDS to Anesthesia

    An account of physiology and pharmacology for trainee anaesthetists taking Part 1 FFA examinations. This revised edition includes increased coverage of pharmacology, and is published with two complementary volumes to offer comprehensive revision coverage.

  • Oncogenes and Molecular Genetics of Urological Tumours

    Part of a series of books based on the 22nd congress of the Societe International d'Urologie which was held in November 1991 in Seville. They provide analysis of current trends and new developments and should enable professionals to keep up-to-date.

  • Fetal and Neonatal Neurology and Neurosurgery

    This book presents a consideration of the developmental neurology and pathology of the central nervous system from conception to one year after birth. The 55 contributors attempt to bring together all aspects of brain development during this critical stage of early life. Dr Levene has been awarded the Guthrie Medal by the British Paediatric Association for his research in the field of neurology of the newborn.

  • Everyday English for International Nurses: A Guide to Working in the UK

    This book helps nurses coming to work in the UK for the first time communicate with patients and staff. It will assist non-EU nurses as they prepare for the English test and adaptation course necessary to practice. Covering a range of subjects, its main purpose is to explain colloquial language that patients might use but is not found in conventional dictionaries e.g. 'to spend a penny' or 'trouble with the waterworks'. In addition to communication skills, it contains practical advice on becoming registered, nursing in the UK, and the organization of the health & social care team.

  • Restoration of Normal Movement After Stroke

    This is a guide to the Johnstone method of stroke rehabilitation. It is a practical guide to the restoration of muscle function following stroke using the techniques and rehabilitation programmes developed by Margaret Johnstone. The book condenses information from three of the author's previous works on the subject, describing the philosophy behind the author's teaching and showing the reader how to take this philosophy forward into improving patient care.

  • Anaesthesia and Critical Care: An Exam Revision Companion

    This new review tool helps readers prepare for the Fellowship of the Royal College of Anaesthetists (FRCA) and similar exams, or simply to test their mastery of current clinical anesthesia. It covers all subspecialties in anesthesia and critical care, as well as all relevant aspects of medicine, pharmacology, equipment, physics, and monitoring.

  • Outline for Orthopaedics

    This is a new edition of this well known and highly successful textbook of orthopaedics, ideal for medical students and postgraduate trainees.

  • Hematological Oncology Clinical Practice

    The purpose of this book is to offer, in reasonably short compass, an account of the clinical management of malignant blood disorders, and to review the development of present understanding of the cytobiology of these diseases, on which diagnostic and therapeutic practice is based. The last two decades have witnessed a remarkably rapid accumulation of knowledge in the biological field, with the use of modern scientific technology, including cytochemical and ultrastructural expansions of orthodox cytology; immunocytochemical and immunohistochemical application of cell and surface membrane antigen analysis, with particular benefit from the monoclonal antibody revolution; the development of effective banding methods for chromosomal identification and description, and further techniques for high resolution banding; the localization of viral and cellular oncogenes by in situ hybridisation of specific probes; and the cloning and expression of genes of biologically active substances such as interferons and interleukins. Increasing knowledge of cell dynamics and movements through the mitotic cycle in malignant cell populations, using autoradiography or flow cytometry, have helped in the design of new therapeutic approaches, less dependant on empirical trials than in the past. All these techniques, including the relevant methods of molecular biology, and the salient results pertinent to clinical practice, are broadly reviewed in chapter 1. The general and more detailed principles of therapeutic practice, including the nature, mechanisms of action and use of cytotoxic agents, the practical management of infectious and cytopenic complications and the use of supportive care, the techniques and value of allogeneic or autologous bone marrow transplantation or peripheral stem cell rescue after intensive cytotoxic therapy, and the potential place of biological response modifiers and other new approaches are reivewed in chapter 2. The remaining six chapters deal respectively with acute leukaemias, chronic myeloproliferative states, chronic lymphoproliferative states, multiple myeloma and other differentiated B-cell malignancies, Hodgkin's disease, and non-Hodgkin's lymphomas. In each case the history, the development of classification, the incidence, aetiology and pathogenesis, and clinical aspects of onset, diagnosis, staging where appropriate, treatment, and course and prognosis are dealt with in sequence. In dealing with therapy particular emphasis is given to the large scale, multicentre trials which offer the best prospect of providing valid comparisons between competing protocols. With many of these we are especially familiar as they have been conducted in the UK or Italy. Throughout the book the authors have set out to integrate the clinical aspects and therapeutic approaches with the biological and functional concepts necessary for their understanding. At the same time, the intention has been to bridge the gap between the shorter textbooks of medicine or geneal haematology, which tend to devote a relatively restricted space to malignant blood disorders, and the more highly specialized and extensively referenced monographs on individual malignant diseases, often with multiple authorship. The former may be appropriate for the less adventurous undergraduate, and the latter for specialists and research workers - it is hoped that postgraduates training in clinical haematology or clinical oncology, as well s practising clinicians, may find this intermediate approach rewarding.

  • Radiology and Imaging for Medical Students

    X-rays are no longer the only imaging methods used in contemporary radiology departments. Medical students are now faced with a range of complex and sophisticated machinery - radioisotopes, ultrasound, CT and MRI are all used to demonstrate human anatomy and pathology affecting internal organs. Students don't have to understand in depth the workings and techniques involved in these imaging methods. The purpose of this book is to demystify and familiarise the techniques enough for them to understand the rationale behind selection of a given method in clinical practice. This short textbook explains in the simplest terms the basic technical and physical principles of apparatus, so the student is no longer intimidated by the machinery. It also shows how the different methods are selected and used in clinical practice to demonstrate the internal organs and their diseases. This is done system by system (chest, heart, central nervous system, etc) - the approach most familiar to medical students. All students need to be familiar with the latest imaging techniques. This textbook covers them simply, concentrating on the now common newest techniques - CT, MRI and ultrasound. It renders the machinery less intimidating to medical students, while not confusing them with technical detail. It is written by one of the top radiologists in the country. It is illustrated with a superb collection of images showing the most common conditions likely to be encountered by medical students.

  • Slide Interpretation Questions: Mrcp Part 2

    This is the third book in the series "The Complete MRCP" and is complementary to books one and two. Book one contains 250 MCQs with expanded answers and covers Part 1 of the MRCP. Books two and three cover the projected material and the data and grey case sections of Part 2 of the MRCP exam. During the projected material section 20 slides covering physical signs, radiology, haematology, microbiology and histopathology are shown, each for a 2-minute period. Each slide is usually accompanied by some relevant history which helps the candidate make the most appropriate diagnosis. The material presented here is representative of that shown in the exam and the expanded answers should facilitate revision. The three books have been written by junior doctors who are actively involved in teaching.

  • Liver, Biliary Tract and Exocrine Pancreas

    This volume of the renowned series (which now has 'star' status in the BMJ reviews) continues the system by system coverage of the pathology of diseases in man. Emphasis in placed on the histopathological diagnosis both in biopsy and in post-mortem specimens. Contributors to this volume include some of the best-known names in liver pathology. Features: * Part of a well-established and much respected series * Helps diagnostic pathologists with their day-to-day work * Highly illustrated * Well-known contributors

  • A Clinical Guide to Chinese Herbs and Formulae

    A clinical handbook for practitioners of Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) that provides quick and easy reference to the selection of herbs for treatment and their action alone and in combination. This is a handbook from two eminent teachers from the Nanjing College of Traditional Chinese Medicine who have between them accumulated over 60 years of clinical practice and teaching. They emphasise how to combine herbs and differentiate between single herbs and formulae depending on the treatment strategy adopted. It contains case histories illustrating how to adapt formulae in practice.A practical, easy-to-use guide for the busy practitioner or student A glossary explains unfamiliar terms Information in tables - for quick identification of herbs and combination of herbs Illustrated with line diagrams showing where the herbs act on the body The authors teach at China's leading college of TCM

  • Nutrition and Dietetics for Health Care

    This book provides an introduction to nutrition and dietetics from a health care perspective. The text comprehensively covers the whole area of dietetics and nutrition with the topics divided into three sections, The science of nutrition, Community Nutrition and Therapeutic nutrition and dietetics. It is therefore useful as a reference text for those already working in the field of patient care. It has been revised completely to include the latest government guidelines on nutrition.

  • Updated to include recent COMA (Committee on Medical Aspects of Food Policy) recommendations regarding diet and cancer and coronary heart disease
  • Comprehensive coverage of a wide range of topics and client groups including
  • The science of food-outlines principles of good nutrition
  • Community Nutrition-covers all aspects of nutritional care for members of the community including those with special needs
  • Therapeutic Nutrition and dietetics-outlines those therapeutic diets most usually used for the treatment of disease.
  • Information presented in a clear and attractive way
  • The author is recognised and well respected in the field of nutrition and dietetics. She has experience of teaching a wide range of students (nursing, dietetics, pharmacy, biological sciences) and is thus best placed to understand the information needs of these students
  • The book's elementary nature makes it ideal for students who lack knowledge about nutrition and dietetics. It can also act as a reference publication for those already working in the area. In both instances it will boost confidence and promote good practice
  • New Chapters on

  • Public Health Nutrition
  • Malnutrition in hospitals
  • Diet and cancer
  • Diet and HIV infection
  • Food Standards Agency
  • Fully Updated Illustrations and References
  • The Physiology of the Joints: Annotated Diagrams of the Mechanics of the Human Joints : Lower Limb

    This is part of an extremely successful trilogy which uses a visual approach to illustrate the anatomy, physiology, and mechanics of the joints. It presents, in double page spreads, clear and simple diagrams that have the minimum of text.

  • Clinical Aromatherapy: Essential Oils in Practice

    Aromatherapy is one of the main complementary therapies to be practiced by nurses and other health care professionals in hospital, hospice, and community settings. Written by a nurse, this clinical text highlights how aromatherapy can enhance care and the role health care professionals play in its practice. It examines key facts and issues in aromatherapy practice, and applies these within a variety of contexts and conditions, taking a carefully holistic approach in dealing with the patient.

  • Dupuytren's Disease: Biology and Treatment

    Dupuytren's contracture or disease remains one of the most enigmatic problems in hand surgery, and it is therefore fitting that from time to time a book is dedicated to a review of progress and the up-to-date position. This book, presented by R.M McFarlane, D.A.McGrouther and M.H.Flint, contains many ideas which were first presented at one of the two meetings of the Dupuytren Group, originally convened in Vienna by Hanno Millesi, and continued in London, Ontario under the chairmanship of Bob McFarlane. The basis of both meetings was a number of reports of personal progress and opinions on various aspects of the problem, but at the centre were reports dealing with the biological basis and biochemistry of connective tissues.

  • Neuromuscular Rehabilitation in Manual and Physical Therapies: Principles to Practice

    "Neuromuscular Rehabilitation in Manual and Physical Therapy" explores the vast and complex discipline of neuromuscular rehabilitation and simplifies it for clinical use. It is a practical source book for practitioners of manual and physical therapy who work with movement rehabilitation after musculoskeletal injury and pain conditions, sports rehabilitation, surgery and central nervous system damage. The book is a synthesis of over half a century of research and can be described as 'neuromuscular rehabilitation made easy'. It explores movement control and how it is affected by injury, pain and central damage. It provides practical solutions and comprehensive demonstrations (DVD) of movement rehabilitation for the upper and lower limbs and the trunk/spine.

  • Nursing in Gastroenterology

    Today's nurse is much more likely to specialise than in the past and one of the fastest growing specialities is gastroenterology. This change has been brought about by changes in the nurse's role in the reformed NHS and the growing tendency to expand the role of the nurse as junior doctors' hours are reduced. Courses in nursing in gastroenterology are being developed to meet this need and this is the first available up-to-date British book for the growing numbers of nurses entering this speciality. It is a comprehensive guide for nurses to the major problems and diseases encountered in gastroenterology. The emphasis throughout is on looking at conditions and problems from a nursing perspective.

  • Estrogens & Progestogens in Clinical Practice

    This resource provides a comprehensive approach to all clinical conditions where oestrogens and progestogens are involved. It encompasses the underlying science of chemistry, physiology, biochemistry and pharmacology and gives a broad but detailed perspective on the clinical use of oestrogens and progestogens in therapy, contraception and hormone replacement therapy. An international line up of contributors provide an up-to-date world view on the subject.

  • An Illustrated Guide to Gastrointestinal Motility

    This book is a complete guide to the study and clinical management of the problems presented by gastrointestinal motility disorders. The advantages and disadvantages of all available techniques are compared and illustrated. The motor physiology of the oesophagus, stomach and duodenum, biliary tract, small and large intestine, and anorectic and spincteric regions are discussed individually, their normal ranges of motility are established and potential abnormalities are evaluated. The book also examines the effects of motility of the different pharmacological agents, as well as the problems associated with the psychological stress and post-surgical states. This edition contains new sections on scintigraphy, and the control of gastrointestinal motility, including intrinsic as well as extrinsic control mechanisms.

  • Abc Of Behaviour Change: A Guide To Successful Disease Prevention And Health Promotion

    Our health is strongly determined by what we do or don't do, what we eat, what we drink, how we live and work, and how our society is structured. Changing behavior is not a simple matter. Most people have problems giving up the things they enjoy or are accustomed to. They may not be in control of their behavior, or society may not support their healthier lifestyle. This is the challenge of behavior change: providing the right framework - mental, physical, or social - in which an individual can change. "The ABC of Behavior Change" addresses the basics of behavior change: what to change and how. It has been written by a multi-disciplinary team of international experts to provide a broad summary of the factors involved and give concrete recommendations on how to manipulate the most important ones. Particular attention is given to: personal and psychological factors; social & environmental factors; and communication, and the problems faced in changing behavior. A unique feature of this book is the Vademecum - a detachable guide that acts as a proactive index asking questions that challenge you to think more about your intervention. Chapter references follow pertinent questions to help alert you to topics you may have overlooked and should consider. This book is an indispensable tool for students, researchers, practitioners, and policy makers involved in preventing disease, promoting health, and changing behavior.

  • Intravenous Therapy in Nursing Practice

    The management of IV therapy is now an accepted and often very relevant part of a nurse' role. Specialists in IV therapy are also becoming, more common, taking the lead in assessing, inserting, managing and removing a variety of vascular access devices both in hospital and in the community. This is the first UK text to cover this issue in a comprehensive and accessible way, aiming to give readers a theoretical background alongside practical advice. Using both illustrations and text, areas covered include ethical, legal, anatomical, pharmacological and management of IV therapy. This book will give nurses the skill and knowledge they require in order to practice IV therapy safely. Features: * The text provides a unique combination of theory and practice, which will be useful for the student nurse just starting IV drug administration through to the specialsit who is inserting central vascular access devices * The editors are well respected specialists who are vice-chair and chair of the RCN IV special interest group * The first UK text in this field

  • Operative Neurosurgery

    This is a major gold standard international reference work on operative neurosurgery. All aspects of operative neurosurgery are discussed from an international perspective, and exhaustively referenced. The superb text is complemented with an outstanding art program by Diane Abeloff, widely thought to be the best neurosurgical artist in the world. No active neurosurgeon can be without this specialty defining operative text, which will be referred to time and time again. Features: * An international gold standard reference work * Stellar contributor list from across the globe * Superb art programme by Diane Abeloff, specially commissioned for this book * Comprehensive and exhaustive coverage of all aspects of operative neurosurgical practice

  • Essentials of Immediate Medical Care

    This book gives guidance on the response to emergency situations and the treatment of patients during the time up to hospital admission. This 'golden hour' is a vital time, and treatment received during it has a profound effect on eventual outcome. The information in the book is presented in a highly visual notes format for ease of use. "Essentials of Immediate Carebook" has its origins in courses run by the author for the British Association of Immediate Care (BASICS), although for this edition, it has also been made more appealing to paramedics. Clear guidance for coping with emergency situations is not readily available in one place, except for this book.

  • Textbook of Anesthesia

    In this collection of essays on anaesthesia, the contributors cover topics ranging from discussion of physiology to anaesthetic agents, apparatus, techniques for different types of surgery such as ENT and ophthalmic, complications and postoperative care. An ELBS/LPBB edition is available.

  • Restorative Dentistry

    This undergraduate textbook of restorative dentistry brings together the specialties of restorative dentistry including periodontology, cariology, endodontics, and fixed and removable prosthodontics. It enables the student formulate a realistic treatment plan for individual patients who may have problems in several areas. The text also includes case studies that demonstrate the relationship of the specialties to each other in the clinical situation eg: pain management, management of the periodontic/endodontic problem, management of tooth loss due to attrition/erosion, and the orthodontic/restorative interface.

  • Clinical Pediatric Gastroenterology

    The number of children with paediatric gastrointestinal disease has been growing rapidly over the past twenty years. New equipment and techniques have enhanced the quality of life and the life expectancy for many children with severe hepatic and intestinal diseases - meaning that clinicians who care for children with gastrointestinal ailments need to stay up-to-date with the latest thinking in the field. This is a clinically oriented, practical approach to GI disease in children. It will help the reader to not only understand the aetiology, pathophysiology and clinical presentation of each disease but also to develop an effective approach for the diagnosis, treatment and referral of these patients.

  • Hall and Colman's Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat

    A radical rewrite of a famous and popular textbook on ENT, aimed at medical students and surgical trainees. Each section contains a succinct account of the relevant anatomy, full discussion of the examination of each region and complete coverage of both ENT surgery and disease.

  • Congenital Anomalies of the Urinary Tract: An Illustrated Guide

    This is designed to be a general pictorial guide to congenital anomalies that can provide instant information for urologists, radiologists, paediatricians, general surgeons, nurses and medical students alike. It is designed to be used in the clinic and by the bedside to show patients or their parents what is amiss; or it can be ready in the X-ray reporting room or in the operating theatre for teaching purposes.

  • Textbook of General and Oral Medicine

    This is a textbook for dental students on general medicine, surgery and oral medicine, showing the inter-relations between the two areas. The general medicine and surgery sections concentrate on what the dental student needs to know and cross referencing between the two sections aids understanding of the relevance of general medicine to dentistry. There are high quality colour pictures throughout crucial for the recognition of oral lumps and lesions.

  • AIDS Therapy

    This comprehensive reference is an up-to-date source of concise guidance on the diagnosis and therapy of disorders associated with AIDS. Discussions encompass pathogens, organ-based syndromes, and the individual drugs used for therapy. Antiretroviral, immune-based, and alternative therapies are all covered, and information is provided on administration, interactions, and therapy management. Thoroughly revised and updated, this second edition contains the latest information on new drugs and new approaches to the management of HIV/AIDS.

  • Practical Fracture Treatment, Fith Edition

    The 5th edition of this now classic text draws on the strength of previous editions and now includes reference to the latest surgical techniques available in Europe, Australia and the USA. Emphasis remains on the continually expanding use of fixation techniques although conservative management remains an integral part of the text. The artwork programme - which so characterises the appeal and success of previous editions - has been fully updated although its clarity remains as strong as ever and the logical sequence of illustrations with their succinct captions affords a rewarding and effective way to learn.

  • Churchill's Clinical Pharmacy Survival Guide

    This handy pocketbook provides both practising pharmacists and students with a quick-reference guide to key information on clinical topics that are of relevance to both the community and the hospital settings. It includes information on: policy - clinical trials and drug licensing; choice - OTC drugs, anti-infectives, and insulins; and, Monitoring - adverse reactions, liver disease patients, and substance misuse. There is also a handy reference section at the end of the book.

  • Anaesthetic Physiology and Pharmacology

    This book is a one-volume text covering the basic knowledge required by the anaesthesia trainee preparing for the Part II Examination of Fellowship of the Royal College of Anaesthetists. Focusing on the pharmacology and physiology relevant to anaesthesia, this book is an indispensable aid to trainee anaesthetists who until now have had to buy separate textbooks of pharmacology and physiology. Features: * A textbook concentrating on the pharmacology and physiology relevant to the FRCA part II exam * One book will do now where 2 or more were needed before * Directly relevant to this important examination * Written by 4 examiners for the Part II FRCA * Reflects the structure of the exam and gives equal emphasis to both pharmacology and physiology

  • Anatomy: An Examination Companion

    Recent reforms in medical education have resulted in drastic reductions in the time devoted to the formal teaching methods, making gross anatomy a major examination hurdle for many medical students. This book is designed to help students in self-assessment and revision on an anatomy course. The book is divided into 9 sections. Each section contains multiple-choice questions, illustrations to be labelled and clinical problems. Answers to the questions and explanations and expansions of the answers are also given.

  • Viral Hepatitis (British Medical Bulletin)

    This latest volume in the 'British Medical Bulletin covers aspects and topics of interest on viral hepatitis. Areas covered include epidemiology, design of vaccines, antiviral therapy, immunization, clinical presentation and clinical aspects. This issue is written by a team of contributors from the UK, Australia, the USA. Graphs, tables, line drawings and halftone illustrations supplement the text, and full references conclude each chapter."

  • Current Cancer Therapeutics

    The third edition of Current Cancer Therapeutics is a practical manual intended for frequent use by medical professionals dealing with cancer patients. This easy-access guide lists indications, dosage and scheduling information, and clinical responses for each agent and combination. This book is also an important resource for the study of new therapies in cancer-including new information about biologic therapies on refractory tumours, local surgical procedures, radiotherapy, and other treatment methods. Features: * Side effects of both cancer and cancer treatments are listed in a concise and consistent format. * Features new chapters on AIDS-related malignancies. * Graphs and tables illustrate drug effects and treatment results. * Expanded chapters on lung and genitourinary cancers.

  • Hazards and Complications of Anesthesia

    Due to the increasing risk of litigation and rising negligence premiums, plus the increased demand for pain- and complication-free anaesthesia, anaesthetists are becoming more interested in "defensive anaesthesia". This new edition addresses and updates accepted standards of practice. It includes a section entitled "Mortality and Morbidity Due to Anaesthesia", plus an expanded introductory chapter on "Serious Anaesthetic Accidents".

  • Principles and Practice of Electrotherapy

    This practical manual describes the indications, contraindications and application techniques of electrotherapy. Emphasising treatment techniques, clinical skills an innovative treatment planning, it includes personal commentary on electrotherapeutic topics, practical considerations, the future of the profession and areas of special interest.

  • Oral and Maxillofacial Medicine: The Basis of Diagnosis and Treatment

    Highly Commended at BMA Medical Book Competition 2009, "Oral and Maxillofacial Medicine, 2nd Edition" continues to present the basics of the specialty in an accessible and digestible format. Avoiding excessive detail, the prize-winning book offers sound guidance on the whole range of common and potentially serious disorders that are routinely encountered in clinical practice. "Oral and Maxillofacial Medicine, 2nd Edition" places a strong emphasis on practical issues with a clear 'how to' approach and easy access to information via the liberal use of artworks, tables, colour photographs, patient care pathways and chapter summary boxes. Completely revised and updated, with additional text and illustrations, this volume is ideal for senior dental students, dental practitioners and for trainees and practitioners in oral medicine, surgery and pathology in particular.

  • Nursing for Public Health Population-Based Care

    WHO and UK government initiatives have been pushing primary care practitioners to closely consider the wider health needs of populations. This book directly addresses issues of everyday importance to practitioners, and covers core elements of specialist courses for post-graduate students. The book has 14 chapters, split into three sections : Core elements of Public Health Nursing Elements of Public Health Policy Issues in Public Health Each chapter has a coherent structure of theory, application and role in practice. Practical or case examples are used and further reading offered. Subject specialists have written specific chapters such as health economics and informatics.Links to specialist courses therefore will have a sound post-registration market. This is the first comprehensive text on public health at the level of post-registrationGrace Lindsay has an increasingly prominent profile in the field of public health.

  • Health and Social Services in Primary Care: An Effective Combination?

    This guide combines effective health and social services in primary care settings. The format emphasizes the interdependence of clinical, organizational, managerial and personal effectiveness, and draws on a series of local case studies to demonstrate how NHS, social services departments and independent sector resources can be brought together. The views put forward are designed to challenge the tendency to drive policy initiatives down seperate channels and to progress clinical effectiveness especially in isolation.

  • Diagnostic Cytopathology: A Text and Colour Atlas

    This illustrated atlas of cytopathology aims to cover the material necessary for trainee cytologists, histopathologists and cytology MLSOs. Cytology is an expanding topic now compulsory for MRCPath and essential for many screening programmes.

  • Allergy: An Illustrated Colour Text

    Allergy is of great importance to doctors in that an enormous proportion of patients are (or claim to be) suffering from allergy. It is hard to distinguish genuine and potentially serious immunological disease from other non-specific illness. This book presents a short highly illustrated account of the subject using the presentational techniques of the "Illustrated Colour Text series" - double page spread, extensive use of graphics, and key point boxes.

  • Wound Management

    Developed around learning outcomes, this text is aimed at nurses who provide wound care to patients and want to update their skills and knowledge. It identifies physiological and biochemical processes of healing; distinguishes between different methods of wound assessment; examines wound cleansing practices, dressings and treaments; and discusses issues such as non-compliance, ethical and legal questions and advances in wound healing.

  • Drinking Problems

    A practical handbook specifically written for those with a drinking problem, their families and friends.

  • Child Abuse and Neglect: A Clinician's Handbook

    A practical, straightforward and authoritative account of clinical signs, differential diagnosis and management for paediatricians. While dealing with practical issues for clinicians, this book emphasises the team approach required for successful management.

  • Inflammatory Bowel Diseases

    Though the aetiology and pathogenesis of inflammatory bowel diseases (ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease) remain obscure, substantial progress has been made in the understanding of these challenging disorders since the first edition of "Inflammatory Bowel Diseases" in 1983. Scientific advances include characterization of the nature of the intestinal inflammatory reaction, delineation of the varied immunological events, and the application of numerous basic scientific disciplines (including biochemistry, pharmacology, cell biology, gastrointestinal neuroendocrinology, immunology, genetics, and molecular biology) to the investigation of inflammatory bowel diseases. In addition to careful clinical observation, clinical progress includes expanding epidemiological and familial studies, documentation of the clinical complexities of inflammatory bowel disease, assessment of the cancer risk, and such therapeutic advances as improved nutritional support, the use of elemental diets in Crohn's disease, 5-aminosalicylic acid compounds in ulcerative colitis, immunosuppressive and other anti-inflammatory medications. In the surgery of inflammatory bowel diseases, total colectomy and ileoanal anastomosis is increasingly preferred for many patients with ulcerative colitis requiring operation; while in Crohn's disease the advantages and the limitations of surgery have been defined more clearly with particular emphasis on preserving as much small bowel as possible. The second edition of "Inflammatory Bowel Diseases" incorporates all of these developments and more, in a systematic and thorough account of inflammatory bowel diseases.

  • The Inherited Metabolic Diseases

    This aims to provide a comprehensive account of the inherited metabolic diseases, fully revised for this second edition. 18 contributors from the UK and Europe have covered major developments including peroxisomal and respiratory chain disorders. The text is concise and, with the use of the bibliography to such important practical aspects as diagnosis and treatment, it should be a useful alternative source of reference.

  • The Bladder

    Features: * This book contains everything you need to know about bladder related disorders. It gives plenty of basic science for the researcher, but places the science in a very clearly written clinical setting. Problems relating to the bladder are some of the most frequent urologists are likely to see. Much is being written about the bladder at the moment and a lot of research is being carried out to find drugs which will help with treatment of bladder disorders and diseases.

  • Nursing Ethics

    This is a basic guide to nursing (as opposed to medical) ethics. It covers the subject at the level required by Project 2000 nurse students ('Professional, Ethical and Moral Issues' is a section of the Common Foundation Programme) and post-registration nurses studying at diploma level. It is written by a nurse ethicist, a moral philosopher and a theologian - case examples translate the theory of ethics into recognisable practice. The text has been extensively revised and more case examples included to take account of the requirements of Project 2000 students. The previous edition (1988) is extremely well known and respected among UK nurses.

  • Radiographic Imaging: A Practical Approach

    This text has been written to satisfy the need for more practical knowledge in the imaging sciences. It is aimed at students of diagnostic imaging and trainee radiologists and is intended as a reference within an imaging department and as a manual of photographic quality assurance and fault finding. This second edition has been divided into four sections. The first section covers the advances from the imaging cameras through to laser imaging and computer networking, including image manipulation and three-dimensional imaging. Section two covers conventional image production including films, screens, chemicals and processing. Section three is concerned with quality, with the chapters on sensitometry and image quality covering the basic principles and the chapter on quality assurance and tests translating the principles into practice. The final section looks at environmental issues including pollution and the effects of the current British legislation on the subject. A mini index has been introduced at the end of each chapter.

  • Effective Communication In Practice

    This is a practical guide to communication skills to help bodywork practitioners obtain a full and accurate assessment of their clients, which is essential if the therapist is to develop an appropriate working hypotheses on which to base the therapy plan for each individual client. The text has a practical, 'how to' approach and seeks to make the reader think about the communication skills required for effective implementation of therapy.

  • Problem-orientated Clinical Microbiology and Infection

    This work, aimed at undergraduate students, covers clinical aspects of microbiology and infection, presented as a series of 42 case histories. Each case history covers epidemiology, pathogenesis, laboratory diagnosis, clinical diagnosis and management. The special topics of the diagnostic laboratory, vaccination and antimicrobial agents are presented separately. Illustrated in colour, this text covers the core curriculum.

  • Handbook of Family Planning and Reproductive Healthcare

    This is a practical handbook for daily reference by those working in reproductive health. Now published in its fourth edition, the handbook contains much new material including up-to-date advice on pill prescribing. All forms of contraception are covered in detail, giving guidance on practical prescribing, possible complications and the relative advantages and disadvantages of each method. In addition to contraception, the book also offers advice on the clinical management of women with psychosexual disorders, sexually transmitted infections, menopausal symptoms and gynaecological problems within the family planning setting. This is an invaluable and practical guide.

  • Gastroenterology and Liver Disease

    A textbook for medical undergraduates and trainees in gastroenterology aiming to deal with all the various diseases likely to affect the stomach, intestines and liver.

  • Understanding Nursing Care

    This is the latest edition of the book known in nursing circles as "Chilman and Thomas". It is a foundation textbook for nurses which addresses key topics covered by the Common Foundation Programme (CFP) as well as providing information on a wide range of disorders. The text has been radically revised and restructured by new editors to meet the needs of Project 2000, including a scaling down of physiology and anatomy coverage to allow increased coverage of nursing theories and processes. There is also increased emphasis on health education, in keeping with the Project 2000 philosophy. The book is highly illustrated with 2 colour line drawings to aid understanding. The new format allows it to be competitively priced, while actually increasing the information on offer!

  • Multidisciplinary Approaches to Breathing Pattern Disorders

    Functional breathing pattern disorders (BPD - the extreme of which is hyperventilation) disturb the biochemistry of the body, often leading to respiratory alkalosis. They are extremely common, mainly affecting women and frequently go unrecognized by clinicians. Research shows that BPDs can be responsible for causing, or helping to maintain, a vast range of symptoms including muscular pain (particularly involving the thorax and neck area), inefficient motor control, reduced core stability, tremors, and tetany, feelings of anxiety, easy fatiguability, sleep disturbances, dysphagia, epigastric pain, IBS, parasthesia, palpitations, dizziness, disturbed vision, and a variety of circulatory symptoms resulting from smooth muscle constriction. BPDs are easily tested for and - with patient cooperation - are commonly correctable via a combination of manual therapy and breathing rehabilitation strategies.

  • Blood Banking And Transfusion Medicine: Basic Priniciples And Practice

    Ever since the discovery of blood types early in the last century, transfusion medicine has evolved at a breakneck pace. This second edition of Blood Banking and Transfusion Medicine is exactly what you need to keep up. It combines scientific foundations with today's most practical approaches to the specialty. From blood collection and storage to testing and transfusing blood components, and finally cellular engineering, you'll find coverage here that's second to none. New advances in molecular genetics and the scientific mechanisms underlying the field are also covered, with an emphasis on the clinical implications for treatment. Whether you're new to the field or an old pro, this book belongs in your reference library.

  • Clinical Dermatopathology: A Text and Colour Atlas

    This book is concerned with the histopathology of the commonly occurring and important skin diseases. The object of the book is to provide an illustrated guide to diagnostic dermapathology, linking the histopathological changes to the clinical appearances of lesions and where relevant to enunciate the basic histopathological principles which underlie the skin changes. It is aimed at trainee and consultant histopathologists who are inexperienced in dermatopathology and wish to gain a basic understanding of a diagnositc approach to skin problems, in the context of clinical dermatology. It is also intended to provide dermatologists of all grades with an introduction to dermatopathology and to provide general practitioners and medical students with an illustrated day-to-day dermatology.

  • Gray's Atlas of Anatomy

    This companion resource to Gray's Anatomy for Students presents a vivid, visual depiction of anatomical structures. It demonstrates their correlation with appropriate clinical images and surface anatomy - essential for proper identification in the dissection lab and successful preparation for course exams. Clinically focused, consistently and clearly illustrated throughout, and logically organized...Gray's Atlas of Anatomy makes it easier to master the essential anatomy knowledge you need for exams and dissection labs.

  • AIDS to Anatomy

    The main areas of anatomy are covered in this book, which includes anatomical notes and lists for exam-study or revision purposes. It is suitable for undergraduate exams as well as postgraduate exams which involve detailed anatomical knowledge for the primary FRCS and radiology exams.

  • Hematopathology

    This book was highly commended for the Basic and Clinical Sciences, BMA Awards 2007. This volume in the "Foundations in Diagnostic Pathology Series" packs today's most essential hematopathology know-how into a compact, high-yield format! Its pragmatic, well-organized approach, abundant full-color illustrations, and at-a-glance tables make the information you need easy to access.

  • Lucas's Pathology of Tumors of the Oral Tissues

    This is a completely revised and updated fifth edition of what is internationally recognised as the "gold-standard" text on this subject. It provides the pathologist with guidance on the correct interpretation and diagnosis of benign and malignant tumours of the oral cavity and surrounding tissues. Written by a transatlantic team of authors, the book provides comprehensive coverage of both common and rare diseases and each entity follows a clear and consistent format throughout: incidence, clinical features, microscopic appearance, differential diagnosis, behaviour and management.

  • Nomina Anatomica

    This authoritative guide to anatomical terminology, authorized by the Twelfth International Congress of Anatomists, London 1985, has been revised by the International Anatomical Nomenclature Committee, and is published together with the "Nominas Histologica and Embryologica".

  • Mobilisation of the Spine: A Primary Handbook of Clinical Method

    This clinical guide to examination and rationale for treatment using mobilisation techniques presents manual therapy in a format suited to both student and post-registration Chartered Physiotherapists. The new edition has been revised and largely rewritten. Many new illustrations have been included.

  • Textbook of Anatomy

    This is a system-based textbook which means that it deals with anatomy system-by-system (eg cardiovascular system, central nervous system). As well as the subject index, the textbook contains a regional index to make it relevant also to students following regional anatomy courses. The text is highly cross-referenced, illustrated with specially commissioned illustrations, and in full-colour.

  • Neal's Common Foot Disorders: Diagnosis and Management

    This text is designed as a reference for students and professionals within podiatry and chiropody. Suitable for undergraduates, the book aims to help them pass exams and provides them with an overview of the scope of podiatry practice - the pathology and presenting features of the common conditions encountered, their diagnosis and management, and related therapeutics. The structure of the book makes it suitable for use both as a reference book and as a revision text.

  • The Clinical Practice of ERCP

    Endoscopic Retrograde Cholangio Pancreatoraphy (ERCP) is a technique for the examination and intervention of diseases of the bile ducts and pancreas. This text aims to provide the radiologist, surgeon and pathologist with an illustrated introduction. Radiological and surgical techniques plus pathological appearances are presented here.

  • Color Guide Travel Medicine

    This is a highly illustrated guide to an increasingly important area of health care. GPs and Practice Nurses are frequently called upon to give medical advice to people taking holidays in places which until very recently were only visited by explorers or serious mountaineers, while travel to countries where malaria is endemic is now common. Travellers frequently return with exotic rashes, etc, which are highly suitable for illustration in colour. All the important areas of the subject are covered, including advice to travellers on immunisation, malaria, assessing fitness to travel, illness while travelling and problems after return. There is at present no widely available short guide to travel medicine which is illustrated in colour and is suitable for a wide range of health professionals - this Colour Guide fills that gap.

  • Surgery of the Oesophagus

    A major new work covering all aspects of surgery of the oesophagus, for general surgeons, thoracic surgeons and gastroenterologists. There are over 100 contributors.

  • The Elements of Fracture Fixation

    An up-to-date text collecting together current information on the basics of internal fixation in a single volume. Operative treatment of fractures is commonplace in modern orthopaedics and it is imperative that the orthopaedic trainee understands the biomechanical aspects of internal fixation systems. This book offers a practical overview of these implants and how to use them. It is presented in a direct manner, making it easy for the reader to absorb the basics when they are needed most and will help the trainee to understand what he or she sees during the initial days in the specialty. The book describes the essential biomechanical and clinical aspects of each element and tells the user about different effective methods of use, highlighting the advantages in each case.

  • Human Movement: An Introductory Text

    Building on its reputation as the essential text for those studying human movement, the 5th edition of "Human Movement" retains the straight-talking style which has become popular with its readers. The authors cover the anatomical, physical and biomechanical basis for understanding human movement in everyday contexts, with easy-to-follow text that is both detailed and well referenced. Basic concepts and different approaches are covered in earlier chapters and their application to regions of the body are covered in later chapters. Each chapter has been updated, new contributors introduced, and new research integrated where appropriate. More case studies, textboxes and examples have been included relating biomechanic principles to the movement and function of human beings in their daily lives and environment. Those involved in the study of human movement will find this an ideal introduction to the study of human movement and an excellent reference encouraging and directing further study.

  • Ostlere and Bryce-Smith's Anesthetics for Medical Students

    Designed specifically for the medical student, this introductory textbook on anaesthesia has been revised and updated to include recent research and developments. Topics include an analysis of local and regional anaesthesia, complications, apparatus and cardiopulmonary resuscitation. An ELBS/LPBB edition is available.

  • Health Visiting in Practice

    Looking at the practical aspects of health visiting, this book examines such topics as antenatal visiting, work with the elderly and child abuse. This second edition discusses the work of health visitors in relation to homeless families and suggests future developments in the field. Inner cities, recent immigrants and ethnic minorities are explored in terms of recent developments in health visiting and new management approaches are outlined. There are four new chapters which present a community viewpoint and look at some innovations in the work. About half of each new chapter is given over to real-life examples which describe the work of currently practising health visitors. These provide a practical and easily understood basis from which to study the various themes. The three main frameworks continue as the underlying theme and have been developed to accommodate a wider perspective. Further reading lists have been added to most of the chapters.

  • Practical Musculoskeletal Ultrasound

    This is a practical resource for clinicians involved in the diagnosis and management of patients with musculoskeletal disorders. In the last decade, high-resolution sonography has found an increasing role in the diagnosis and assessment of musculoskeletal injury and disease. The evaluation of soft tissue structures is especially effective. This book provides a guide for those wishing to obtain an understanding of ultrasound techniques, their major applications and their role in patient diagnosis and management. The book offers essential guidance on how to conduct an ultrasound examination, how best to obtain optimal images, and on how best to interpret the information gained. Throughout the book, the authors display an awareness of what does and what doesn't work, what is or isn't useful, and an appreciation of the role of ultrasound in relation to other imaging techniques.

  • Anesthesiology Review

    This is the New Edition of the world's best-selling review book on anesthesiology, combining comprehensive coverage of essential knowledge with an easy-to-use format. Its in-depth, yet succinct discussions cover all topic areas found on the ABA/ASA exam and make it the ideal way for readers to master the information they need to know.

  • Undertaking Midwifery Research: A Basic Guide to Design and Analysis

    This text is divided into two sections. The first includes an introduction to some of the most useful methods in midwifery research, followed by a detailed explanation of the principles involved in designing experimental studies. A number of statistical techniques for analyzing data are included.

  • Anesthesia and Co-Existing Disease

    Two of the field's most respected leaders provide critical knowledge on the medical implications of co-existing pathophysiology on the management of anesthesia. Organized by disease, the 4th Edition of this popular guide has been completely revised and updated to reflect the most current information on definition, current pathophysiology, significant pre-, intra-, and postoperative factors of the disease process, anesthetic judgement, and management. Common diseases are discussed in detail, while rare diseases receive attention based on unique features that could be of importance in the perioperative period. About The Handbook: This practical handbook distills all the critical information from its parent text, "Anesthesia and Co-existing Disease, 4th Edition", into a portable and convenient guide. An outline format makes reference easier and the same chapter organization headings as Anesthesia and Co-existing Disease quickly direct the reader to more in-depth information. Indispensable for reference in the operating room, it covers a wide range of the pre-existing conditions in surgical patients that may impact their perioperative management.

  • Cranial Manipulation Theory and Practice: Osseous and Soft Tissue Approaches

    This book is a well-illustrated clinical introduction to cranial manipulation techniques that takes the reader through the underlying concepts and examines the techniques themselves. As these techniques become increasingly known and in demand, this is the first book that clearly and practically explains them to manual therapy practitioners. An introductory section on the relevant anatomy and physiology is followed by a short history of the development of cranial methodology, as it is relevant to practice today. Specific techniques are outlined in straightforward language and combined with high quality illustrations to show hand positions, direction of motion, etc.

  • Fingertip and Nailbed Injuries

    A practical account covering the techniques and indications associated with distal tearing of the finger. Covers anatomy of the region and surgical methods of repairing the injured fingertip and nail, including the use of skin flaps, replantation of severed digits and more.

  • A Survivor's Guide to Study Skills and Student Assessment: For Health Care Students

    This is a short, interactive guide to the many forms of continuing assessment in nursing and other health care courses: essays, projects, care plans, literature reviews, critiques of research, oral presentation and exams. There is also general information on study skills and note taking. The book aims to help students to conquer their anxities about the different types of assessment by helping them to understand them better and cope with them more easily. It should be of particular use for mature students who have been out of the "system" for a while. It also gives health-specific and nurse-specific examples (for example, care plans) and therefore should be relevant to students of nursing and health care.

  • Families and Groups (Skills for Caring)

    This is an extension text in the "Skills for Caring" series which is aimed at health and social care workers and which reflects the skills and standards necessary to obtain National Vocational Qualifications in care work. This text describes some of the general principles, specific issues and particular skills involved in working with people in groups. It also looks at the way groups, including families, interact and studies the relationships that develop between group members and the care worker. The book, which has been widely field-tested is suitable for both group and individual study.

  • AIDS to Part 1 Frcr

    This work covers the syllabus for the primary examination of the Royal College of Radiologists and is intended to be a revision aid for trainee radiologists, aiming to give all the necessary information in a concise and convenient form.

  • Frequency-Specific Microcurrent in Pain Management

    This comprehensive text describes the origins, mechanisms, beneficial applications and practical details of frequency specific therapy - a treatment technique that uses frequencies, micro amperage current and the principles of biological resonance to treat pain and a wide range of medical conditions. It includes condition specific frequency protocols for the treatment of various pain complaints, and multi-center clinical case reports documenting successful application of the technique. Each section includes a review of condition pathophysiology and differential diagnosis, plus current research. A website http: //booksite.elsevier.com/9780443069765 features a lecture from the author, practical demonstrations of techniques, fully searchable text and downloadable images from the book

  • Periodontology

    It is said that periodontal disease may well be the commonest disease on the planet, it is certainly seen by all dental general practitioners and is one of the major components of the undergraduate clinical dentistry curriculum. This book provides dental students with high quality pictures giving them practice in the visual recognition of periodontal conditions, and with a concise descriptive text in the proven "Colour Guide" format. For consistency and ease of use the text describes each condition under the following headings: aetiology; incidence; clinical features; special investigations; and, treatment. As ever with the "Colour Guide" titles, text and illustrations are on facing pages, making the book both ideal for learning and useful for self-testing.

  • Orthodontics and Paediatric Dentistry

    Orthodontics and paediatric dentistry are important areas of the undergraduate dental curriculum in which no pocket colour atlas currently exists. All dentists have to know how to treat children, how to carry out basic orthodontic treatment and when to refer patients for specialist orthodontic treatment. The vast majority of orthodontic work is carried out on children, so the two subjects are conveniently integrated in this Colour Guide.

  • Infection Control in the Community

    This book is a primary reference source for nurses and health professionals working in the community, dealing with infection control issues. A multiple-author text, this book brings together some of the UK's most experienced infection control nurses to produce a comprehensive and essential text on the subject.

  • Diagnostic Cytopathology

    With a systemic and organ-based approach, this book provides an account of the diagnostic applications of exfoliative and aspiration cytology in laboratory use.

  • Handbook for Anesthesia and Co-Existing Disease

    This practical handbook distills all the critical information from its parent text, "Anesthesia and Co-existing Disease, 4th Edition" into a portable and convenient guide. An outline format makes reference easier and the same chapter organization headings as Anesthesia and Co-existing Disease quickly direct the reader to more in-depth information. Indispensable for reference in the operating room, it covers a wide range of the pre-existing conditions in surgical patients that may impact their perioperative management.

  • Contemporary Ayurveda: Medicine and Research in Maharishi Ayur-Veda

    There is enormous interest in Maharishi Ayur Veda (MAV), or Indian Traditional Medicine, in the USA, not least because of its incorporation of Transcendental Meditation. However, this is not the only therapeutic aspect of MAV. In the 1950's the Maharishi Mahesh Yogi collected information from the classic texts and formed a modern, coherent approach (first published in the West by Penguin). A large amount of medical and science-based research has been undertaken specifically on aspects of MAV. This book aims to present a coherent exploration and review of both the principles and practice of MAV, as well as the research outcomes which support and illuminate practice. It is not a treatment manual, but it does present a foundation for understanding the principles and practice of MAV, both within specific medical specialties and generally in health promotion and disease prevention.

  • Inflammatory Bowel Disease

    This third edition of the successful text last published in 1990, is a comprehensive work on all aspects of disease which cause inflammation of the bowel. Included are coverage of diagnosis, differential diagnosis, as well as comprehensive medical treatment sections and sections containing new surgical techniques. Features: * Latest developments worldwide are expertly outlined by an international team of editors * Contain sections which outline new surgical techniques * Detailed coverage of endoscopy, illustrated in color * Very practical and clinically oriented for both physicians and surgeons * Reviews of the second edition include: This is a good book: well produced, well written, and concise but comprehensive and informative. It will prove invaluable as a reference book for the clinical gastroenterologist as well as for the academic specialist in the field of IBD. I recommend it with enthusiasm." British Journal of Hospital Medicine, August, 1991 "

  • Churchill Livingstone's International Dictionary of Homeopathy

    The International Dictionary of Homeopathy provides an authoritative and up-to-date compilation of homeopathy terms and concepts. This definitive reference has assembled an international consensus on the definitions or interpretations of concepts dealing with homeopathy principles and practice, through the help of an international panel of experts. A valuable reference tool for homeopathic practitioners, this dictionary will also help introduce or integrate homeopathy into mainstream medical practice by providing a concrete source for referencing concise information on homeopathy. It reconciles conceptual differences and inconsistencies, and provides a unifying and progressive influence on the development of homeopathic medicine.

  • Fully accessible to the modern-day practitioner and student, especially those from a medical background
  • An international consensus view on the definition o both basic and contentious terms
  • A fully realistic base for the student entering this field to gain a coherent view of terminology and concepts
  • Destined to become a must buy alongside a materia medica and a repertory!

  • Surgical Disorders of the Shoulder

    The shoulder is examined in a variety of ways in this book, from its anatomy and biomechanics, to actual disorders such as rotator cuff disorders, glenohumeral instability, inflammatory disorders, arthrodesis and arthroplasty. Includes articles by contributors worldwide.

  • Common Foot Disorders: Diagnosis and Management : A General Clinical Guide

    In preparing this edition, the editors have maintained the original concept of this book as a clinically-orientated guide to the diagnosis and management of foot disorders. New features include details on the field of ambulatory foot surgery and its potential for ensuring permanent relief in a number of painful and disabling conditions. Chapters covering this practice include the principles of infection control and the general principles of surgical practice. The new chapter on digital surgery describes day-surgery procedures of proven worth and there are details on the improved techniques of administration of local analgesia. The chapter on physical therapy has been revised and has information on orthotic technology and the chapter on examination and assessment has been expanded. The section on the growing foot has been rewritten and the former appendix on genetic factors enlarged as a new chapter. The restructured text now groups together all chapters on clinical practice before those on significant medical conditions. It also includes contributions from specialists in orthopaedic surgery, rheumatology, dermatology, neurology, medicine, pathology, and physiotherapy as well as from a number of chiropodists. The work should provide background knowledge essential to all practitioners who accept the responsibilities of independent practice and recognize the importance of team work in the total cre of their patients.

  • Surgical Disorders of the Peripheral Nerves

    A comprehensive new reference work on the treatment of peripheral nerve lesions written by two of the leading surgeons in the field, Rolfe Birch and George Bonney, and an expert in pain control and rehabilitation, Christopher Wynn Parry. In addition there is an authoritative contribution from clinical neurophysiologist, Shelagh Smith. Representing the culmination of forty years of personal experience, and the analysis of one of the largest series of cases ever assembled in this field, this book provides a broad, wideranging survey of disorders of peripheral nerves, with a focus on those treatable by operation. The authors give detailed accounts of their own clinical and experimental research - much of which is published here for the first time - while acknowledging with over 2000 references, the work of other international authorities. Of particular note are the sections covering etiology and treatment of adult and neonatal injuries of the brachial plexus, the significance of iatropathic lesions, the recognition and evaluation of entrapment neuropathy, and neural anatomy and the response to injury. Other important chapters are those devoted to pain, electrophysiological examination and peripheral nerve tumours. A central theme is consideration of the place of surgical management of peripheral nerve problems within the framework of clinical medicine. The importance of recognition of clinical signs and diagnosis, as well as pain management and rehabilitation are stressed. The book is thus intended not only for the specialist surgeon, but for all those, from many branches of medicine, who are involved in the care and rehabilitation of patients with peripheral nerve lesions. This text should have a wide market appeal - it is of particular interest to: orthopaedic and accident surgeons, neurosurgeons, plastic and reconstructive surgeons, paediatricians, and all those involved in the diagnosis and treatment of lesions of peripheral nerves, and the rehabilitation of patients. It stands to become the definitive reference text in its field. Features: * Clinical multi-disciplinary approach * Lavishly illustrated * Wide market appeal * Includes the latest information on: * Brachial plexus injuries in adults and infants * Nerve tumours * Iatropathic injuries * Nerve growth factors

  • Bone Marrow Transplantation in Practice

    This text aims to represent current transplantation practice across the whole discipline, covering autologous and allogenic transplantation, and malignant and non-malignant disorders. There are two sections: the first covers the place of BMT in treatment, while the second deals with the practical aspects, from pre-transplant work-ups to long-term follow up. It covers step-by-step procedures in all aspects of patient care and has been writtenfor all members of the bone marrow transplant team.

  • The Management of Anxiety: A Guide

    This is a practical guide to the methodology and application of anxiety management skills. The reader can use it to select the best and most appropriate strategies for each individual client from the variety of approaches that are described and explained. The book is sufficiently detailed to give the reader a basic understanding of the underlying theories, it is therefore useful both for the hard-pressed practitioner who needs a quick reference and for the student who needs a revision tool or study guide. This new edition has been radically revised in both format and content. It is now a multi author text and experts in their subject areas contribute appropriate chapters, many of them new for this edition. These include: a new chapter on assessment and evaluation, a new chapter on working in community settings, and a new chapter on stress management techniques for therapists. One of the book's key strengths is its carefully structured layout. It is attractive and practical and consequently user friendly. The page size is larger than the previous edition and many new line drawings and diagrams support the text and provide suggestions for visual aids for use with client groups. Reflecting the recent moves towards more care in the community, this book provides support workers and carers (and even the partners of those with anxiety related problems) with an invaluable practical resource. For students, it is an accessible text linking theory and practice to give a full understanding of the subject.

  • Norris and Campbell's Anaesthetics, Resuscitation and Intensive Care

    This is an account of the different types of anaesthesia and the simplest and most reliable means by which these can be produced. The authors attempt to clarify for the medical student, hospital resident, and beginner in the speciality, the underlying and unchanging principles of good and safe practice within the operating area and surgical intensive care unit. It aims to cover all topics, from the drugs given before operation, to the long-term management of respiratory insufficiency. The authors believe that the speciality of anaesthesia has much that is important and relevant to offer to all doctors in training, regardless of their future choice of career.

  • Congenital Malformations of the Hand and Forearm

    This text presents a detailed account of all aspects of congenital malformations in the hand and upper limb. Some topics are given special attention, including venous free flaps and tissue expansion, plus skin cover in burns of the hand. Each chapter is referenced and illustrated with black and white photographs and covers evaluation and the latest methods of management. It is intended for hand surgeons, plastic and orthopaedic surgeons and contains contributions from authorities from all over the world.

  • Sleep Management in Nursing Practice: An Evidence-based Guide

    Sleep Medicine is a relatively new area of medicine. This text provides a comprehensive, research-based analysis of sleep and the problems associated with it (pathological and environmental), and discussion of nursing management of these problems. Each of the chapters is preceded by 3-5 intended learning outcomes, to encourage study. The authors are well-known researchers and authors on the subject.

  • Clinical Radiobiology

    The clinical applications of radiobiology to the treatment of cancer patients by radiotherapy are examined in this text, which stresses the use of applied radiobiology and its relevance to clinical practice. The basic science of radiobiology is introduced with particular attention to mammalian cells and tissues. Some of the effects of anti-cancer drugs are discussed, particularly when such drugs are used in combination with radiation. Quantitative assays of radiation are described together with the mathematical formulae used to relate the various drug responses. The contrast between early and late reactions to radiation is explained, with particular emphasis upon the results of the different fractionation schedules used in clinical radiotherapy. The radiobiological basis of new forms of radiotherapy is also described and advice is offered on the most effective use of these new regimes. Finally, the long-term hazards of radiation to both radiation workers and the general public are described, stating the risks and safety levels. The work is recommended reading for those taking FRCRad Part 1 examinations.

  • The Practitioner As Teacher

    The first and second editions of this book established itself as a successful and accessible guide to the important teaching roles which nurses, midwives and health visitors fulfil. Since its publication, there have been far-reaching changes in both nurse education and practice, and the second edition has been revised extensively to reflect these changes. This edition retains the relevance to nursing practice and user-friendly approach which was valued by practitioners. It has been designed to explore the whole process of teaching and learning and how you can use it in your practice, whether with students, patients or other health care professionals. Activities help you reflect on your experience and relate the ideas to your own practice. Each chapter starts with a clear list of learning objectives and ends with a glossary of terms as well as annotated further reading and extensive references. The third edition will be fully updated according to latest developments adding material suitable for physiotherapists.

  • Pocketbook Of Orthopaedics And Fractures

    Ronald McRae is the author of two highly successful CL textbooks, "Practical Fracture Treatment" and "Clinical Orthopaedic Examination". They are very much practical manuals ideal for quick consultation in a clinical situation. However they are not very portable. This new book provides a condensed pocket version with plastic covers which can be used for quick reference on the ward, in theatre and in the A&E Department.

  • General Surgical Anatomy and Examination

    First Prize in Surgery BMA Medical Book Awards & Joint Winner of The Richard Asher Prize at the 2002 Society of Authors and Royal Society of Medicine Medical Book Awards. This unique new book is designed to facilitate the comparison between normal and abnormal anatomy, both on the surface and, by the use of radiological imaging, within the body. It covers all common problems that present to the surgeon which can be detected by eye, ear or feel. It serves as a starting point to help understand how anatomy, clinical history and examination can be used to point at the diagnosis in patients with surgical conditions.Using a superb series of color photographs and radiological images, many with interpretative line drawings overlays, the book illustrates the core anatomical knowledge and shows its relevance to the clinical history and examination of patients with surgical conditions which the student or trainee surgeon will encounter. The text is short, yet comprehensive, and is closely linked to the visual presentation of the surgical disease.

  • Test Yourself in Clinical Pharmacology for Nurses

    The onset of nurse prescribing and the fact that nurses are accountable for drug errors combine to explain the re-emergence of pharmacology as a key undergraduate nursing curriculum subject. This short revision book will help nursing students revise for exams (pre- and post-registration), and help qualified nurses brush up on their knowledge of pharmacology. It contains 247 MCQ-style questions, with answers, and short explanations where necessary. The questions are rooted in Trounce: Clinical Pharmacology for Nurses, but it is not necessary to have a copy of Trounce to use this book. Nevertheless it does form an excellent revision companion to the original Trounce textbook. Features: * A book of MCQs for nursing students and qualified nurses * Pharmacology is once again emerging as a key subject area in the nursing student curriculum * The book contains answers to the MCQs and short explanations where necessary * An excellent revision companion to Trounce: Clinical Pharmacology for Nurses * An excellent revision or brush up text for all nurses who need to revise or refresh their knowledge of pharmacology

  • Standard Orthopedic Operations: A Guide for the Junior Surgeon

    This is a practical guide which considers over 220 operations that the junior surgeon is likely to perform or assist at, discussing them stage-by-stage from the patient positioning, through surgical procedure to post-operative management. The book also discusses special difficulties or hazards and the precautions that must be taken to avoid them. It provides new material and illustrations - including knee and ankle replacement and arthroscopy and arthroscopic surgery. This edition also includes a new section on a more radical, continental approach to orthopaedic surgery, often involving the internal fixation of bones, which has come to the fore in recent years.

  • Gray's Dissection Guide for Human Anatomy

    Understanding anatomical structures is one thing. Knowing how to dissect them is another. More effectively than any other resource, this user-friendly manual demonstrates how to successfully dissect the trunk, head and neck, pelvis and perineum, and upper and lower extremities. Extensively class tested and reviewed, it is proven to reduce the time you spend in dissection ...without skimping on the details that you need to know!

  • Essentials of Musculoskeletal Imaging

    Comprehensive in coverage yet succinct in presentation, this new resource provides the fundamental information needed to understand practically every aspect of musculoskeletal imaging. Its quick access format and reader-friendly style make it perfect for both radiology rotation and the busy practitioner. The chapters are designed to follow the way practitioners think so topics are easy to find while a step-by-step approach makes procedures easy to understand.

  • Osteoporosis: Your Questions Answered

    Osteoporosis is very common, affecting approximately one in three women and one in ten men over the age of 50. Although there is no cure, lifestyle modification and drug therapy can slow or stop the progress of osteoporosis, and so there is a real need for up-to-date, appropriate information to help the primary care practitioner diagnose and manage the condition effectively, and to address patients' queries and concerns. This book, written in the popular Q and A format of the "Your Questions Answered" series by a renowned osteoporosis specialist, will provide the information needed by GPs and other practitioners to be able to understand and treat patients with osteoporosis. Answers are presented in a succinct, accessible style, with emphasis on evidence-based, up-to-date knowledge.

  • Missing Teeth: A Guide to Treatment Options

    This is a textbook on treatment of the partially edentulate patient, intended for dental students and those sitting postgraduate dental exams, which presents the various treatment options available in an integrated manner.

  • Radiotherapy Physics and Equipment

    This book provides a comprehensive and current review of selected radiotherapy treatment units. Not only will it be invaluable to undergraduates but also to qualified staff who have not had the opportunity to study the academic principles behind the dramatic advances in radiotherapy equipment in recent years. Each chapter contains the basic physical principles associated with each piece of equipment, building upon these ideas to examine the structure, function and applications of the machine in question. Critical evaluation of each piece of equipment is included to allow the undergraduate student to begin to develop such skills, and learning points incorporated through each chapter encourage the student to apply this fundamental learning to their own specific and unique clinical environment.

  • Fundamentals of Pharmacognosy and Phytotherapy

    "Fundamentals of Pharmacognosy and Phytotherapy" is an important and timely book that will add to this growing interest in the use and study of medicinal plants, herbs and other natural products. It will meet the need for a modern, up-to-date textbook for students in a wide range of disciplines, including pharmacy, herbalism, complementary and alternative medicine. The four authors - Professor Michael Heinrich, Dr Joanne Barnes, Dr Simon Gibbons and Dr Elizabeth Williamson - are all experts in their respective fields, whose collective knowledge gives both diversity and authority to this important new volume.

  • Understanding Acupuncture

    This new book clearly and vividly reviews the development of the theories and practice of acupuncture. Readers will find a wealth of incisive historical research and realistic contemporary evidence. The book also explores the conditions and symptoms that indicate acupuncture as a possible treatment, and broadly describes the processes of diagnosis and treatment.

  • Suitable for both the acupuncture student and practitioner and also the medical reader
  • Provides the acupuncture student with the historical and theoretical basis of their profession
  • Includes what is reliably known about acupuncture
  • Describes the breadth of practice approaches in the profession
  • Provides the medical reader with enough information to know when to choose acupuncture as a referral option and what to tell their patients about it
  • Gua Sha: A Traditional Technique for Modern Practice

    This is the first English language book on the ancient therapeutic technique 'Gua Sha'. It is a technique commonly used in Asia and Southeast Asia by TCM practitioners, Chinese families and individuals who know and use it as part of their 'health culture'. In Gua Sha, the skin is pressured in strokes i.e. scraped (but not broken) by a blunt edge (Chinese families used a spoon). This, in Western terms, raises extravasated blood and metabolic waste which collects in muscle tissue, and encourages its departure. Gua Sha is often used to counteract muscle strain through athletic injury, back pain, and conditions beyond muscle injury alone. The result, visually, is livid discolouration of the skin which subsides in a few days, considerably faster than a bruise. For this reason practitioners in the West have been afraid of using it. However it can be a very useful technique to know how to use, and will enhance the skills of any practitioner using it while giving them another treatment method to help increase their clinical skills.This book brings the technique alive for Western practitioners, with clear discussion of how to do it - including correct technique, appropriate application, and difficulties to bear in mind - and when to use it, and superb colour illustrations and specially commissioned line drawings to demonstrate the technique. The author is an expert practitioner of 'Gua Sha'.

  • Drug Induced Liver Disease

    Liver disease induced by drugs poses many challenging problems to all who have to deal with them. This book should help the reader to understand, diagnose, treat and ultimately prevent, hepatic drug reactions. The book brings together all that is currently known about drug-induced liver disease in a format which is explanatory as well as comprehensive. It covers all aspects, including the way in which the liver deals with foreign compounds, biochemical cell defence mechanisms and physiological functions of the liver. It should help the reader to identify the drug incriminated in drug-induced hepatobiliary disorders as well as providing a guide to differentiation between drug-induced hepatobiliary disorders and those which are not drug-induced.

  • Practical Electrotherapy

    "Practical Electrotherapy" is the first and only book of its kind which describes how to apply common electrotherapy modalities to a patient in the clinical setting. The student is guided through the process from start to finish, covering all safety issues, contraindications and precautions. It features step by step instructions accompanied by large number of photographs; reference tables detailing the aims, methodology and results of research and evidence; observational check list to facilitate peer review and student's performance; and space to record a simulated patient record and further notes. It is a spiral bound book that allows for easy, lie-flat reference. It is portable - ideal for use in the clinic and on placement.

  • Home Care Services

    This is an extension text in the "Skills for Caring" series - the series for health and social care workers that reflects the skills and standards necessary to obtain National Vocational Qualifications (NVQs) in care work. The text explores the delivery of care in the client's own home and it looks at the agencies involved in providing home care delivery. The book can be used either for group or for individual study. the authors together manage the community domicilary care services available to elderly and disabled people for a Regional Council.

  • Dorland's/Gray's Pocket Atlas of Anatomy

    This new pocket atlas is your best way to reference anatomy on the go! It combines superb definitions from Dorland's Illustrated Medical Dictionary with phenomenal illustrations from Gray's Anatomy for Students, for an unprecedented level of accuracy and visual clarity. An organization by body region parallels the approach used by most of today's anatomy courses. Terms and descriptions are based on the Terminologia Anatomica, the most widely accepted anatomical nomenclature system. And, a bonus mini-CD in the back of the book lets you load Dorland's spell-checker software onto your computer. The result is an ideal guide to structures and their definitions . . . great for quick consultation in the dissection lab as well as for convenient study anytime, anywhere!

  • Manual Therapy Masterclasses: The Vertebral Column

    Bringing together experts in the field of manual therapy, this unique collection includes commissioned Masterclass articles on vertebral column injuries and rehab that were published in the journal Manual Therapy between the years 1995 - 2002. Ideal for study and clinical reference, this compact and portable volume groups articles into sections by anatomical area. The articles also include updated "postscripts" where the original authors summarize the developments in their related research and clinical practice that have taken place since their papers were first published.

  • Essential Orthopaedics and Trauma

    This is an undergraduate textbook of orthopaedics and trauma. This popular title concentrates on the commoner conditions and has been brought fully updated for this new edition. High-quality radiographs and two-colour line diagrams support the lucid text.

  • Recent Advances in Otolaryngology, 6

    This collection of essays aims to explore the areas of interface between specialities and to inform the reader of developments in such fields as magnetic resonance imaging, micro-electronics and microvascular surgery.

  • Radiographic Imaging for Regional Anesthesia and Pain Management

    This comprehensive reference presents meticulous, "how-to-do-it" guidance on performing today's top radiographically guided regional anesthesia and pain management techniques. Step-by-step instructions for all major interventional regional procedures, combined with a wealth of images and crisp line drawings, make the coverage easy to apply.

  • Obstetrics and Gynaecology Ultrasound: A Self-Assessment Guide

    Ideal for both students and practitioners, this practical study guide helps readers monitor and track their understanding of the use of ultrasound in obstetrics and gynecology practice. It features numerous questions and answers developed to reinforce critical thinking and help readers apply the material to real-life situations. Drawn from lecture notes, journals, textbooks, and the author's practical experience, questions are grouped into sections enabling readers to use this guide in conjunction with other textbooks or current research findings for a customized learning experience.

    • Numerous, high-quality ultrasound images provide examples of images representative of those readers are likely to encounter in practice.
    • Coverage encompasses a wide spectrum of ultrasound training.
    • Detailed information on fertility equips readers with a point of reference for evaluating ultrasound images related to this topic.
    • A logical organization helps readers quickly grasp material and understand the subject.

  • Chinese Dietary Therapy

    In Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM), foods can be classified in the same way as herbs and used for medicinal purposes - diet therapy is therefore a very large part of TCM and one of its main therapeutic 'tools'. This book presents the theory of modern use and principles of diet therapy. It covers the classification, properties and actions of a wide range of single foods and seasonings, and suggested combinations of foods. It also gives practical guidance on the treatment of common disorders using dietary therapy. This is a practical text (with no strong competitor - very little is published at all in English on this subject) for any health care practitioner who specialises or has an interest in dietary therapy. For students of TCM it is a sound and thorough introduction to the theory and principles of this area of specialisation.

  • Genetics

    A unit of open learning materials for nursing and allied health students at the following levels: pre-course students with a knowledge deficit; foundation level students (eg Common Foundation Programme nursing students following the Project 2000 programme); Diploma level students; post-registration nursing students who did not follow the P2000 programme (and therefore received less life sciences classroom coverage); and students studying for further qualifications, up to and including a degree. The benefits to students include a resource for self-education and a gateway to improved practice for the busy health care practitioner and student. By combining the skills and knowledge of seasoned health care professionals with those of experienced educators, this unit gives the student access to high quality educational opportunitites, by removing any institutional barriers (eg teacher availability, time restrictions) that deny this access particularly to part-time workers, night staff, and those with domestic arrangements which exclude convventional course attendence. Benefits to managers and education providers include: students following a course of self-study allows teachers to provide more one to one teaching and reduce class sizes. It also allows time savings to be made on course development and planning. The genetics unit offers approximately 20 hours of study.

  • Working With Bereaved People

    This is a short, practical guide to working with individuals facing death or coping with bereavement. The book provides coverage of communication in relation to dealing with bereaved people and should be of special relevance to nursing students.

  • 150 Ecg Problems

    This is a book of 150 12-lead ECGs and rhythm strips with a clinical question attached. The full ECG is reproduced in small scale and a study of it with the case history should be enough to give an answer. On the back the case is examined, further investigations recommended and clinical summary given. The cases are graded in difficulty.

  • Diabetes: Your Questions Answered

    This book, written in the popular Q and A format of the "Your Questions Answered" series, provides accessible, expert information for a primary care doctor or other member of the primary care team to be able to understand and treat patients with Type 1 or Type 2 diabetes. Answers are presented in a succinct, readable style, with emphasis on evidence-based, up-to-date knowledge.

  • Macleod's Clinical Examination

    The clinical examination of patients is the keystone of medical practice and the ability to take a history and elicit the relevant physical signs is a fundamental requirement of all medical students in their final examinations. This book shows how to carry out competent clinical examinations. The book aims to offer reassurance to the student who is new to undertaking clinical examinations and it answers all the questions that the student may have arising from patient evaluation and examination. It should also be useful for the senior student or junior doctor who wants to be reminded of the procedures involved in examining a patient. An ELBS/LPBB edition is available.

  • Energy Medicine: The Scientific Basis

    This book, written by a well-known scientist with a background in biophysics and biology brings together evidence from a range of disciplines to provide an acceptable explanation for the energetic exchanges that take place in all therapies. It addresses a growing interest in the field of mind-body medicine and the role of natural "energy forces" within the body in maintaining normal health and wellbeing. This in turn has lead to interest in how these energies or forces may be channelled to assist in healing and the restoration of normal health.

  • Community Health Care Nursing

    Designed for post-registration community nurses and pre-registration nurses who want to work in the community, this text covers the common core of the community nurses' education programme, from the primary health care background to the main issues affecting community health care. The book also covers such current issues as changes in the NHS, health promotion and health education, needs assessment, risk identification, and ethical and research issues.

  • Impotence: An Integrated Approach to Clinical Practice

    This book aims to cover all aspects of condition of the impotence, exploring its multifactorial nature - cause may be organic or psychological or a combination of both. The text seeks to provide a basis for assessment and treatment of patients, and provides an integrated approach so that the interdependent results of organic and psychological problems can be effectively assessed and treated. This book is clinically orientated with a summary of "practice points" at the end of each chapter.

  • The Haemolytic Anaemias, Part 2: The Hereditary Haemolytic Anaemias

    This covers the recent advances in the understanding of the medical significance of abnormal haemoglobins and thalassaemia - advances as dramatic as any in the whole field of medicine.

  • Behavioural Change:: An Evidence-Based Handbook for Social and Public Health

    Behavioural Change provides a comprehensive overview of what is known about our ability to change behaviour of people across a wide range of domains including smoking, physical activity and exercise, eating and nutrition, sexual behaviour, drugs and alcohol use, sleep, crash and injury prevention, depression, gambling and self-management of chronic illness. It not only reviews the evidence concerning these issues but also provides original insights into how effective and sustainable intervention programs may be designed and delivered to address them. The main emphasis of the book is on linking research knowledge, i.e. the evidence base, and its translation into effective and sustainable programs. State of the art reviews are presented in an accessible but authoritative manner. The emphasis upon transfer to programs is very useful for practitioners and students.

  • Understanding the Placebo Effect in Complementary Medicine: Theory, Practice and Research

    The placebo elicits more passionate debate, scepticism and personal belief than almost any other aspect of medicine. As yet there are no concrete answers - but many challenging observations and powerful effects occur daily in healthcare which need to be examined. This book will stimulate and inform every reader - from the experienced practitioner to the new student - who has ever asked, What is the placebo really, and why should it matter to me? Written in an accessible and engaging style with contributions from leading figures in healthcare, it tackles issues of the placebo effect in complementary medicine.

  • A clear and engaging exploration of a highly topical subject
  • A clinicians route map through the visible territory and the known research in this area
  • A fair and even analysis of the possibilities and implications of the topic in clinical practice
  • Atlas of Head and Neck Surgery

    This copiously illustrated atlas pictorially captures the full range of basic and complex procedures commonly performed in today's head and neck surgery practice. The new edition is completely revised to incorporate the latest techniques and the most recent literature. Over 625 illustrations presented from the surgeons perspective make them easier to reproduce in practice.

  • Wall and Melzack's Textbook of Pain

    Pain management is a distinct and growing area of clinical medicine that encompasses many diverse components from other medical and scientific specialties. "Wall and Melzack's Textbook of Pain" provides the researcher and physician with an authoritative and comprehensive overview of almost every aspect of pain whether it be basic science or clinical. Divided into three sections: Basic Aspects, Clinical States, and Therapeutic Aspects, the book deals with the neurophysiology, psychology and measurement of a wide range of pain syndromes (chronic back pain, cancer pain, head pain, obstetric pain) as well as the pharmacologic, surgical, electrostimulative, physiotherapeutic and psychological management of pain. The title was highly commended at the 2006 BMA Medical Book Competition.

  • Dermatology

    High-quality colour illustrations appear on the right hand page, supported by concise synoptic text on the left. The Colour Guides demonstrate a full range of clinical conditions at low cost. Features: * Covers the range of medical and dental specialities * 'User-friendly' format ideal for exam preparation * Concise text clearly integrated with high-quality colour clinical photographs * Unique approach allows review of a wide selection of cases during short clinical attachments * Essential resource for students and health care specialists in all fields of medicine * Picture Test volumes give practice for examinations

  • Fundamental Techniques of Plastic Surgery: And Their Surgical Applications, 10e

    This edition provides the principles and practice of the basic techniques of plastic and reconstructive surgery. The management, repair and reconstruction of defects and wounds using skin and other tissues are discussed in detail. Potential problems and complications are also reviewed. New and expanded sections include the latest information about important plastic surgery developments.

  • Haines and Taylor Obstetrical Gynaecological Pathology

    The fifth edition of a world-famous text provides encyclopedic coverage of both obstetrical and gynaecological pathology. It describes the basic mechanisms of diseases, their pathological and clinical features and their histological and cytological appearance. Each chapter is written by a leading international expert and provides the reader with a complete and authoritative review of a particular topic. The text includes pathological descriptions of often neglected areas such as vulvar, vaginal and tubal disease and places special emphasis on the immunopathological aspects of gynaecological and obstetrical disorders. In keeping with the previous edition the text supplies extensive coverage of obstetrical pathology with in-depth chapters on the pathology of the placenta, the pregnant uterus, the membranes and the umbilical cord. This edition features increased coverage of fine needle aspiration cytology as well as an increased emphasis on differential diagnosis and the material on diagnostic techniques has been rewritten to ensure that only those that are routinely used in daily practice are covered.

  • A Pocketbook of Managing Lower Back Pain

    You are about to go on placement or have recently qualified and are about to treat patients complaining of low back pain. Questions such as 'What do I do?'; 'What do I look for'; 'How do I do it?' may suddenly become overwhelming. This pocketbook covers the examination, initial management and discharge options for patients with low back pain. It will fit easily into your pocket with information that is close to hand. A simple, effective pocketbook for students and junior staff treating patients with low back pain.

  • Recent Advances in Ophthalmology: Vol 8

    A review of recent developments in ophthalmology including advances in oculoplastic surgery, contact lens practice, corneal graft failure, medical versus surgical treatment of primary open angle glaucoma and pneumatic retinopathy.

  • Assisted Human Conception

    This latest volume in the British Medical Bulletin" covers all aspects of assisted human conception from indications and induction to ethics and the law. Topics also include endocrine monitoring, surgical techniques of oocyte collectiion and embryo transfer, outcome of pegnancies, and future developments. The text is written by an international team of contributors and is supplemented with halftone illustrations, line drawings and tables. The text is fully referenced. This issue should prove of value to any with an interest in assisted human conception."

  • Notes on Medical Microbiology

    This book gives an introduction to medical microbiology for medical students. Its contents reflect the current medical curriculum with the whole emphasis on the clinical effect of infection. The book is the successor to the highly successful "Notes on Medical Bacteriology and Notes on Medical Virology". The text is illustrated throughout with colour clinical photographs.

  • Introduction to Clinical Examination

    This updated pocketbook aims to provide the junior medical student with a brief account of the fundamental methods of clinical examination. Guidance is provided about history-taking and attention is directed to the principle systems of disease of the main systems. The basic techniques of physical examination are described and a simple system of case recording is included. Only brief reference is made to the significance of the physical findings and mention of diseases is confined to those which are commonly encountered or illustrate a specific point.

  • Principles and Practice of Medical Genetics

    Since the first edition of this book appeared in 1983 considerable changes have taken place in many aspects of medical genetics. These have been very largely due to the application of recombinant DNA techniques. This technology has helped our understanding of the fine structure of genes and is also beginning to unravel the molecular pathology of many inherited disorders. But perhaps of more immediate and practical importance, the technology has introduced novel and precise methods for detecting female carriers of X-linked disorders, presymptomatic cases of dominant disorders of late onset and in the prenatal diagnosis of genetic disease. These changes are reflected in most of the contributions to this new edition and their relevance will be apparent in almost all aspects of the subject. In two volumes, this book covers both common and rare genetic disorders. The editors aimed to include all genetic disorders and by drawing contributors from around the world, they obtained a specialist or - in the case of many of the rare disorders - the specialist in that disorder. This edition has been revised but retains the structure of the first edition - scientific principles, reviewed chromosome disorders, system-by-system review of genetic disorders, and applied genetics.

  • Neuro Surgery 96: Manual of Neurosurgery

    A single book housing a spectrum of topical reviews garnered from the world literature of neurosurgery. Features: * Reviews of the entire range of subjects currently encommpassed by neurosurgery, based on a review of literature, not on a particular author's own beliefs or biases * Concise and up-to-date: Most neurosurgical texts are obselete by their printing date due to the time needed for compilation * This text is aimed at the senior trainee as the required training of neurosurgeons has evolved from apprenticeships to the need to pass a specialist's examination (in the UK) * Comprehensive, gives access to all the key names in European neurosurgery * Logical layout using icons and boxes for easy access * Can be used as a quick reference or to study for a board exam * 50 additional topics * Each topic revised and reviewed by two editorial boards * References followed by a short comment enabling the reader to get a feel for the relevant world literature * Supported by the EANS * Educational support from leading pharmaceutical companies

  • Atlas of Cosmetic Dermatology

    "Atlas of Cosmetic Dermatologyis", a comprehensive, highly visual resource that covers the full spectrum of aesthetic techniques and products currently used in dermatological care. The primary focus, of this indispensable text, is the management of skin lesions and scars. In addition, there are full explanations of the methods used for managing alopecia, hirsutism, and nail discoloration and disfigurement. Completely up-to-date, "Atlas of Cosmetic Dermatology" examines the full spectrum of cosmetics and their use in the dermatological patient, including skin, hair, and nails.

  • Chest Medicine

    This series aims to provide an illustrated basic text suitable for senior medical students, junior hospital doctors and allied professionals. This work in the form of a pocket guide, is intended to demonstrate to students and others, what tests can be done and how they should be interpreted in order to aid diagnosis and management of patients. Clinical features and diagnostic tests are discussed and the appendix covers the principles of chest X-ray interpretation.

  • Fundoscopy for the Mrcp

    An attempt to cover, in question and answer format, most of the conditions of the fundus and aspects of fundoscopy likely to be met by candidates in the MRCP examination and hence by practising doctors.

  • Operative Shoulder Surgery

    This text provides detailed descriptions of successful operative procedures for the shoulder. Clinical photographs, x-rays and line drawings illustrate the text.

  • Management of Spinal Cord Injuries: A Guide for Physiotherapists

    Combining 25 years of clinical, research and teaching experience, Dr Lisa Harvey provides an innovative 5-step approach to the physiotherapy management of people with spinal cord injury. Based on the International Classification of Functioning, this approach emphasises the importance of setting goals which are purposeful and meaningful to the patient. These goals are related to performance of motor tasks analysed in terms of 6 key impairments. The assessment and treatment performance of each of these impairments for people with spinal cord injury is described in the following chapters:

    • training motor tasks
    • strength training
    • contracture management
    • pain management
    • respiratory management
    • cardiovascular fitness training

    Dr Harvey develops readers' problem-solving skills equipping them to manage all types of spinal cord injuries. Central to these skills is an understanding of how people with different patterns of paralysis perform motor tasks and the importance of differentmuscles for motor tasks such as:

    • transfers and bed mobility of people
    • wheelchair mobility
    • hand function for people with tetraplegia
    • standing and walking with lower limb paralysis

    This book is for students and junior physiotherapists with little or no experience in the area of spinal cord injury but with a general understanding of the principles of physiotherapy. It is also a useful tool for experienced clinicians, including those keen to explore the evidence base that supports different physiotherapy interventions.

  • MRCP Part 2

    This book of 250 best of five questions, focusing on data interpretation and case histories, is a title in the best-selling series The Complete MRCP, regarded as one of the most authoritative sources of self-assessment material for the MRCP written examinations.

  • Essentials of Sports Medicine

    The second edition of a successful book for doctors and allied health professionals, particularly physiotherapists. This book comprehensive covers the essentials of sports medicine including Y basic requirements for sports medicine training Y prevention of injury Y dieting in sport Y training details Y injuries and their management Y return to training following after injury. The second edition has been extensively revised to incorporate the many advances taking place in this area of medicine.

  • Nursing Practice: Hospital and Home: The Adult

    This is a thoroughly revised and up-dated since its first edition. All new and developing topics relating to nursing practice are included. It explores ways of knowing about nursing and is structured in a progressive way. It contains many features including an in-depth appreciation of nursing issues and cross-referencing of all relevant nursing material. It offers a fresh, innovative approach to nursing practice.

  • The Lumbar Spine and Back Pain

    The aim of this text is to promote an understanding of the structure and function of the spine; what goes wrong; how lesions produce back pain; how to assess the severity of the problem; the relation of symptoms and disability to psychological factors; and the indications and values for various forms of treatment. No special attention has been paid to inflammatory causes of back pain such as ankylosing spondylitis as these do not present the same conceptual problems and the objectives of treatment are relatively well defined. All the chapters have been brought up to date in this edition and the scope of problems covered has been expanded.

  • Osteoarthritis in the Young Adult Hip: Options for Surgical Management

    This book of the "Current Problems in Orthopaedics" series aims to provide a comprehensive account of all aspects of osteoarthritis in the young adult hip from incidence, aetiology and the biomechanics of degenerative change to surgical pathology and conservative and radical surgical techniques. Each chapter has been written by a medical authority giving an account of his own work, and that of others in the field. The entire text is fully referenced and illustrated with diagrams, photographs and X-rays.

  • Diagnosis and Management of Paediatric Respiratory Disease

    Respiratory diseases are the most commomly encountered medical problems in children and many need long-term management. This book provides paediatricians with a clear overview of an increasingly complex subject, and helps them to grasp the myriad of tests and procedures available. This new edition deals with the increasing impact of HIV and AIDS and the latest developments in the management of cystic fibrosis. Features: * Gives a practical approach to day-to-day clinical practice * A clear and comprehensive overview of a complex subject * Approachable, especially for the trainee

  • Illustrated Physiology

    This is a concise, highly visual account of normal human physiology. Information is presented in single page units to convey the essentials of a topic. Complex processes are explained by memorable diagrams, making this book excellent both for learning and exam preparation.

  • Medical Ophthalmology for Postgraduate Examinations

    Medical ophthalmology is becoming increasingly recognised as a subject relevant to both surgical and medical disciplines. Consequently it forms an important part of both the written and clinical MRCP(UK) Part II examination, the FRCS examination AND THE FCOphth examination. The authors aim in writing this book was to help the examination candiate prepare for both the written and oral parts of the examination, but it is not designed to be a comprehensive review of the subject. The book contains 100 questins which cover those topics which are commonly asked in examinations. They are designed to test the candidate's ability not only to diagnose the ocular complaint and to suggest further investigations and treatment, but also to test their understanding of associated medical conditions. Each question is displayed on a righthand page with its answer overleaf, accompanied by an explanation and further relevant information.

  • Being Human: Ordinariness in Nursing

    Nursing depends on human interaction. Usually the nurse/patient relationship is meaningful: sometimes it is therapeutic and occasionally both parties know it is quite special. This book shows that nurses are very effective when they transcend the limitations of the prescriptive professional role and can "be themselves" in the clinical situation. Based on a study describing the day-to-day experiences of nurses and patients in a nursing unit, this book shows nursing practice to be at its finest - and at its most ordinary. It records clinicians allowing themselves to be human to enhance the humanity of others.

  • Manual of Systemic Corneal Surgery

    This is intended as an illustrated practical aid to corneal surgery for the surgeon who does not regularly perform this type of work. Alongside the discussion of surgical techniques, this text emphasizes the need for accurate preoperative assessment of the patients and good, regular postoperative care. It is designed for both practicing and trainee ophthalmologists, with wide scope but notably covering corneal graft operations and refractive surgery.

  • Breast Cancer

    This updated New Edition provides a complete yet concise understanding of breast cancer from biology, pathology, and screening through diagnosis, treatment, long-term follow-up, and adjuvant care. Its practical, multidisciplinary focus addresses the concerns of every member of the health care team. A unique question-and-answer format offers clear answers to clinical questions, enhancing communication among physicians, nurses, and patients.

  • Therapeutics in Respiratory Disease

    A comprehensive text on therapeutics in respiratory disease written by the leading thoracic physician and two of his colleagues from the Brompton Hospital. Concentrates on the clinical use and management of drugs. Pays particular attention to such important topics as asthma & airways disease, lung infections, pulmonary vascular disease, acute respiratory distress syndrome, AIDS and lung. An invaluable reference for specialists in respiratory medicine, lecturers in clinical pharmacology and general practitioners.

  • Anatomy: Regional and Applied

    This is the ninth edition of a text dealing with the anatomy of the human body on a regional basis. It emphasizes the clinical and applied aspects of the subject for undergraduates and postgraduate trainees in medicine, surgery and dentistry. The text has been extensively revised, particularly the chapters on embryology, the abdomen, the pelvis and the nervous system; more scans and radiographs have been added, along with around 70 new diagrams; and new points of clinical and surgical relevance have been added throughout. The author has taken account of the new part 1 FRCS examinations and has tried to make this book particularly useful to postgraduate surgery and dental surgery students, without losing its appeal as an undergraduate textbook.

  • Exacta Medica: Reference Tables and Data for the Medical and Nursing Professions

    This popular pocketbook contains a wealth of concise information in the form of tables and easy reference material. It covers the information every branch of the medical and nursing professions may need to refer to in the course of their everyday work. "This is a genuinely pocket-sized, spiral bound, flip-book of essential reference tables with convenient wipe-clean glossy plastic pages ideal for use in urgent or messy situations." --Occupational Safety and Health "...the layout is logical, clearly printed and easy to follow, and this is aided by an alphabetically arranged list of contents." --Focus magazine Features: * Quick reference for key measurements and statistical information * Useful to professionals across a variety of medical and nursing fields on an everyday basis * Handy pocket size format * Laminated pages and spiral binding make access easy and the book durable

  • Recent Advances in Orthopaedics: Number 6

    A review of the important developments in orthopaedics which is aimed at consultants and trainees. Amongst the areas covered are epidemiology and orthopaedics in the 1990s, scanning techniques in orthopaedics, brachial plexus injuries and the management of major disaster.

  • Clinical Anatomy of the Lumbar Spine

    A comprehensive account of the structure and function of the lumbar spine, which provides therapists with a basis for the diagnosis and management of low back pain and mechanical disorder. All material has been revised, references expanded and the chapter on biomechanics includes axes of rotation.

  • An Osteopathic Approach to Children

    An Osteopathic Approach to Children presents a comprehensive general overview of pediatric medicine from an osteopathic perspective. The book is divided into two main parts. The first part discusses the normal development, physiology and anatomy of the body systems from birth to adulthood. The second part explores the conditions and diseases of childhood and outlines the rationale for osteopathic treatment for each disorder. Also, it presents clinical problems from the perspective of the interrelatedness of structure and function. This unique approach will make it an invaluable source of reference for all those interested in using an osteopathic approach to the treatment of children in their care.

    • 2 new chapters, with new photographs.
    • Fully updated and expanded of current chapters.

  • Clinical Doppler Ultrasound

    "Clinical Doppler Ultrasound" provides a practical guide to the indications, techniques and applications of routine Doppler examinations performed in clinical practice. It promotes awareness of techniques that can be employed and how these can be utilised most efficiently, and the technical factors that affect the examinations.

  • Assessment of the Lower Limb

    The second edition of this highly respected and well-established guide to lower limb examination and assessment provides completely revised and comprehensive coverage of the subject. Bringing together a range of leading clinical experts to examine the stages which must be gone through to arrive at an accurate diagnosis, "Assessment of the Lower Limb" contains, clearly and conveniently in one authoritative volume, a unique holistic view of the subject with many photographs and line drawings to supplement the text, and case studies to illustrate the theory. The problems of differential diagnosis are explained and supported by descriptions of the most common pathologies. The extensive updating for this new edition takes into account developments in the subject at undergraduate level and ensures that students, newly qualified podiatrists, physiotherapists and all those involved in the diagnosis of foot problems have at their disposal a thoroughly modern text which will continue to be their indispensable diagnostic guide. With its logical and accessible structure, "Assessment of the Lower Limb" will also be invaluable to trainee general practitioners, medical students working in rheumatology, diabetology and orthopaedics, sports therapists and sports medicine trainees.

  • The Theory and Practice of Therapeutic Touch

    "Therapeutic Touch" involves a variety of specific processes intended to help and heal. It is more than the comforting touch of patients; it is a set of interactions that all healthcare practitioners can incorporate into their everyday practice, and which can be as rewarding to the practitioner as they are healing for the client.

  • Partnership Working In Mental Health Care: The Nursing Dimension

    This text is an up-to-date discussion of the issues that are currently part of the government's modernisation agenda that puts service users at the heart of its reforms and actively encourages user involvement and real partnership in care. The essence of the book is a user perspective that shows how the key players, nurses, contribute to meeting their needs and the barriers to effective partnerships and user involvement.

  • Therapy for Amputees

    An interdisciplinary team of experts addresses all aspects of rehabilitation for amputees, from assessments and phychosocial considerations through evidence-based treatment approaches and more. The New Edition is updated to incorporate the latest advances in this field, and to reflect the fact that amputees now receive rehabilitation therapy in a variety of settings.

  • Takes a practical, problem-based approach which is easy to follow
  • Follows a logical structure from assessment of the problems and the psychological impact on the client to evidence-based practice, audit and care protocols
  • Addresses the concerns of the client with a chapter on Different Perspectives; The Users Point of View, and through practical advice and information for the amputees and their carers, on all aspects of their rehabilitation including details of patient/user support groups
  • Uses the terminology adopted for International Standards
  • Extensively referenced with contact points for access to further information on technical detail and new developments in hardware availability
  • Highly illustrated with 280 photographs and line drawings
  • Includes details of producers and suppliers of prosthetic equipment and components
  • Book now multidisciplinary and multiauthor with 11 contributors from 2 expert UK based multidisciplinary teams working in Oxford and London
  • There are 3 new chapters on:
  • The Psychological Impact of Amputation
  • Different Perspectives; the users point of view (addresses patient/user support groups; patient empowerment; professional special interest groups etc)
  • Therapy Service Quality addresses the issues of evidence based practice, standards/audit/outcome measurement: risk management, clinical guidelines, care protocols etc.
  • Improvements to existing chapters include:
  • In chapter 2 more on the Community Care Act, the Carer's Recognition and Services Act, continuing healthcare provision including eligibility criteria etc.
  • In chapter 5 more on check sockets, The Amputee Mobility Aid (AMA), advantages and disadvantages of early mobility equipment, prescription of indoor/outdoor powered wheelchairs.
  • In chapter 9 Update on motion analysis laboratory measurements and physiotherapy biofeedback machines.
  • In chapter 20 more on osseointegration; surgery to problem stumps; meningococcal septicaemia.
  • Chapter 21 on Multipathology and Complex Cases extensively revised and improved.
  • Total update of terminology to align with International Standards.
  • Total update of information on upper and lower limb prosthetic components, (sockets, liners, cosmesis etc and now including recreational prostheses).
  • Total update of information on wheelchairs.
  • All 23 chapters are extensively referenced and give contact points for access to further technical detail and new developments in hardware availability from producers of prosthetic equipment and components.
  • Incorporates information from the perspectives of providing rehabilitation in both developed and developing countries.
  • Gives practical advice and information for the amputees and their carers concerning all aspects of their rehabilitation
  • Also includes a general bibliography for further reading.
  • 280 illustrations (174 line and 106 photographs of which over 60 are completely new)

  • Biochemistry

    A unit of open learning materials for nursing and allied health students at the following levels: pre-course students with a knowledge deficit; Foundation level students (eg Common Foundation Programme nursing students following the Project 2000 programme); Diploma level students; post-registration nursing students who did not follow the P2000 programme (and therefore received less life sciences classroom coverage); and students studying for further qualifications, up to and including a degree. The benefits to students include a resource for self-education and a gateway to improved practice for the busy health care practitioner and student. By combining the skills and knowledge of seasoned health care professionals with those of experienced educators, this unit gives the student access to high quality educational opportunitites, by removing any institutional barriers (eg teacher availability, time restrictions) that deny this access particularly to part-time workers, night staff, and those with domestic arrangements which exclude conventional course attendence. Benefits to managers and education providers include: students following a course of self-study allows teachers to provide more one to one teaching and reduce class sizes. It also allows time savings to be made on course development and planning. The biochemistry unit offers approximately 20 hours of study.

  • Drug Safety Surveillance: A Shared Responsibility

    The monitoring of drug safety is an issue that affects most health care professionals. This text aims to explain the processes involved in drug surveillance and considers drug safety from the perspectives of the pharmaceutical industry, the medical profession and regulatory authorities.

  • Textbook of Medicine

    A comprehensive account of clinical medicine incorporating the language and ideas of modern medical science. The book discusses clinical medicine in the context of the growth in understanding of the mechanisms of disease and corresponding changes in the content and form of the pre-clinical teaching of medical science. The text is pitched at the right level for the student and junior doctor who needs a fairly detailed account of clinical medicine. In addition, the book has been carefully designed for ease of use, headings guide the reader through the text, line illustrations integrate with the text, colour is used to emphasise key features, summary boxes highlight essential facts and aid revision. Features: * Written by a team of authors selected from medical schools throughout the UK for their teaching abilities and clinical expertise * Each chapter is written by a specialist in that area and vetted both by team members and external advisors in order to ensure consistency of approach and the appropriate level of details for the market * Headings guide the reader through the book * Line illustrations integrate with the text * Colour is used to emphasise key features * Summary boxes highlight essential facts and aid revision * Recent Advances" feature added throughout * Colour photographs support the text "This is a tremendous book ...I just can't find anything about it to criticize ...it combines clear writing with a sensible layout.. Kumar and Clark is also a clear book but the text is everywhere...you won't need another book" St Mary's Hospital Gazette "Relative to the main competitor, Kumar and Clark, the Textbook of Medicine is the sensible option if a practical book is required which is pleasurable to use." Cambridge Medicine "I think this is an excellent textbook of medicine and I have no hesitation in recommending it." British Journal of Hospital Medicine "comprehensive, thoughtful, and lucid. It will certainly feature on our recommended list." The Lancet"

  • Sectional Anatomy By Mri

    The New Edition of this up-to-date comprehensive sectional anatomy atlas features all new images, demonstrating the latest in MRI technology. It provides carefully labeled MRIs for all body parts, as well as a schematic diagram and concise statements that explain the correlations between the bones and tissues. Three new editors present superior images for abdominal and other difficult areas and offer their expertise in their respective region. An accompanying Website containing digital quality images lets you create electronic presentations.

  • Biomechanics in the Musculoskeletal System

    Learn the principles of biomechanics that will help you improve patient care and further your understanding of the various aspects of musculoskeletal systems. This book examines the principles of mechanical engineering essential to the musculoskeletal system, and makes these concepts relevant to medical professionals and others who may not have the mathematical background of an engineer. Each biomechanical principle is described in five basic steps: definition; description; lay examples; clinical examples; and explanatory notes. Through this well-illustrated, cohesive discussion of biomechanics, you will find an understandable and logical approach to the musculoskeletal system that will enhance any practice.

  • Exacta Medica

    This pocket size book provides the essential data required on a daily basis for all health care professionals dealing with adults. It gives instant access to those vital facts that are hard to remember.

  • Mental Health Care For People With Learning Disabilities

    This U.K. book is directed towards all those people, including parents and other family members, nurses, social workers, psychologists, occupational therapists, other professional staff, students, care staff, and voluntary workers, who are involved in the care of people with learning disabilities. It does not profess to be a complete mental health manual; rather, it aims to introduce the reader to the key issues and concerns that surround mental health in people with learning disabilities such that they might have a positive impact on the care that those people receive.

  • The Kidneys: The Urinary Tract

    This aims to provide in-depth information for the pathologist and nephrologist to make an early diagnosis from renal biopsy. The text gives a description of structural alterations in the kidneys in the face of diseases affecting them. It covers a wide range of diseases, and particularly emphasizes the earliest changes that may be recognised in a biopsy. Both common and rare conditions are discussed, and insufficient detail that the reader will recognise them when encountered. For each condition renal findings by light, electron and immunofluorescence and immunoperoxidase microscopy are given. Then the main clinical features, findings of other lab tests, differential diagnosis, complications, results after renal transplantation, prognosis, pathogenesis and variants are also listed. It covers both common and rare conditions and emphasizes differential diagnosis. It is designed to be a practical, lab bench book.

  • Handbook of Lower Extremity Infections

    Ideal for use in the classroom and in the clinical setting, this portable handbook serves as a quick reference guide to those topics podiatrists encounter on a daily basis. Unlike its larger counterparts, the information within is concise and specific to the lower extremity.

  • The Stomach

    The first comprehensive postgraduate text on this section of the upper gastrointestinal tract covering both medical and surgical aspects. This new title provides an overview of all aspects of the stomach, covering recent discoveries in the basic sciences, and diagnosis and management of gastric disease. The contributors are a multi-disciplinary international team.

  • A Textbook of Radiology and Imaging

    This book aims to provide a complete and comprehensive postgraduate textbook for all radiological trainees taking professional examinations around the world. This edition has increased emphasis on the newer imaging modalities and integrates all new imaging modalities with the organ / system chapters. It also contains over 1200 new half-tones. It should also be useful to practising radiologists and radiological departments as it offers a clinically orientated account of the state-of-the-art in radiology.

  • Gastroenterology and Liver Disease

    This text is designed for undergraduates who require a review of the major diseases in gastroenterology and the liver. The book covers a major part of the student's curriculum and instructs the student in the examination and imaging approriate for these body systems/organs. It covers the common conditions of this subject, not attaching great importance to rare diseases.

  • An Aid to the Paediatric Mrcpch Viva

    Written in a 'dialogue' style, in order to mimic the exam and build a candidate's confidence, this book discusses in a structured way over 100 representative topics that might come up in the viva.

  • The New Midwifery: Science and Sensitivity in Practice

    Being a midwife today requires not only good clinical skills but also a broad understanding of the social and emotional adaptation to birth, which a woman must go through. A midwife must be clinically skilled and able to bring "woman-centred" practice to life. This book explores all the issues, which a midwife may experience in applying her practical knowledge with sensitivity towards every individual woman's care, before, during and after birth. Building on the changes, which have occurred in midwifery in the past decade, "The New Midwifery" describes approaches to practice, which have now been drawn from experience, underpinned by theory and biological sciences. It will help midwives to build sensitive and supportive relationships, develop openness to individual needs, and be able to use science as a basis to practice.

  • A Textbook of Psychiatric and Mental Health Nursing

    A comprehensive textbook that offers a sound and forward-looking introduction to psychiatric nursing. This is a multi-contributor work that covers all the information underpinning good psychiatric nursing. Reflecting current nursing (and psychiatric nursing) practice, it treats psychiatric nursing as a distinctive specialty. All the contributors have specialist expertise in the topics about which they have written. Each chapter provides a thorough overview and demonstrates a critical and research-based examination of its subject matter.

  • Orthopaedics (Colour Guides)

    A concise overview of orthopaedic conditions in the handy Colour Guide format. Topics are presented in double-page spreads, with text on the left and illustrations on the right. High quality colour images, largely clinical photographs, demonstrate examples of the topic under discussion and the text provides a synoptic account to enhance the illustrations. The text is concise but relevant and wherever possible uses a standard set of headings (for example, epidemiology, pathogenesis, diagnosis, clinical features, treatment, prognosis.) The impressive collection of colour images allows readers access to a range of clinical examples they might not otherwise see in everyday practice. This edition has been revised and has the addition of new illustrations of MR scans for lumbar disc disorders.The Colour Guides titles have no competition, with their combination of small size, concise text, and lavish use of colour images, they provide an inexpensive but invaluable pocket reference for students and doctors alike. Features: * A concise pictorial overview of orthopaedic conditions * Presented in the handy pocket-size Colour Guide format * High quality colour images accompany synoptic text * Double page spreads give fast access to vital information * Gives reader access to a wide range of clinical examples at a low cost

  • Developing New Clinical Roles: A Guide for Health Professionals

    Throughout the health care system, the traditional boundaries between professional groups are becoming increasingly blurred in response to local service needs and national policy objectives. New clinical roles are developing and nurses and other health professionals are finding opportunities to review and reconfigure their roles in response to changing health care needs and national policy imperatives. This book combines a comprehensive and thought provoking overview of the key issues and emerging challenges with practical suggestions for promoting appropriate and sustainable role development. Drawing on a range of contributors who reflect the multi-disciplinary context of new role development in healthcare, this book provides an essential source of information and ideas for practitioners, researchers, managers and policy makers.

  • Reflects the multi-disciplinary context of role development includes examples and contributions from physiotherapists, OTs, pharmacists and doctors as well as nurses
  • Emphasises the importance of patient-led development of roles
  • Focuseson the significance of education and research
  • Puts role development within the context of health services as a whole
  • Includes case studies and examples
  • Combines policy context with practical advice on how to develop new clinical roles

  • Complementary and Alternative Medicine in Rehabilitation

    "Complementary and Alternative Medicine in Rehabilitation" is a comprehensive review of currently available scientific information relating to complementary and alternative therapies and rehabilitation. It outlines the current state of knowledge in the area of CAM as it relates to rehabilitation. Rehabilitation involves the practice of a multidimensional form of medicine that encompasses all levels of the human being as patient-body, mind, and spirit. The theory behind rehabilitation is to utilize several forms of therapies in order to heal the body. This integration of therapies is one of the core beliefs of CAM and is why CAM meshes so naturally with rehabilitation. Representative therapies from each of the following four main categories comprise the first four sections of the book: mind/body therapies (i.e., meditation, biofeedback), body-oriented therapies (i.e., chiropractic, yoga), energy-based therapies (i.e., acupuncture, energy healing), and the emergent approaches (i.e., shamanic healing, teamwork and group dynamics). The emphasis is on evidence-based medicine, with enough research cited to whet the reader's appetite for further study. While history and theory of these CAM approaches are touched upon, the chapters are anchored in clinical examples so that the reader can apply the information to his or her practice. The second section of the book deals with some of the most widely encountered clinical conditions in rehabilitation, including cardiac and dementia. Emphasis here is on clinical practice, with a solid research base. The Research Springboards section outlines future opportunities in which CAM can be integrated with rehabilitation, such as phantom limb pain and therapeutic touch. And the last section, The Patient's Perspective, tells the stories of a manual laborer, a freelance professional, and a spiritual teacher who have all been exposed to various holistic practices during their rehabilitation processes. Training resources at the end of each chapter give the reader the opportunity to take the next step in pursuing personal exposure to a modality or approach within his or her own field of medicine.

  • Decision Making and Outcomes in Sports Medicine: Evidence-Based Practice

    As more therapies and technologies have developed in the area of sports medicine, the need has grown for scientific evidence and critical appraisal of the effectiveness of specific treatment methods. This informative text fills this gap by offering discussions on evidence-based sports rehabilitation through a comprehensive and contemporary examination of the subject.It is divided into the following sections: Basic Considerations which includes cardiovascular considerations, nutritional strategies, dehydration, inflammation, and psychological, sociological and physiological factors in sport; Therapeutics which covers physiotherapy, chiropractic and alternative treatment approaches; Special Considerations which covers pregnancy, the mature athlete and the pediatric athlete; Neuromuscular Considerations which includes epilepsy, concussion, neuropsychology and neuromuscular conditions; and, Regional Considerations which covers the shoulder, hand and wrist, lower back, hip and knee, and the ankle.

  • Principles and Practice of Phytotherapy: Modern Herbal Medicine

    Complementary Medicine (General); Herbal Medicine

  • Leg Ulcers

    Leg ulcers are a major health problem, especially among the elderly. (It is estimated that 80,000 to 100,000 people in the UK are suffering with a current leg ulcer.) Nurses, primarily in community settings, provide most of the treatment for leg ulcers. This open learning style book allows nurses to update their skills and knowledge in this specialty. It provides the epidemiological background to the problem, explains the related anatomy and physiology, and tackles questions of origin, assessment and intervention. In short, it teaches nurses who to manage leg ulcers, incorporating all the latest research. The last part of the book applies the knowledge through a series of case studies. Readers can choose to use the assessment provided in the book to obtain academic credit, thus giving it added value in terms of cost-effective professional development in line with PREP, the legislation that requires nurses to re-register every 3 years. Features: * Updates nurses' knowledge in this important area of practice * Incorporates all the latest research making it right up-to-date * Case histories ensure the book is practical, and learning applicable * Essential reading for all nurses who deal with leg ulcers - especially district nurses * Open learning style in the form of a hard back book * Access to academic credit on completion of the assessment contained in the book * Helps nurses to fulfil their continuing professional development obligations as required by the recent PREP legislation

  • The Skeletal System and the Muscular System

    The books in this series are intended to be used as aids to learning and as guides to the preparation of nursing care plans. Each book consists of a number of nursing care studies of common conditions likely to be seen by every student nurse. The care studies incorporate multiple choice, true/false and matching item questions. These questions are designed to test the nurses' knowledge and understanding and help with study and revision. After each care study the authors have given explanations as to why they have selected the answers. Each book looks at two body systems and opens with questions on the related basic anatomy and physiology which aim to allow the reader to check existing knowledge and to highlight areas for revision and further study.

  • Oral Pathology

    This title includes such contents as: Developmental Defects of the Teeth; Dental Caries; Pulpitis; Apical Periodontitis; Resorption and Hypercementosis; Periodontal Disease; Cysts of the Jaws; Odontogenic Tumours; Nonodontogenic Tumours of Bone; Non-Neoplastic Bone Diseases; Infective Stomatitis; Non-Infective Stomatitis/Keratoses (Leukoplakias, White Lesions); Squamous Cell Carcinoma; Hyperplastic Lesions; Benign Connective Tissue Tumours; Sarcomas; Lymphomas; Pigmented Lesions; Miscellaneous Tumour-Like Lesions; Salivary Gland Tumours; Salivary Gland Cysts and Chronic Non-Specific Sialadenitis; Granulomatous Diseases; Miscellaneous Fibrotic Conditions; HIV Infection and AIDS; and, Index.

  • Beyond First Aid: A Skills-based Guide to Ambulance Practice

    This is a competency-based learning guide for ambulance officers. Each chapter integrates theory with practical tasks, cross referenced to an Appendix of detailed skills guides.

  • Arterial Surgery

    This is an updated and revised third edition of a text which examines the practice of arterial surgery. It provides an introduction to the natural history and detailed management of peripheral arterial disease for general surgeons and physicians with responsibility for care of patients in this area, and may also be used by trainees in vascular surgery. The text includes discussion of the causes and mechanisms of arterial disease, acute ischaemia, Buerger's disease, diabetic gangrene, amputations and arterial injuries.

  • Evidence-Based Healthcare

    This is a textbook on evidence based decision making for healthcare, medical and nurse managers. Recently the evidence based medicine movement has been one of the most important influences on medicine. It involves the basing of clinical decisions on the best available evidence from systematic research. This book explains how evidence based decision making can be applied to health policy and management decisions about groups of patients and populations, rather than decisions about the treatment of individuals. Its first edition was well reviewed and highly successful, and this new edition builds upon the success of the first.

  • Herbs in the Treatment of Children: Leading A Child To Health

    Written by a leading practitioner in the field, this clear and practical guide describes the use of key Chinese and Western herbs in the treatment of childhood illnesses, focusing on methods of treatment that lead a child back to health rather than suppress symptoms. The book examines remedies used for a wide variety of common conditions and illnesses, and explores how to break the cycle of symptoms leading to a chronic condition. It conveys a solid understanding of the particular needs and unique aspects of treating children, at a level that is accessible to both the practitioner and the interested parent.

  • Orofacial Disease: Update for the Dental Clinical Team

    This is the first book in a new series to be published in association with "Dental Update", a journal aimed at general dental practitioners which covers clinical issues. "Orofacial Disease" is a guide to what dental practitioners and their teams need to know about oral medicine. It is based on a series of articles which have already appeared in "Dental Update" and were highly praised. This is an area where the less serious conditions can be treated by the dentist, but where onward referral is often necessary, and where the dentist will often be providing "shared care" with a specialist. "Orofacial Disease" concentrates on the conditions which are likely to appear in general dental practice, alerts the dentist to where onward referral is needed, and will provide the dental team with valuable guidance on an area where they may be the first to pick up indications of serious systemic conditions. Professor Scully is an internationally known authority on oral medicine, and has a reputation for writing books which dentists want to read.

  • Rheumatoid Arthritis: Your Questions Answered

    This new volume in the Your Questions Answered Series helps readers to effectively diagnose and manage patients with rheumatoid arthritis. It presents information in the Series' succinct, accessible, question and answer format, with an emphasis on evidence-based, up-to-date knowledge, including the impact of all of the innovative, new drug therapies now available.

  • Occupational Therapy and Physical Dysfunction: Principles, Skills and Practice

    This New Edition provides a comprehensive introduction to the role and work of the occupational therapist with regard to physical illness or disability (as opposed to disorders of mental health). The aim of the text is to link OT theory with day-to-day practice. The book is designed to meet the needs of today's students but it is also recognised that many qualified OTs use the book for reference and the book has been designed and structured to make it easy to use by those who want to dip into it for quick reference as well as by the student.

  • Gray's Anatomy for Students: Gold

    This package includes "Gray's Anatomy for Students", "Case Directed Anatomy Online" and the "Atlas of Clinical Gross Anatomy" at a fantastic price!

  • Running: Biomechanics And Exercise Physiology In Practice

    This richly illustrated work presents innovative training concepts based on recent scientific research and extensive knowledge of the real-world training. It provides running trainers, physiotherapists and physical exercise teachers with the latest insights into the training runners. The methods presented here are based on biomechanical principles. Scientific material is translated into practical techniques in the discussion of topics such as running technique, energy supply processes and adaptation through training.

    • Unique approach to the material makes this book an excellent resource for a beginner's introduction or an advanced trainer's review.
    • Coverage features the most up-to-date information available.
    • Logical organization of information makes the text easy to use.

  • Spine Surgery: Techniques, Complication Avoidance, and Management

    This best-selling resource explores the full spectrum of surgical techniques used in spine surgery, and describes how to avoid and manage complex problems. It emphasizes how to achieve successful outcomes and minimize risks. The Second Edition delivers more than 25 brand-new chapters, as well as extensive revisions and updates throughout, to reflect all of the latest advances in the field. It also features contributions from an increased number of orthopaedic surgeons to round out the strong coverage provided by the many neurosurgeon contributors.

  • Energy Medicine: The Scientific Basis

    See how energy therapies can normalize physiology and restore your patients' health! Energy Medicine: The Scientific Basis, 2nd Edition provides a deeper understanding of energy and energy flow in the human body. Using well-established scientific research, this book documents the presence of energy fields, discerns how those fields are generated, and determines how they are altered by disease, disorder, or injury. It then describes how therapeutic applications can restore natural energy flows within the body. Written by recognized energy medicine expert Dr. James Oschman - who is also a physiologist, cellular biologist, and biophysicist - this resource shows how the science of energetics may be used in healing diseases that conventional medicine has difficulty treating.

    • Easy-to-understand coverage simplifies the theory of energy medicine and the science behind it, providing detailed, coherent explanations for a complex subject.
    • Well-established scientific research shows why and how energy medicine works.
    • Multi-disciplinary approach covers energy medicine as it applies to various healthcare disciplines, from acupuncture to osteopathy to therapeutic touch and energy psychology.
    • NEW! Additional views of the Living Matrix in this edition increase the number to 10 views, more accurately showing physiological and regulatory processes - the web of factors that determine our health.
    • NEW Basic Physics and Biophysics chapters introduce and simplify the concepts of electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism, and resonance.
    • NEW chapters on medical devices and inflammation bring to light the connection between energy medicine and inflammation, showing effective energy techniques such as devices that use energy fields and hands-on techniques in combating disease.
    • UPDATED research on acupuncture and related therapies showcases exciting new work from prestigious laboratories in the U.S. and abroad on the anatomy and biophysics of the acupuncture meridian system.
    • NEW Sciences of the Subconscious and Intuition and The Energetic Blueprint of Life and Health chapters cover the important topics of energy psychology and epigenetics.
    • NEW Regulatory Energetics chapter includes topics such as communication, control, regulation, coordination, integration, feedback, and energy flow - all crucial to understanding living systems and the healing process.
    • NEW Energy Medicine in Daily Life chapter includes examples of simple energy medicine tools that can sustain health, happiness and longevity, and why and how they are so effective.
    • NEW evidence from quantum physics describes the latest implications of quantum principles and quantum mechanics as related to devices and therapies in energy medicine.
    • NEW content on the mechanisms involved in intuition and the unconscious mind emphasizes the emerging topics of trauma energetics and energy psychology, along with the importance of intuition in therapeutics.
    • NEW chapters on the history of developments in electrobiology and electrophysiology discuss neuroscience applications in diagnosis and therapeutics, linking the new inflammation model of disease with energy medicine.
    • NEW historical content covers the individuals who have created the field of energy medicine, with descriptions of their techniques and references to their literature.
    • NEW Appendix I summarizes the regulations governing devices used in the practice of energy medicine.
    • NEW Appendix II lists legal, ethical, and other CAM resources available to energy practitioners.

  • Gray's Anatomy for Students

    It didn't take long for students around the world to realize that anatomy texts just don't get any better than "Gray's Anatomy for Students". Only in its 2nd edition, this already popular, clinically focused reference has moved far ahead of the competition and is highly recommended by anyone who uses it. A team of authors with a wealth of diverse teaching and clinical experience has updated and revised this new edition to efficiently cover what you're learning in contemporary anatomy classes. An improved format, updated clinical material, and remarkable artwork by award-winning illustrators Richard Tibbitts and Paul Richardson make anatomy easier than ever for you to master. Unique coverage of surface anatomy, correlative diagnostic images, and clinical case studies demonstrate practical applications of anatomical concepts. And, an international advisory board, comprised of more than 100 instructors, ensures that the material is accurate, up to date, and easy to use. To further enhance your learning experience, you'll have access to the entire book online, with additional content, interactive exercises, and more. Take your Anatomy learning even further with other members of the Gray's 'family' - "Gray's Atlas of Anatomy", "Dorland's/Gray's Pocket Atlas of Anatomy", "Gray's Dissection Guide for Human Anatomy", and the new edition of "Gray's Anatomy for Students Flash Cards".

  • The Endocrine System and the Reproductive System

    The books in this series are intended to be used as aids to learning and as guides to the preparation of nursing care plans. Each book consists of a number of nursing care studies of common conditions likely to be seen by every student nurse. The care studies incorporate multiple choice, true/false and matching item questions. These questions are designed to test the nurses' knowledge and understanding and help with study and revision. After each care study the authors have given explanations as to why they have selected the answers. Each book looks at two body systems and opens with questions on the related basic anatomy and physiology which aim to allow the reader to check existing knowledge and to highlight areas for revision and further study.

  • 100 Challenging Spinal Pain Syndrome Cases

    The new edition of 50 Challenging Spinal Pain Syndrome Cases brings together a total of 100 individual studies ranging from the common and comparatively straightforward to the more complex. Content is presented in a clear layout with details of case history, aetiology, physical examination, imaging and, when necessary, laboratory test results of patients, diagnosis, treatment and results, key points and suggestions for further reading. Comparisons between imaging and similar anatomical and or histopathological findings are used. Questions of anatomy are clarified and the cases are comprehensively illustrated with radiographs and scans to enable the reader to see the most likely nature of the pathology causing the patient's spinal pain syndrome. The problem-solving approach keeps the emphasis on the practical and corrects some common myths about spinal pain treatment. Taken together, these cases make up a book, which students, practitioners and everyone interested in the spine will want to own and constantly refer to.

  • Psychological and Psychosomatic Problems (International Perspectives in Physical Therapy)

    The purpose of this series of books is to provide an international exchange of ideas and to explore different approaches in professional therapy practice. The books are written primarily for experienced clinicians. They are not intended as basic texts nor as reports on the most research, though elements of these aspects may be included. Articles are written by specialists from a number of different countries form the core of each volume. These are supported by a commentary on the current state of the art in the particular area of practice and an annotated bibliography of key references. Each volume covers a topic which the editors believe to be of universal interest. Some are concerned with a troublesome symptom and others are related to problems within a broad diagnostic category, for example this volume.

  • Immunobiology

    Focusing on immunobiology, this text summarizes the basic immunological concepts, covers adaptive immunity and integrates the material at the level of the complete organism in both health and disease. Other topics covered include: allergies; the action of cytokines; and HIV and AIDS.

  • Maitland's Clinical Companion: An Essential Guide for Students

    This reference is ideal for students who need support during their neuromusculoskeletal clinical practice in areas such as communication, clinical reasoning, examination and assessment. It is a vital source for understanding the role of mobilization and manipulation in helping to maximize the recovery, rehabilitation and functioning of patients with movement-related disorders. The principles of the Maitland Concept of Manipulative Physiotherapy are applied to each body region so as to guide the student through to the appropriate selection, application and progression of mobilization and manipulation techniques within the context of contemporary physiotherapeutic rehabilitation. A vital companion to the classic texts - Maitland's Vertebral Manipulation and Maitland's Peripheral Manipulation - which promotes a patient-centred approach to neuromusculoskeletal disorders.

  • Obstetric Ultrasound: How, Why and When

    Highly illustrated and practical, this introduction to obstetric ultrasound provides a step-by-step guide for those new to ultrasound as well as a source of reference for the more experienced ultrasonographer. The content details the use of ultrasound in all aspects of pregnancy, as well as many other commonly encountered gynecological situations.

  • Medical Imaging: An Illustrated Colour Text

    This illustrated colour text brings radiology alive for medical students as a meaningful specialty with a central role in the diagnosis and/or treatment of many patients. Rather than attempting to teach the reader to be a would-be radiologist, it will give readers a feel for what radiological test to order in various circumstances, what the clinician needs to know to get the best out of the radiology department, how to read and interpret the resultant radiology reports and what interventional radiology has to offer from the point of view of either obtaining a diagnosis or treatment.

  • Essential Urology

    A practically orientated approach to common urological symptoms for the undergraduate medical student, this gives schemes of investigations and management based on presenting symptoms. It teaches the student concepts - does not overburden the student with facts. It aims to provide a very accessible presentation - the text is illustrated with clear line drawings and it has new material including chapters updated on: urinary tract infection in children - urinary tract calculi (reflecting the trend towards non-invasive forms of treatment) - urological tumours (covering new imaging techniques, adjuvant chemotherapy and immunotherapy, reconstructive surgery) - prostatectomy (covering new techniques of transurethral prostatectomy) - male infertility.

  • Research Made Easy in Complementary and Alternative Medicine

    Highly engaging and visually attractive, this clear and lively introduction to research is designed to help readers gain confidence and initiate small practice-based research projects. Providing a foundation in understanding research, it includes valuable information on how to get started, how to formulate useful and answerable research questions, a range of methodologies set in terms of their usefulness and limitations, strategies for seeing a project through completion, and writing up the results. Pitfalls and pointers are also highlighted along the way.

  • Churchill's Pocketbook of Clinical Dentistry

    A pocket guide to all aspects of clinical dentistry relevant to the undergraduate course, which will be consulted by students as an aide memoire in clinical situations. In terms of page design, organisation and content, this book is a 'Hayes

  • Mcq Companion to the "Textbook of Anaesthesia" Multiple Choice Questions Companion

    This book is a companion to the highly successful "Textbook of Anaesthesia" by Aitkenhead and Smith a standard text for trainee anaesthetists taking the Fellowship of the Royal College of Anaesthetists and similar exams. Since the publication of the first edition of the MCQ companion the FRCA has changed from being a three part to a two part exam. This book is intended for candidates preparing for the first part or Primary, which assesses both basic sciences and clinical anaesthesia.

  • Contemporary Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture

    Contemporary Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture explores the theory and practice of Oriental medicine. It lays the foundation for a broad understanding of what Oriental medicine is, how it works, and its effectiveness in treating a number of common disorders. This text gives the reader an introduction to the ancient theoretical foundations of Chinese medicine, along with glimpses into what a day in the life of a modern practitioner is actually like.

  • Hand Fractures: Repair, Reconstruction and Rehabilitation

    This beautifully-illustrated resource presents a systematic and comprehensive approach to hand fracture evaluation; operative and non-operative management; and rehabilitation. Covering virtually every type of hand fracture of any severity or configuration, it offers authoritative guidelines for achieving maximum biomechanical stability, while preserving the biological integrity of the soft tissues and blood supply. As a result, it helps readers to safely, consistently, and cost-effectively treat hand fractures in a way that miniscar formation and pain...promotes early active rehabilitation...and optimizes functional recovery.

  • Study Skills for Nurses: A Practical Guide

    Many qualified nurses are now returning to study (post-registration), or beginning to study at diploma/degree level for the first time. This type and level of study requires new skills which nurses must master in order to manage their studies effectively and cope with the demands of the new curricula. This is a user-friendly guide to skills essential for Teaming which emphasises the equal importance of practice and study. Among other topics it covers note taking, time management, and presentation of data. The first section deals with studying, using a library effectively, taking notes and managing information. The second part is concerned with the preparation and presentation of written work, considering structures for essays and assignments and the use of source material and referencing. The final section looks at the skills necessary to make the most effective use of periods of practice; and the relationships between learning in the course programme and learning in practice. Key Features: Teaches nursing students how to study without supervision; Helps practising nurses with continuing study skills (in the light of PREP); Examples throughout relate to nursing practice - making the text easy to apply; Provides strategies to help the student take responsibility for their own learning - making the transition from spoon-feeding learning to self-directed learning easier to cope with.

  • Human Sexuality And It's Problems

    Prepared by one of the world's leading authorities, Human Sexuality and its Problems remains the foremost comprehensive reference in the field. Now available in a larger format, this classic volume continues to address the neurophysiological, psychological and socio-cultural aspects of human sexuality and how they interact.

    Fully updated throughout, the new edition places a greater emphasis on theory and its role in sex research and draws on the latest global research to review the clinical management of problematic sexuality providing clear, practical guidelines for clinical intervention.

    Clearly written, this highly accessible volume now includes a new chapter on the role of theory, and separate chapters on sexual differentiation and gender identity development, transgender and gender non-conformity, and HIV, AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases.

    Human Sexuality and its Problems fills a gap in the literature for academics interested in human sexuality from an interdisciplinary perspective, as well as health professionals involved in the management of sexual problems.

  • Auricular Acupuncture and Addiction: Mechanisms, Methodology and Practice

    This comprehensive guide to auricular acupuncture and addiction provides a thorough grounding in the theory of Chinese medicine and integrates Chinese medical theory with modern biomedical concepts. The authors take the reader through the practical application of the SMART protocol. Other subjects covered include: treatment protocol and implementation, analysis of current research and accounts of how the treatment can be employed in a variety of settings and how it affects those services. The chapters discussing theory will be in depth but will have key learning outcomes presented separately to focus understanding.

  • The Long Term Care of the Coronary Patient

    This is a study of cost-effective means of longterm care for patients with coronary heart disease and post-operative patients with valve disease. It is based on the practical experience of members of staff in the cardiac rehabilitation and secondary prevention clinic at St Vincent's Hospital, Dublin. Its main purpose is to show how cost-effective care can be provided by medical and paramedical staff in cardiology units. The book discusses treatment of symptoms and complications. It also deals with methods of secondary prevention, eg counselling patients on behaviour modification (weight loss, stopping smoking). Based on the evidence of practical experience, it challenges acceptance of the present empirical and rational basis of methods of cardiac rehabilitation.

  • Modern Neuromuscular Techniques

    Neuromuscular Techniques (NMT) offer an efficient and proven method of soft tissue manipulation involving thumb and/or finger application. This video covers the same techniques which are covered in Chaitows book of the same name. Following an explanatory introduction to NMT, Leon Chaitow demonstrates: NMT thumb technique; NMT finger technique; Clinical application of NMT; Liefs basic spinal; NMT assessment and treatment; Trigger point evaluation and treatment; and Abdominal NMT.

  • The Gunn Approach to the Treatment of Chronic Pain: Intramuscular Stimulation for Myofascial Pain of Radiculopathic Origin

    This practical manual explains a comprehensive, alternative system of diagnosis and treatment of chronic musculoskeletal pain. Medications and commonly available physical therapies often give only temporary relief. The success of the intramuscular stimulation method described here has led to a new model for chronic pain. The manual, and the techniques described in it, will be invaluable to those seeking a more effective physical modality for the management of chronic musculoskeletal pain.

  • a practical clinical manual showing a clear and coherent approach to the treatment of pain
  • written by Dr Gunn who is an acknowledged expert in this area
  • excellent illustrations guide the practitioner through the techniques described
  • Arts Therapies: A Research-based Map of the Field

    This book explores the disciplines of art therapy, music therapy, drama therapy, and dance therapy. It is the first book to offer a comprehensive mapping of the field of arts therapies, including common and unique features of practice. Based upon empirical research work that follows the principles of grounded theory, the text covers historical and current professional developments, definitions, important aspects of practice, and therapeutic trends across the four disciplines. The text incorporates both qualitative and quantitative results presented in tables, diagrams and clinical vignettes.

  • Biomedical Acupuncture for Pain Management: An Integrative Approach

    Blending science and practice, this unique text and clinical manual simplifies acupuncture treatment for pain management and trauma rehabilitation for integration, with conventional medical care. This integrated approach relies upon familiar biomedical principles to interpret the basic mechanisms, acupoint system, and clinical procedures associated with classical acupuncture. Detailed guidance enables conventional health care professionals to quickly understand and incorporate acupuncture therapy principles for pain management into their practice. The unique Integrative Neuromuscular Acupoint System (INMAS) simplifies treatment by focusing on only 24 acupoints, out of the hundreds of existing acupoints, thus creating a standardised protocol that can be customized for each patient. Readers will find detailed chapters devoted to diagnosis, neuroanatomy, treatment, and the psychology of pain ensuring current, comprehensive coverage of this growing field.

  • Neale's Common Foot Disorders: Diagnosis and Management : A General Clinical Guide

    Covers the diagnosis and managment of common foot disorders. Now in its fourth edition, this text has new contributors, including medical specialists as well as as chiropodists and podiatrists, new contents and new colour plates.

  • Respiratory Medicine: An Illustrated Colour Text

    Existing textbooks of respiratory medicine tend to be both out of date and rather uninspiring in appearance, and many undergraduates rely upon the coverage of the subject available in large textbooks of medicine such as "Kumar", "Davidson" and "Souhami". This new book has all the advantages of the "ICT" series - double page spreads, full colour illustration, boxes and tables - and offers a much more attractive and accessible treatment of the subject than is currently available at undergraduate level.

  • Recent Advances in Anesthesia & Analgesia

    A new volume in the well known and respected Recent Advances in Anaesthesia and Analgesia series. Features: * Respected and well established series, new volumes of which are eagerly awaited by anaesthetists. * Authoritative updates on a wide range of topics, suitable for trainees and qualified practitioners.

  • Problem Solving for Tutorials in Clinical Anatomy

    Each Pocket Examiner contains about 700 very brief questions along with synoptic answers. They are ideal for preparation for examinations. The questions in anatomy are arranged by regions and are split into two parts : basic information and applied anatomy. The questions are of a type and standard appropriate for medical students during the first two years of the course, but are also appropriate for trainee surgeons preparing for FRCS examinations.

  • Electrotherapy: Evidence-Based Practice

    Designed to provide the reader with an up-to-date knowledge and understanding of the most commonly-used agents in the field of electrotherapy, this text provides safe and appropriate information on the application of treatments. The inclusion of a free CD ROM provides the opportunity to practice the "application" of treatments in a safe situation. The information presented here will enable those working in the field of electrotherapy to provide safe and effective delivery of electrotherapy to their patients.

  • Prostate

    A collection of essays written by specialists in the field of urology which examines the treatment of various prostate conditions. Subjects discussed include experimental studies on optimal therapy of prostatic cancer, chemotherapy, preoperative assessments and surgical techniques.

  • Imaging

    This is a book of over 200 photographs with full answers covering the range of common conditions encountered in basic radiological investigations. All questions give a brief case history and the answers are detailed enough to interest a wide market. This area is important for a lot of clinical specialties, both medical and surgical, and there are so many imaging modalities now available that it is seen as a difficult subject. This title's 'quiz book' format will help students to practice their skills in radiological interpretation.

  • Clinician's Handbook of Natural Medicine

    As a companion to the Textbook of Natural Medicine, it offers an easily accessed set of decision-making flowcharts and summary information on natural medicine options, including herbs, supplements and dietary advice.

  • Isokinetics: Muscle Testing, Interpretation, and Clinical Applications

    Practical and easy-to-use, this text covers the theoretical background of clinical isokinetics and its practical applications in the field of muscle performance and rehabilitation. It examines the methodology and its use in relation to muscle conditioning and rehabilitation. The content also offers detailed coverage of isokinetic dynamometry (measuring muscle strength and function) in relation to the muscle systems of the major joints.

  • Textbook of Radiology and Imaging

    Long recognised as the standard two volume reference work on the scientific basis and clinical practice of radiology, the new edition of 'Textbook of Radiology and Imaging" has been thoroughly revised and up-dated in order to incorporate the latest technologies and modalities in the field. This book provides the radiologist in training and in practice with a concise, clearly written overview of the applications of the full spectrum of imaging modalities used in daily clinical practice. The book is organised by body system and incorporates an integrated, multi-modality approach to radiological diagnosis. Throughout, the emphasis is on the clinical effectiveness of contemporary imaging practice and the text is supported with abundant high-quality illustrations.

  • Sports Physiotherapy: Applied Science and Practice

    This book has been written to fill a gap in the growing market of sports physiotherapy. Australian expertise in this area has been widely acknowledged and therefore the contributions from leading practitioners in the field there will be invaluable to all those with an interest in sports injuries. The role of the physiotherapist is central to the text and the book will be relevant to, and appreciated by, both the student and clinician. Interest is growing in this area and as the book covers all aspects of sports injury management from physiology and prevention through to psychology, drugs and nutrition it will prove an invaluable aid to study and reference.

  • Thai Massage: A Traditional Medical Technique

    "Traditional Thai Massage" is the manual medicine branch of 2500 years of Traditional Thai medicine. It combines elements of yoga, shiatsu and acupressure, working with the energy pathways of the body and the therapy points thought to be located along these lines. This book takes a practical approach to showing and describing individual techniques, particularly those involving stretching, and takes the reader step-by-step through each technique, as well as its contraindications and precautions.

  • Diagnostic Cytopathology

    The Society of Authors and The Royal Society of Medicine Awards highly commended British Medical Association Awards winner, "Diagnostic Cytopathology 2e" provides the trainee and practicing pathologist with a comprehensive guide to the diagnostic applications of exfoliative and aspiration cytology. Adopting a systemic approach, it covers recognised normal and abnormal cytological findings encountered in a particular organ accompanied by appropriate histopathological correlations and consideration of possible differential diagnosis. Heavily illustrated throughout, "Diagnostic Cytopathology 2e" will prove to be a highly useful and practical resource for daily reference in any laboratory.

  • Diagnostic Radiology: An Anglo-American Textbook of Imaging

    This text is an updated and revised edition which provides comprehensive coverage of the field of organ imaging. Intended for those in postgraduate radiology training, particularly the radiological resident or registrar preparing for the professional examinations of the American Boards, The Royal College of Radiologists or other examining bodies, it is also designed for the working bench in the reporting (reading) room and should serve as a reference text for the consultant radiologist. Used increasingly as a basis for exam questions, this text covers the subject of organ imaging up to and beyond the FRCR and American boards and provides increased integration and coverage of the newer modalities, particularly MRI. There are 18 new chapters in this edition and every chapter remaining from the first edition has been updated. The text contains a new section on multi-system disorders such as oncology and opportunistic infections including AIDS and HIV infection. It is illustrated with radiographs and images which include many new CT, MRI and ultrasound scans. MRI is dealt with in detail and there are new separate chapters on its application in the musculo-skeletal system, the female pelvis and the heart, as well as a redrafted chapter on the principles of the technique. MRI is also integrated with other imaging modalities, especially in the CNS chapters which have been largely rewritten and in a new chapter comparing its value in the abdomen with computed tomography and ultrasound.

  • Essentials Of Pain Medicine And Regional Anesthesia

    This second edition of "Essentials of Pain Management and Regional Anesthesia", offers an accessible and concise, yet complete, overview of today's theory and practice of pain medicine and regional anesthesia. From a review of basic considerations through local anesthetics and nerve block techniques, this book provides the reader with an excellent tool for exam review or practice of Pain Management.

  • McQs in Anatomy: A Self-Testing Supplement to Essential Anatomy

    This edition of "MCQs in Anatomy" is timed to follow the publication of the fifth edition of "Essential Anatomy", its companion volume. It contains additional clinical material and the text has been revised. The embryology chapter has been removed but the embryology of individual organs expanded where appropriate. The format of the questions has been changed from four to five options in keeping with the style of the majority of MCQ examinations.

  • Manual of Hypertension

    This practical, quick-reference manual gives the reader clearly defined guidelines on how to treat hypertensive patients and associated diseases. It deals extensively with the various clinical aspects of hypertension in a well-illustrated, easy-to-read format. Expertly edited chapters streamline the authoritative contributions made by renowned physicians and researchers into one cohesive source. It will be a "bench book" on hypertension, in which its various aspects are dealt with from a clinical perspective. Careful attention will be paid to page design and to the use of graphical devices to optimise presentation and facilitate "navigation": the book will be easy to refer to and learn from.

  • Fundamentals of Mammography, 2e

    This practical and comprehensive guide is designed to help you obtain high quality mammography images through efficient, sensitive management of the patient and a thorough understanding of the anatomical basis of mammographic positioning and projections. Also includes information on basic mammographic interpretation and an outline of radiologic procedures.

  • Midwifery: Trends and Practice in Australia

    This title covers a range of clinical, legal, ethical and professional issues, and is written by leaders in these areas. It has been produced for midwives and student midwives who want to be at the forefront of their profession, but it makes absorbing reading for anyone interested in the way childbirth is managed. Readers are confronted by professional controversy, share with clinicians in the process of improving practice, and explore new theories developed by midwife researchers to inform practice. What effects do technology and legal liability have on childbirth? What ethical issues arise? What choices do women have, and is birth approached as a natural phenomenon, or as a medical problem? How has breast-feeding been influenced by medical fashions and trends? How can midwives and other carers help a mother whose baby is stillborn cope with her loss, and how is post-natal care faring in Australia? This book assembles the knowledge of a dozen practicing midwives who are leaders in their fields and who, together, combine decades of wisdom and of experience.

  • Radiology of Skeletal Trauma

    Thoroughly updated and revised, the new edition of this classic 2-volume set offers a comprehensive description of the role of diagnostic imaging (including plain film, computed tomography, isotopic bone scanning, and magnetic resonance imaging) in the evaluation of skeletal injury. The 3rd edition includes the latest advances in the use of CT, especially helical CT, in the assessment of trauma to the skull, face, spine, pelvis, and various sites in the appendicular skeleton.

  • Textbook of General and Oral Surgery

    This practical resource helps readers arrive at an integrated understanding of both general and oral surgery - in one convenient text. A companion to Wray: Textbook of General and Oral Medicine, it provides the basic principles of general surgery and general medicine and a more detailed knowledge of certain areas of these specialties which are related to dentistry or have an influence on the practice of dentistry.

    • Covers both general and oral surgery, giving the reader an integrated understanding of both subjects in one book.
    • Discusses the basic principles of surgery at a level appropriate for future dentists.
    • Provides information on general topics including wound healing and sepsis that is essential for all dentists.
    • Gives an understanding of those specialist areas of surgery which have particular relevance to dentistry - including maxillofacial trauma, orthognathic surgery, and management of cleft palate.
    • Includes comprehensive coverage of oral surgery.
    • Covers anesthesia and sedation techniques.
    • Offers clear line diagrams throughout.

  • Clinical Application of Neuromuscular Techniques: The Lower Body

    This book discusses theories and physiology relevant to the manual treatment of chronic pain, especially as it regards the soft tissues of the lower body. Step-by-step protocols that address each muscle of a region and a regional approach to treatment are features that make this book unique. A structural review of each region, including ligaments and functional anatomy, adds value for new students and practitioners alike.

  • Management of Violence and Aggression

    An extremely practical book that offers methods of prevention and management strategies, and provides a comprehensive view of the problem of violence and aggression from patients/clients. This book, based on sound research, is cleverly structured so that the notion of violence becomes more explicit with each succeeding chapter, until finally the violent outburst arrives. This innovative book explores a topical, vital subject that appeals to a variety of nurses and other professionals.

  • Topical, vital subject
  • Excellent mix of theory and practice
  • Wide appeal to a variety of nurses and other professionals
  • Thymus, Lymph Nodes, Spleen and Lymphatics

    For the 3rd edition of the internationally acclaimed "Systemic Pathology" series, edited by Prof W St C Symmers, there is now a separate volume covering the endoreticular system. Its author, Professor Henry, is already well-known for the successful 'Colour Atlas of Thymus and Lymph Node Histopathology', and now brings her expertise to add to the wealth of knowledge available in the "Systemic Pathology" series. This volume comprehensively covers the thymus, lymph nodes, and spleen and is essential reading for candidates for the MRCPath. It is highly illustrated to aid diagnostic work and extensively referenced for further reading. Its discursive tone makes it an eminently readable source of expert knowledge. The format is similar to that of previous volumes which has proved attractive and popular, however the content is new and entirely rewritten, offering far more comprehensive coverage of the entire endoreticular system than the two previous editions.

  • Osteopathy: Models for Diagnosis, Treatment and Practice, 1e

    This book is a textbook of basic osteopathic concepts, working from first principles underpinned by anatomy and physiology. This text will synthesize and integrate osteopathic models in an easy-to-understand way, a subject often daunting to students and confusing to graduates. Composed of four sections, the first is a discussion of basic principles, the second focuses on models and diagnosis of treatment which is followed by anatomical, neurophysiological and osteopathic considerations. The last section describes clinical case-studies to enable students to put into practice the theories and models which they have learned. This book is essential reading for all osteopathic BSc degree courses and a core textbook for undergraduate students. At the end of each section there will be clinical examples for students to work on to integrate previous knowledge. Key point boxes.

  • Children's Orthopaedics and Fractures

    "Children's Orthopaedics and Fractures, 2e" deals with all aspects of the clinical management of all paediatric orthopaedic disorders and fractures. Sections on common disorders of the skeletal, haematopoietic and neuromuscular systems, as well as diagnosis and management of paediatric fractures are featured in this new edition. Both trainee and practising orthopaedic surgeons will benefit from this complete and detailed review of paediatric orthopaedics and trauma.

  • Postnatal Care: Evidence and Guidelines for Management

    This book gives clear and evidence-based guidelines on the identification and management of postnatal health problems (rather than on routine observations and examinations of blood pressure, temperature, uterine involution, lochia and perinuem). This approach allows carefully individualised care within a framework which covers both physical and psychological problems experienced by the women. Guidelines are offered for the primary management of symptoms identified, covering general and specific advice in order to reduce the impact of the symptoms and incorporating criteria for GP referral. The importance of advice to allay maternal anxiety is emphasised. A symptom checklist is offered to document systematically the physical symptoms on the 10th and 28th postnatal days. Leaflets which summarise the guidelines are held in a pocket inside the back cover.

  • The Skin and Systemic Disease: A Color Atlas and Text

    This abundantly illustrated atlas comprehensively reviews the manifestations of common and rare systemic diseases. An easily understood and useful text accompanies the illustrations and explains the findings and clinical features of the diseases. Written by one of the leading lights in the field of Dermatology, the text is, whenever possible, prepared in an especially easy-to-understand manner making the book accessible to those working in primary care and other specialists outside of dermatology.

  • External Eye Disease: A Colour Atlas

    The purpose of this atlas is to provide a photographic account of external eye disease, and the accompanying text gives a brief summary of the conditions and their management. It is not intended as a detailed review of all aspects of extenal eye disease, but the systemic features of conditions have been highlighted where appropriate. "External Eye Disease: A Colour Atlas" is intended primarily for general ophthalmologists and ophthalmologists in training, but may be of use to physicians in associated fields, such as dermatology and rheumatology, as well as to optometrists in clinical practice.

  • The Back Pain Revolution

    A handbook for all clinicians concerned with the management of back pain. It presents the latest British and American guidelines for the management of non-specific low back pain together with a summary of the biological, psychological and sociological research findings which support the thinking behind the guidelines. Features: * This title addresses a subject area of concern to many groups of clinicians and deals with issues which are highly topical for all those working in this field * It is the first comprehensive book on the current thinking about the management of back pain written for the clinician * Presents the latest research findings in a readable form which demonstrates their relevance to clinicians * Brings together a lot of information which at present is only available from a wide range of sources not always readily accessible * Written by Gordon Waddell who is very well known and respected by all the professional groups associated with the management of back pain

  • Medical Ethics and Law: The Core Curriculum

    This is a short textbook of medical ethics and law primarily aimed at medical students. The content reflects the Consensus Statement of 1998 by teachers of medical ethics in the UK on what should constitute the core curriculum. The first part of the book presents the general principles of medical ethics and appropriate legal background. The second part concentrate on specific topics of immediate relevance to all within the medical profession.

  • Assertive Outreach: A Strengths Approach to Policy and Practice

    This book gives a comprehensive, evidence-based account of assertive outreach from a strengths perspective. It emphasizes developing a collaborative approach to working with the service user, which stresses the achievement of the service user's own aspirations, and building upon the service user's own strengths and resources. The book provides a comprehensive, authoritative approach to the subject, that combines an overview of the policy and practice issues. It makes use of extensive case study material to illustrate individual and team circumstances. Comprehensive and authoritative Integrates policy and practice Extensive use of case study material Evidence-based

  • Pathology of the Female Reproductive Tract

    Highly Commended - 2002 BMA Medical Book Competition Awards, this book is designed for the general histopathologist in training and in practice. It will include all of the conditions normally encountered in the female reproductive tract as well as short descriptions of rarer conditions. Aetiology, epidemiology, differential diagnoses (and diagnostic pitfalls), specimen handling as well as prognosis and management will all be covered in a concise style. The text is made accessible through the liberal use of summaries, algorithms, and tables. It is lavishly illustrated with top quality four colour figures.

  • Myofascial Pain and Fibromyalgia Syndromes: A Clinical Guide to Diagnosis and Management

    This book is a clear and comprehensive review of current knowledge concerning the myofascial trigger point pain syndrome and fibromyalgia. It covers the pathogenesis, pathophysiology, clinical manifestations and differential diagnosis of these two closely associated muscle pain disorders. A guide to specific treatment involving trigger points is outlined in detail and supported with clear illustrations.

  • Gives a clear basis for an understanding of these specific forms of pain and their development, by reviewing and summarising a wealth of available research which is otherwise scattered in a wide variety of journals and books
  • Offers straightforward steps to an accurate differential diagnosis in relation to these syndromes
  • Provides a guide to treatment of pain in specific parts of the body, especially in common and chronic conditions
  • Offers clear and practical steps to treatment which can be applied straight into practice
  • Addresses areas of growing interest and illuminates the debates about myofascial pain and fibromyalgia.
  • Written by a renowned figure in this field and supported with contributions from key international figures
  • Two of the worlds leading authorities on fibromyalgia, Professor Yunus in the USA and Dr Inanici in Turkey, have provided a comprehensive review of current concepts concerning all the various aspects of this commonly occurring, complex, controversial and disabling disorder.
  • The Musculoskeletal System

    Part of the 'first wave' of our innovative new "Systems of the Body" series, here is an integrated textbook on the musculoskeletal system - covering it's structure, function and major diseases. It is ideal for systems courses as taught in the new medical curriculum.

  • Urodynamics: Principles, Practice and Application

    Offers an understandable multi-author text of the principles, tests, and disorders in urodynamics. The second edition provides a comprehensive and understandable account of the principles and practice of urodynamics: the investigation and management of abnormal function of the lower urinary tract. It covers basic scientific aspects of the lower urinary tract - anatomy, physiology etc, urodynamic equipment and its use and all conditions for which urodynamic equipment is used as part of the investigation and management process. These include bladder outflow obstruction in the male, stress incontinence, urodynainics in the elderly, urodynamics in children, the painful bladder etc.

  • Key Debates in Psychiatric/Mental Health Nursing

    This title is unique, as no other psychiatric/mental health nursing text has ever brought together 'opposing' or contrasting views of the same issue, and subsequently invited two separate chapters to be written in order to articulate the different perspectives in the debate. Further, no book has then followed up such a wide and thorough discussion by inviting a third party to offer commentary. Therefore, it presents the most complete, balanced arguments possible in order to inform, educate, and stimulate psychiatric/mental health nurses.

  • key debates are presented with arguments from opposing viewpoints, followed by a third-party commentary, to give readers the necessary information to form their own view
  • written by a range of international authors from different countries across three continents
  • one of the first psychiatric/mental health nursing books to explore the pedagogical value of debate
  • Imaging in Anaesthesia And Critical Care

    X-Ray interpretation is routinely performed by anaesthetists in many clinical situations. In addition, anaesthetists frequently manage anaesthesia for radiological procedures, and use imaging techniques to facilitate the performance of invasive, monitoring and pain procedures. Therefore, the safe use of x-ray equipment, a knowledge of radiological anatomy, and the skills for accurate interpretation are required. Written by anaesthetists for anaesthetists, this book teaches interpretation of radiological images in a straightforward and systematic way. It provides a radiology reference for all trainee anaesthetists, including the information required for postgraduate examinations in anaesthesia.

  • Innovation in Community Care and Primary Health: The Marylebone Experiment

    This is an edited collection of papers bringing together the vision, discoveries, research and experience of the Marylebone Centre Trust. The Trust is renowned for its work in the primary health care setting and in the integration of complementary therapies into this area of practice.

  • The Butterfly Children: An Account of Non-Directive Play Therapy

    This work provides an introduction and summary of the theory and tehcniques of non-directive play therapy. This material is related to a real case history, which runs throughout the book as a continous "storyline" to which the theory and techniques are described are directly related. A multidisciplinary approach to therapy is taken and stressed throughout.

  • Spiritual Challenge of Health

    This unique text explores the spiritual dimensions of health care and guides the reader in understanding and dealing with those dimensions of people which cannot be accounted for empirically. Drawing from a number of traditions, this resource carefully explains why medicine must be both science and art.

  • The Anatomy Trains: Myofascial Meridians for Manual and Movement Therapies

    This title offers an accessible and comprehensive approach to the anatomy and function of the fascial system in the body combined with a holistic overview of myofascial therapy. Many different therapists now use myofascial techniques to influence postural change and pain relief. This book demonstrates exactly how the muscles connect within the connect tissue to affect posture, compensatory strain and pain patterns. The aim is to present scientifically sound and often complicated material in a way which can be easily learned, understood, and applied by those who do not necessarily have a scientific background. "Anatomy Trains" is written and presented in a style that allows this new information on the myofascial system to be easily absorbed by a wide range of readers: from the student, athlete, or client to the most experienced therapist.

  • Drugs in Nursing Practice: An A-z Guide

    This is an a-z guide to the main drugs in common use and also drug groups. Each description also has a short section on 'nurse monitoring' and 'general notes' - a unique and much appreciated feature. It also includes notes and appendices on intravenous feeding, antibiotics, drugs in breast milk etc.

  • Essential Microbiology for Dentistry

    This is a textbook of general and oral microbiology for dental students that is also useful for those taking postgraduate dentistry exams.

  • Assessment of the Lower Limb

    This is a guide to the examination and assessment of the lower limb to facilitate accurate diagnosis and the planning of appropriate treatment. It should help the student develop an accurate picture of the state of lower limb viability and limb function; to arrive at a precise and accurate diagnosis; and to identify additional factors which may influence treatment. A section on different patient groups helps the student relate the principles they have learned to actual clinical situations. In addition, a list of references suggests ways for the student to follow up other avenues of study.

  • Manual and Atlas of Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology

    This is a new edition of the "Manual and Atlas of Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology". Cytological diagnosis means the interpretation of pictures and in daily work refers to pictorial memories which constitute our experience. This book is not only an atlas but also a true manual with schematically presented criteria for diagnosis as well as problems. The diagrams are complemented by text so that cytological features are solidly based on their histological base. Each chapter is divided into two halves - a discursive introduction folowed by an atlas section of cytological findings.

  • District Nursing: Providing Care in a Supportive Context

    The book will provide a resource for students, which will underpin both the core and specialist modules that comprise this community specialist practitioner programme by exploring key concepts, current issues, relevant models and give practical examples/experiences via vignettes. The book is divided into four sections which have been developed from the four themes by the UKCC for the specialist practitioner programmes. Many of the issues discussed are complex, relating to more than one theme and links will be highlighted and developed between chapters and sections. One of the strengths of this book is the use of vignettes. These are in the form of a small piece of illustrative text written by district nurses which augments and enlivens the main text giving the reader insight and appreciation of real-life situations and enables them to link theory with practice.

  • Neale's Disorders of the Foot

    "Neale's Disorders of the Foot" remains the essential resource for students and practitioners of podiatry. All the common conditions encountered in day-to-day podiatric practice are reviewed and their diagnoses and management described along with areas of related therapeutics. Students will find in this one volume everything they need to know about foot disorders and their treatment in order to pass their examinations, while practitioners will continue to appreciate the book's accessibility and relevance to their daily practice. The seventh edition is more indispensable than ever before with revised and new chapters by experts in the field, and redesigned in a more user friendly format. Whether you need quick reference or more detailed information, the new and improved "Neale's Disorders of the Foot" is ready to serve the needs of a new generation of podiatry students and practitioners.

  • Enabling Technologies: Body Image and Body Function

    Biotechnology, and the benefits it can offer are playing an increasingly important role in all areas of clinical rehabilitation. However, it is still often regarded with suspicion and mistrust by many clinicians and their patients. "Enabling Technologies: Body Image and Body Function" is intended to help all those who encounter biological innovations within their clinical practice to attain a better understanding of their potential, and the benefits they can offer for their patients. Compiled and edited by two of the leading researchers in the field of rehabilitation technology, the book brings together 29 contributions from experts in major centres in 10 different countries. "Enabling Technologies: Body Image and Body Function" presents the full range of technological developments, which may be used in the field of clinical rehabilitation, and explains and demystifies their practical relevance for the non-specialist clinician. In doing so, it makes an important contribution to this fast developing field. It will provide an invaluable source of reference to all those working in the field of rehabilitation who encounter biotechnological innovations as part of their professional practice. Clinicians who understand the potential of the innovations biotechnology can offer, and are able to deal with the emotional responses of the patients will be well placed to achieve faster and more effective rehabilitation for those in their care. This book can help them to do this.

  • Recent Advances in Histopathology: No.17

    As ever this is a collection of timely reviews by internationally renowned experts. The insights and comments of the authors make this a unique source of informed opinion on the very latest developments and discoveries. The Recent Advances series is very popular because it means the reader can stay up to date with a wide range of topics of current interest, without having to spend time and energy researching different journals.essential reading for all those who seriously intend to maintain a high level of understanding and to keep abreast of current trends in histopathology ...excellent value" Journal of Clinical Pathology "...an excellent series which always seems to select the most current and interesting new advances in histopathology" British Journal of Hospital Medicine" Features: * Part of an established and respected series * Covers a wide range of current topics * Essential reading for the MRCPath and equivalent exams * Short, easily digestible chapters * Clinical points highlighted * Up-to-date, thanks to regular publication of new volumes * International in scope and authorship

  • McQ Companion to the Textbook of Anesthesia

    This book has been designed primarily to serve two major roles; firstly to act as a companion to "Textbook of Anaesthesia" edited by A.R.Aitkenhead and G.Smith, and secondly to provide examination practice at multiple choice questions (MCQ) for the FCAnaes Part 1 examination. This text attempts to provide cross references to a large amount of material in "Textbook of Anaesthesia", thus readers should be able to test themselves on how well they assimilate information and concepts at a level appropriate for the FCAnaes Part 1 examination. The multiple choice examination question paper represents a major hurdle for many candidates undertaking higher examinations and this text aims to provide suitable reading material for anaesthetists studying for the FCAnaes Part 1 examination. The first four sections of the book each contain 100 questions and the two final sections contain mock test papers of 60 questions on a range of subjects in the format of an exam paper.

  • Finding the Evidence for Practice: A Workbook for Health Professionals

    This book is a practical guide, using a case-study approach to introduce different sources of information and how to use them. The aim of the guide is to : increase the user's awareness sources of available health related information; help the user understand the techniques involved in undertaking a literature search; demystify some of the jargon associated with computer based literature searching and the internet; help users carry out searches efficiently and effectively; and, help users practice literature searching techniques. The guide is in 3 main sections: sources of information; undertaking a literature search; and, practical exercises. Each chapter in the first two sections ends with key points and quizzes for monitoring progress. Section 3 is made up entirely of practical exercises covering MEDLINE searching and searching the Internet. Suggested answers on how best to conduct the searches set out in the exercises are provided at the end of the book.

  • Neale's Disorders of the Foot: Diagnosis and Management

    Neale's Disorders of the Foot is well-established internationally as an essential textbook and reference source for podiatrists and chiropodists. It provides students with everything they need to know about foot disorders and their management in order to pass their examinations. To the qualified practitioner, if offers an easily accessible, up-to-date source of reference for the management of conditions commonly encountered in day-to-day practice.

  • Manual of Geriatric Medicine

    One of the greatest challenges in medical practice today is the care of the increasing number of elderly patients presenting to family doctors as well as specialists. The health care needs of the ageing population differ substantially from those of younger patients. The physical, social and psychological changes associated with ageing are often combined with the debilitating effects of multiple, often co-existing acute and chronic illnesses. Both the presentation of disease and the response to treatment are altered in old age. Special knowledge is required to deal with these problems. Although in the last few years teaching in geriatric medicine has increased at undergraduate and postgraduate levels, many medical students and junior medical staff have only very limited contact with clinicians practising in geriatric medicine, if at all. Consequently, they may lack the capacity to assess adequately elderly patients and to provide appropriate health care for them. This book has been written to provide a practical, problem-oriented approach to common medical problems in the elderly for family doctors as well as junior medical staff and specialists. The authors have tried to distinguish physiological age-related changes from pathological processes and to offer guidelines for treatment. This book may be of interest to useful for doctors studying for the Royal Collage of Physicians' Diploma of Geriatric Medicine.

  • Towards a Discipline of Nursing

    The first book to provide a wide-ranging Australian contribution to nursing theory. For the first time Australian nurse academics have the opportunity to present their thinking in a sustained piece of writing, and to invite the scrutiny of their peers. Towards a Discipline of Nursing is a milestone in Australian nursing publishing. Features: * Provides a rich resource for analysis, debate, research, and further theoretical development. * Offers controversial interpretations of, and responses to, conventional wisdom * Contributions from outstanding Australian nurse theorists

  • AIDS to Physiology

    This is a short synoptic coverage of human physiology appropriate for medical students. It is ideal for exam preparation. (Also available in International Edition) Features: * the format of the book is excellent, with information very easy to find, thanks to an excellent index and contents" Guy's Gazette "A useful revision text for the 2nd MB as well as a good short reference book for clinical medicine." Broadway "is highly recommended as a supplement to the main physiology text." King's College Hospital Gazette"

  • Pharmacoeconomics

    This introductory textbook of pharmacoeconomics is ideal for all those working in, aspiring to work in or interested in the pharmaceutical industry. It assumes no prior knowledge of this subject but is written at a level appropriate, for example, for those studying for a postgraduate degree or diploma in pharmaceutical medicine and who already have a first degree in science or medicine.

  • Davidson's Foundations of Clinical Practice

    This book is designed as a companion to the initial years of hospital training for junior doctors in training, including, but not limited to, the core elements of the curriculum for Foundation Training in the UK. Patients have co-morbidity and mixed patterns of clinical presentation and thus the book brings together the key guidance on the presentation and care of all those who attend within a wide range of disciplines. These appear in the book as they present in real life, according to symptoms. Given the balance of the type of work done by most trainee hospital doctors, the emphasis of the book is on acute, as compared with chronic, symptom presentation and effective management.

  • Viral Hepatitis: Scientific Basis and Clinical Management

    This is designed to be a comprehensive book on viral hepatitis that reviews the advances in knowledge on this major disease. It includes current understanding of the diagnosis, treatment and management of hepatitis C, D and E, as well as A and B. It is written for practising clinicians, with a clinical orientation and explanation of the microbiology and epidemiology that underpin clinical practice.

  • Notes on Anatomy and Oncology

    A pocket reference text, easy to use, and easy on the student's pocket. Will include a self assessment test to determine the reader's level; background information on cancer and the anatomy and oncology relating to specific anatomical systems with self assessment exercises.

  • Pocket guide
  • Easy to use
  • Well priced
  • Covers anatomy and oncology in one book
  • Clinical Orthopaedic Examination

    This text on clinical orthopaedic examination emphasizes the more common conditions, making it useful for everyday practice and enabling the reader to avoid misdiagnosing such conditions. This edition includes material on: neck pain; cervical spinal myelopathy; Ehlers-Danlos syndrome; vibration white finger; cruciate ligament; and systems for drawing hip disability. It also includes six frames of drawings per page of orthopaedic examinations and a list of normal ranges of joint movement for quick reference.

  • Pain: A Textbook for Therapists

    This is the first complete textbook designed for physiotherapists and occupational therapists on the topic of pain. It was developed for use in conjunction with the International Association for the Study of Pain's pain Curriculum for Ots and PTs. The book addresses the nature of pain, the neuroanatomical and neurophysiological substrates of pain, the psychological aspects of pain, the lifespan approach to pain, pain measurement, pain and placebo, modalities for treating pain, and, special topics in pain. It provides an overview of the physiological, psychosocial, and environmental aspects of pain experience across the lifespan. Aimed primarily at Ots and PTs, the assessment and interventions issues pertaining to the perspectives of each profession are discussed in detail. The book is also relevant to the other health professions involved in pain management or intending to work in this area.

  • Coronary Heart Disease Prevention: A Handbook for the Health Care Team

    Review quote "An excellent handbook which covers all aspects of coronary heart disease and will serve as a very useful reference for nurses working in primary and secondary health prevention".

  • Clinical Anatomy: A Core Text With Self-Assessment

    Part of the successful, "Master Medicine" series (formerly "Churchill's Mastery of Medicine"), this core text is concise, highly readable and well illustrated. Approached from the point of view of what medical students need to know in order to understand the clinical work they will eventually be doing. It is ideal for self-directed learning and includes a variety of self assessment exercises, with full answers, to reinforce the messages and to help students prepare for exams.

  • Glomerular Pathology

    The author has attempted to produce a highly illustrated book, aimed primarily at junior histopathologists, which, hopefully, will provide a clear and logical approach to the pathology of glomerular diseases and, at the same time, cover the requirements for Membership of the Royal College of Pathologists. The author trusts that trainees in other disciplines, particularly nephrology and general medicine, will also find this book useful, and that at least parts of it will be used by the more enthusiastic and enterprising undergraduates. As the main instrument used by the histopathologist is the light microscope, illustrations from it predominate; however, because immunofluorescence and electron microscopy are very important tools in the interpretation of glomerular diseases, photographs from these techniques are included when important and where appropriate. The text in this book is concise and didactic, the major emphasis being on good and relevant illustrations. Every chapter dealing with a pathological entity has sections devoted to light microscopy, immunofluorescence, electron microscopy and, with trainees in mind, differential diagnoses. In addition, because clinical correlations are considered very important in all aspects of pathology and particularly in glomerular diseases, there is also a paragraph entitled clinical features.

  • HIV Infection And AIDS

    This pocket-sized colour atlas provides realistic, clinical appearances in HIV infection and AIDS. The small size, concise text and high quality colour photographs throughout make this reference a must-have for busy students, residents and practitioners in all specialties dealing with AIDS.

  • McQs in Integrated Sciences

    A book of MCQs designed for students taking the new system orientated courses. Features: * A book of MCQs designed for the new integrated courses - the vast majority of currently available books are designed for discipline based courses * All topics on basic medical sciences taught in the medical curriculum are included * Includes only essential knowledge that students are expected to know * Integrates the different science disciplines e.g. anatomy, biochemistry etc. * Includes application of the basic sciences to clinical practice * Includes scientific basis for clinical examination techniques * System-based * Covers the whole syllabus for the first two to three years of study

  • Coronary Heart Disease Prevention: A Handbook for the Health Care Team

    The prevention of coronary heart disease (CHD) has never been more important. Throughout the world death rates from cardiovascular causes are rising and are soon estimated to overtake infectious diseases as the leading global cause of death for the first time in history. All healthcare professionals need to understand what causes this disease and how to prevent it. This new edition of this highly successful book brings together the latest information and research on CHD; in particular, the health professional's role in prevention of the disease. It gives practical advice on correcting these factors through lifestyle and medical management. Updates for the second edition include: . coverage of the new large lipid-lowering drug trials . therapeutic advances in the use of thrombolytic, antiplatelet and anti-hypertensive drugs . advances in treatments including diabetic control, anti-smoking therapy, prescription of exercise and the use of dietary advice. This book is aimed at the broad range of professionals who come into contact with CHD patients and with those at risk of CHD, including nurses, physiotherapists, dieticiansdietitians, occupational therapists, clinical psychologists, general practitioners, doctors who are involved in prevention and rehabilitation and all staff working in coronary care units, lipid and hypertension clinics and general cardiology clinics.

  • Atlas of Infections of the Skin

    Infections of the skin have become more significant with increased world travel. New strains of disease and an increase in immuno-compromised patients present new challenges for physicians. This colourful atlas is based on the design of "Mandell's Infectious Disease" atlases and includes all viral, bacterial and fungal infections of skin. The text is supported by approximately 500 colour photographs. The content is clinically focused, aimed at all dermatologists and all physcians with an interest in infectious disease.

  • Clinical Governance and Best Value: Meeting the Modernisation Agenda

    This practical U. K. handbook, for all members of the health care team, shows through extensive use of examples and checklists how the clinical governance imperatives can be addressed and achieved in order to deliver quality patient-focused health care.

  • Inflammatory Bowel Diseases

    This brand new text covers all aspects of the diagnosis and medical treatment of inflammatory bowel disease, clinical signs, disease activity and progress, reoccurrence, complications, and nutritional aspects, diagnosis, medical treatments, and new surgical techniques. It offers up-to-date information on epidemiology, genetics, immunology, aetiology, and pathogenesis of the disease. Hundreds of illustrations aid in the recognition of signs and symptoms, and tables, figures, and diagrams quickly present essential information. Histopathology, endoscopy and skin and eye images appear in colour.

  • Manual of Cataract and Intraocular Lens Surgery

    This illustrated manual of cataract and intraocular lens surgery, is intended for the trainee ophthalmologist, or for the practitioner seeking to refine or change his technique. It aims to describe all techniques currently employed in cataract and intraocular lens surgery and has a practical "how-to" approach, with the emphasis on avoiding (but if necessary dealing with) complications.

  • Finals in Surgery: A Guide to Success in Clinical Surgery

    This is a book intended primarily for those preparing for their final clinical examination in General Surgery. It is an exam-oriented book intended to alleviate some of the suffering of the nail-biting weeks just prior to the final exam. It covers only the clinical part of the exam - examined as short and long cases, OSCEs as well as viva - and approaches the usual surgical problems from that perspective. It concentrates on the type of questions asked by the examiners and how to respond in a way that will give the candidate the best chance of success.

  • Chiropractic Pediatrics: A Clinical Handbook

    Chiropractic Pediatrics looks at all aspects of paediatrics which are of concernto chiropractors and relates them to clinical chiropractic management. It provides comprehensive coverage of the common paediatric syndromes which may present to the chiropractor and outlines the related history-taking, physical assessment, diagnosis andmanagement for each syndrome. It provides a unique, evidence-based approach to the chiropractic management of childrens conditions, making it an essential reference source for both chiropractic clinicians and students.Describes the pathology of the paediatric conditions most commonly encountered by chiropractors Presents unique chiropractic management paradigmsOffers a new approach to the identification and correction of extremity subluxations in children Gives precise descriptions of age-modified techniquesIncludes detailed, age-specific subluxation assessment protocols Lists indications for referral for non-chiropractic managementIncludes contributions from other professions involved in the management of childrens conditions (rheumatology, clinical psychology, paediatrics)

  • Surgery of the Knee

    The third edition of the acclaimed leading knee surgery book has been completely updated and reorganized. "Surgery of the Knee" provides a patient and problem-oriented approach to sports related injuries, trauma, and the resulting knee reconstruction and replacement. A free interactive CD-ROM, presenting 3-dimensional anatomy, arthroscopy, and imaging of the knee, is included. With this CD-ROM, users are able to rotate the knee and dissect a three-dimensional knee to see deeper structures.

  • Tutorials in Differential Diagnosis

    This is an original and successful text which provides a series of tutorials in the problem-based approach to clinical medicine, as against the more common disease-based emphasis of most textbooks. It covers a full range of signs and symptoms as they are encountered in clinical practice and discusses them with the emphasis on those which are crucial in the differential diagnosis of the patient. Each chapter ends with an illustrated case history. Diagnostic algorithms help to summarise many of the cases and give an overview of the diagnostic pathway that has been set out in the text.

  • Pharmacology

    "Pharmacology" is now established as a worldwide best-selling and highly acclaimed textbook for medical and science students. In this fifth edition, as in the previous four, the approach has been not just to describe what drugs do but to emphasize the mechanisms by which they act - where possible at the cellular and molecular level. Therapeutic agents have a high rate of obsolescence and new ones appear each year. An appreciation of the mechanisms of action of the class of drugs to which a new agent belongs provides a good starting point for understanding and using the new compound intelligently. Pharmacology is a lively scientific discipline in its own right, with an importance beyond that of providing a basis for the use of drugs in therapy. The book therefore, where appropriate, includes brief coverage of the use of drugs as probes for elucidating cellular and physiological functions, even when the compounds have no clinical uses. The fifth edition retains the short summaries of relevant physiological and biochemical processes placed at the beginning of most chapters to form a basis for the subsequent discussion of pharmacological actions. As before, short sets of key points are placed in boxes throughout the text. These are not intended as comprehensive summaries but rather to highlight pharmacological information that the authors consider important. Factual knowledge in pharmacology is so extensive and expanding so rapidly that students can easily find the information load daunting, and these key points are intended to make it easier for students to gets to grips with the essentials of the subject. As in the previous edition, the therapeutic use of drugs has been given prominence by setting it out in easily identified 'clinical boxes'. For the fifth edition, the book is presented in full colour with a new page format and design. Most diagrams have been updated and all have been redrawn in colour, while many new figures have been added. Continuing the approach used in earlier editions the illustrations, wherever feasible, use real data rather than notional information. As previously, the emphasis is placed on the chemical structures of drugs for where this information helps in understanding how the drugs act. All chapters have been updated and an 'Overview' section has been introduced at the beginning of each to help the reader get a flying start on that topic. In including new material, the book takes into account not only new agents but also recent extensions of basic knowledge which presage further drug development, and, where possible, gives a brief outline of new treatments in the pipeline. New 'small print' sections have been included in many chapters. These contain more detailed, sometimes speculative, material, which can be skipped by the reader in a hurry without losing the main thread, but will be of interest to readers wishing to go into greater depth. As before, the book includes fairly extensive sections on 'References and further reading' at the end of each chapter. Because the medical curriculum stresses project work and the preparation of special study modules, references have been annotated to emphasize the main aspects of their coverage and so make the Reference section easier for students to use.

  • Peripheral Nerve Surgery: Practical Applications in the Upper Extremity

    This practical and comprehensive book provides today's best knowledge on the treatment of nerve injuries from the brachial plexus to the fingertip. Pioneers in peripheral nerve surgery from across North America and Europe offer you tips, pearls, and technical points gleaned from their decades of experience. They provide detailed discussions of standard techniques for nerve repair and grafting with the aid of electrodiagnostic techniques for fascicular matching, as well as new areas of end-to-side nerve repair, nerve transfers, and nerve conduits.

  • Rhino-Otological Microsurgery of the Skull Base

    This is a practical operative atlas which covers the main techniques used in skull base surgery. The text is comprehensive and illustrates micro surgery on all areas of the skull base (ie anterior, middle posterior and lateral). The content aims to provide a systematic description of the main techniques on how to approach skull base disorders and emphasises teamwork between the neurosurgeon and the ENT specialist. The four approaches to skull base surgery include: definition and indications; techniques; complications and post-operative care. Each chapter is illustrated with line drawings clearly defining the operative steps to be followed. In specific chapters detail of the experiences of neurosurgeons such as L.N. Sekhar of the Center for Cranial Bae Surgery, Pittsburgh, M. Desgorges in Paris and V. Riemens in Bordeaux are included. The anatomical and clinical sections were contributed by O.Sterkers (Paris) and D.Portmann (Bordeaux); the section on diagnostic radiology of tumours was contributed by Jacqueline Vignaud (Paris); and that on reconstruction after skull base surgery by P.Boudard. Finally, the section on interventional neuroradiology was written by J.Piton of Bordeaux.

  • Clinicians Guide to Nuclear Medicine--Gastroenterology

    Nuclear medicine has an established place in modern medicine. The first clinically useful applications of the radioactive tracer method was developed in the 1940s. The scope of nuclear medicine has grown spectacularly in this period, but its nature has also altered due to the introduction and development of other imaging modalities, notably X-Ray CT scanning, magnetic resonance imaging and diagnostic ultrasound. Nuclear medicine, however, remains unique in its ability to yield functionally based rather than anatomically based information. This series of books "Clinician's Guide to Nuclear Medicine" intends to present the clinical utility of Nuclear Medicine to all doctors, whether in general medicine/surgery or specialized fields. The book should act as a guide to clinicians interested in the radioactive tracer method in their own speciality or in clinical practice. The British Nuclear Medicine Society hopes that these books will help the clinician to understand the potential and wide-ranging applications of the radioactive tracer method to medicine in general and to clinical problem-solving in particular.

  • Handbook of Staff Development: A Practical Guide for Health Professionals

    The planned development of an organization's most valuable resource, its people, is the key to improved workplace performance and staff relations. This text defines the role of staff development, from initial interview to last day. It provides an introduction and overview for those new to the role and shows how to prioritize the various elements of staff development. Basic elements covered include interviewing, orientation, performance review, goal setting, counselling and others. The book presents staff development in the context of a life-long process, addressing staff development from a manager's view point. It also identifies priorities in the functions of staff development. Examples, checklists and flow charts are provided to make the information presented practical and easy to implement.

  • Essentials of Rheumatology

    A short systematic account of clinical rheumatology for medical students, this has lists of references for further reading as well as a longer text - covering new topics such as immunology and molecular genetics - and more illustrations than the first edition.

  • Vascular Anesthesia

    This comprehensive text delivers cutting-edge scientific knowledge and expert clinical guidance on anesthesia for the vascular surgical patient or the patient with cardiac disease undergoing major noncardiac surgery. It covers cardiovascular anatomy, physiology, and pharmacology, preoperative assessment and management, specific perioperative considerations, and postoperative management. This 2nd edition features eight completely rewritten chapters and six new chapters. Extensive updates throughout reflect all the new procedures, drugs, techniques, and monitoring modalities that have emerged over the last decade.

  • Essentials of Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine

    A new and radically revised edition of Cawson's Essentials of Dental Surgery and Pathology. It has been restructured in line with modern teaching to focus on oral pathology and oral medicine - dropping extraneous material and concentrating on the needs of today's student. The book has been fully updated throughout, particularly on AIDS, molecular biology, alleged mercury hazards, tumours and management. This new edition has full colour illustrations throughout and a new page design, making the book more accessible and user-friendly. The lucid and witty writing style makes it easier to learn from and it offers coverage of both oral pathology and oral medicine in a single volume. (Also available in International Edition) Features: * New edition of a very well established book with a high reputation * Comprehensive coverage of both oral pathology and oral medicine in one book - students would have to buy two competing books to cover the same ground * Lucid and witty writing style New to this edition: * Extensive flow charts guide the student through diagnosis * Lavishly illustrated in colour - 275 high quality pictures replace many of the original black and white illustrations * New page design and larger format make the book more accessible * Updated throughout, in particular on AIDS and molecular biology, tumours and management

  • Health Promotion for All

    An in-depth book that covers all the important topics that relate to health promotion and health education, a field of growing importance to nursing. It includes applications to all four branches of nursing and also to midwifery. It is research-based and full of reliable information which will help nurses and midwives cope successfully with their widening 'health promotion' role. Features: * gives nursing and midwifery students (as well as qualified practitioners) all the essential information they need in order to be able to fulfil their increasingly important 'health promotion' role * written in a user-friendly and readable style * research-based and therefore includes reliable and authoritative information and guidance * specially written with the needs of nurses and midwives in mind.

  • Interpersonal Communication in Nursing

    Good communication is fundamental to effective nursing and this text interweaves theoretical concepts of communication into the analysis of everyday nursing situations. This approach makes material interesting and has the added benefit of encouraging reflective practice. Readers will be better able to make sense of face-to-face communication and know how their interactions can be improved.

  • Applies theory to nursing practice
  • Includes assignments drawn from varying nursing contexts
  • Focuses on the real world of nurses and their communication needs
  • Completely updated and revised.
  • The new edition has been thoroughly revised and has a new layout which is as follows:

  • PART A - Introduces readers to the broad principles of communication and their application in a wide range of situations.
  • PART B - comprises of in-depth content relating to the specialist communication, knowledge and skills required of nurses caring for patients/clients covered by the 4 branch programmes, i.e. adults, children, people with mental illness and people with learning disability.
  • PART C - covers the specialist communication needs and skills required of the registered practitioner at all levels following qualification.
  • Textbook of Pain: Access Code to Continually Updated Online Reference

    The website of "Wall and Melzack's Textbook of Pain, 5th Edition", offers the book plus a website that is continuously updated for the life of the edition. All drug information is linked to "Mosby's Drug Consult", all references are linked to PubMed, and all illustrations and tables can be downloaded into PowerPoint slides for presentations. To read more about the book, see related titles.

  • The Philosophy And Practice of Psychiatric Nursing: Selected Writings

    This book brings together a collection of the author's works which address many of the most pressing issues in psychiatric nursing today. The selected writings have been assembled to present the reader with a cohesive view of the author's philosophy of nursing. Each chapter deals with either the process of defining the theoretical and practical basis of psychiatric nursing, or the issues of nursing in general as they relate to the practice of pyschiatric nursing. Each chapter is followed by an invited commentary from respected psychiatric nurses.

  • Dynamic, charismatic author
  • This book brings together the authors major works for the first time

  • Ophthalmic Ultrasound: A Practical Guide

    The emphasis is on how to produce the best pictures, gather the maximum acoustic data, and interpret the echographic findings. In addition to examination techniques, the book also provides an overview of the clinical application of ultrasound, both in the eye and orbit. Many of these new and exciting applications have only become possible as a result of the recent innovations and developments in instrumentation. Methods of axial eye length measurement (biometry) and corneal thickness (pachymetry) are also described. Each chapter is referenced and there is a glossary of common technical jargon.

  • Diabetes

    This pocket-sized book in the popular Colour Guides series features colour photos illustrating symptoms and complications of diabetes, plus concise yet appropriately detailed text. The book provides an introduction to the syndrome of diabetes mellitus. The emphasis is firmly on clinical aspects of diabetes although insights into aetiology and pathophysiology are included wherever possible. It will give the reader a handy visual recognition aid to the causes, symptoms, classification and management of diabetes. Features: * Compact colour atlas with concise, detailed accompanying text * Invaluable clinical emphasis * Perfect for revision or as a pocket reference

  • The Back Pain Revolution

    This is a medical text book aimed at all health care professionals who care for patients with back pain. It is a book for health professionals about the understanding and management of back pain. It has become established as one of the leading examples of a biopsychosocial approach to medicine. It sets out to challenge unsubstantiated beliefs regarding the best way to treat and manage back pain and to create an interdisciplinary debate on the subject. Patients and society are demanding more effective approaches to this huge problem. This requires a radical rethink among professionals about their individual contributions to the problem. This book is about the revolution that is taking place in this area. Gordon Waddell is the world authority on the topic of the back pain revolution. The content addresses huge problems of concern to many disciplines and governments. The unbiased, open-minded view looks at the issues and the evidence and invites the readers to consider, debate, and agree on the best course of action. Comprehensive coverage of all aspects of the problem offers both interventionist and conservative approaches to treatment, psychosocial issues, economic factors, patient education, and prevention. A new chapter on Occupational Health Guidelines keeps the reader up-to-date. New information allows the book to expand on the insights of the previous edition, which was considered a classic text. More social and work-related research and material provides information on these important issues. Updated guidelines and references make this resource one of the best for current practice. The new illustrations, graphs, tables, and education handouts present Waddell's theory in a fresh, new way that aids in the reader's understanding.

  • Theories and Principles of Occupational Therapy

    In the course of their education, occupational therapy students follow a wide-ranging syllabus. From an early point in professional training, students are exposed to theories pertaining to health, illness, learning, development and adjustment, all of which need to be integrated and evaluated. In this book, the authors review the theories and principles that appear to be most relevant to occupational therapy and indicate how these bear upon practice. Thus, Chapter 3 identifies and discusses influential frames of reference, and subsequent chapters deal with concepts relating to development, learning and activity. Elsewhere, they consider the general relationship between theoretical perspectives and appraoches to health care, and the relevance of occupational therapy to work and leisure. However, the greatest emphasis is on the nature and role of activity as the authors believe that it is the therapeutic use of activity that gives the profession its unique identity. The text, uses terms such as theories, concepts, frames of reference and paradigms. Chapter 1 deals with these abstract issues, including that of the nature of theories. The authors have elaborated arguments in this area to help students to understand more fully the nature and limitations of theories and to promote insight into why competing theories prevail in any given field. Changes in the field of health are underway in Western countries. Traditions of care, particularly institutional care, have been criticized and found wanting, and health care policies now focus on the community. The final chapter includes a review of the issues raised by the change to community care and considers possible implications of this for occupational therapy.

  • Back Care: A Clinical Approach

    This informative text is an introduction to back care for those professionals who have to deal with the day to day management and prevention of back problems. It is divided into two sections, the first of which looks at the structure and function of the healthy back and what can cause things to go wrong and so lead to back pain. The second section deals with back care and back pain management. It addresses posture, problems of manual handling, exercises for maintaining a healthy back and treatment plans for back problems. Written by a highly experienced physiotherapist who specialises in back care this book provides an accessible and practical guide for all those practitioners who have to deal with the management or prevention of back pain.

  • An Osteopathic Approach to Children

    Effective and non-invasive, osteopathic techniques are being used increasingly in the treatment of children. This evidence-based, fully referenced text offers a wealth of information on the use of osteopathic techniques for pediatric disorders - from newborns to toddlers, and children to adolescents. It discusses normal development, physiology, and anatomy of the systems, and it explores conditions and diseases of childhood and the rationale for osteopathic treatment. Practical and comprehensive, it offers an osteopathic approach to understanding the development of the cranium; the interrelatedness of posture, movement, and cognition; and the process of labor and birth. It also discusses physiology, anatomy, function, and dysfunction for several areas - ophthalmology, the gastrointestinal system, the respiratory system, and otolaryngology.

  • Essentials of Pain Medicine and Regional Anesthesia

    This book is primarily intended as a comprehensive review for practitioners preparing for exams in pain management. It also serves as an accessible, concise overview of both the theory and current practice of pain medicine. In keeping with the clinical orientation of exams, the book details specific strategies for the evaluation and management of pain syndromes.

  • Wheater's Basic Histopathology: A Colour Atlas and Text

    This colour text/atlas of histopathology is divided into two parts: the first covers the basic pathological processes and the second, system-based pathology. Each chapter has a short introductory text and each illustration has a brief but detailed accompanying caption. This edition has been updated to reflect current pathological knowledge and there is more emphasis on the scientific basis of disease and on the clinicopathological correlation, and greater use of new immunocytochemical techniques.

  • Multidisciplinary Working In Forensic Mental Health

    Multidisciplinary Working in Forensic Mental Health Care provides a practical guide to the establishment of effective multidisciplinary working methods in the care of mentally disordered offenders and others.

  • Colour Atlas of Hand Disorders

    The purpose of this book is to illustrate commom injuries, diseases and deformites of the hand. Less common conditions have been included, without attempting to be comprehensive. This atlas should be of interest to medical students (both undergraduate and postgraduate), and to therapists and nurses who care for patients with hand problems. Although the author has included some notes on the diagnosis and management of the conditions illustrated, this is not a textbook of hand surgery or medicine and the text is necessarily brief.

  • Reflex Zone Therapy

    This book provides the clearest and most authoritative up-to-date textbook on reflex zone therapy (RZT). It aims to answer the needs and questions of the healthcare practitioner who is coming to the study and practice of this subject. Reflex zone therapy provides a way to treat the whole person through the small surface of the feet. Its effects are to support all physiological and psychological mechanisms and, where specific function is defective, to stimulate innate healing abilities when they have deteriorated. While it may be used as first aid to relieve pain and muscle spasm, or, cover a series of treatments, to relieve specific physical complaints, its primary purpose is to strengthen and support all functions. This book covers the basis and theory of RZT, including the scientific basis of its action. It also covers the basics of RZT practice assessment, interpretation and treatment through a variety of different strokes, holds and pressure techniques. In addition, the reflex zones of the body are described ad illustrated in detail, and the affects of treatment in various different client groups are covered in depth.

  • Occupational Therapy and Physical Dysfunction: Principles, Skills and Practice

    This book provides a comprehensive introduction to the role and work of the occupational therapist with regard to physical illness or disability. The text links OT theory with day-to-day practice. It presents OT as the application of a sound knowledge base of researched theory and clinical skills to individual patient needs. Structured to meet the needs of today's degree level student, it is also a very practical reference for the qualified OT. The book has been written in three parts: parts 1 and 2 provide a sound theoretical grounding which can then be drawn on when the need to address clinical problems is presented in part 3. The new edition has drawn on the comments of users of the second edition, and modified the structure and content of the book accordingly. Each part of the book is now introduced by one of the editors, summarising briefly the contents and relating it to the other parts of the book. The academic level has been closely monitored to make sure it is relevant to the needs of today's degree level students.Every effort has also been made to keep the chapter contributions as uniform in approach and as easy to read and learn from as possible. The terminology used in the book is reflected in Churchill Livingstone's other important occupational therapy texts. This will help students enormously when relating different ideas to their wider reading. More references and further reading are given in response to the requirements on today's OT students to read around the subject and to undertake research projects. Features: * written by highly respected teachers and practitioners of OT to an academic standard that is appropriate for degree level students * builds on the reviews and comments from the first edition to improve on structure and content, whilst offering improved reading lists and references * offers expansion on discussion of, and application of, OT theory base to daily OT practice * part 3 has 4 sections, each with an introductory chapter to help set what follows into context for the student

  • Mind-Body Medicine: A Clinician's Guide to Psychoneuroimmunology

    Psychoneuroimmunology or mind-body medicine is an exploding area of interest in the USA and is becoming of increasing interest worldwide. New and exciting research from both these fields shows that perceptions and emotions directly affect immunity and health. This book assesses the research in this area and assesses the implications of PNI and its application to general medical practice. It looks at the evidence supporting the concept that mind-body connections have an impact on the development and progressof illness, and at how health care providers can take advantage of this evidence to improve the well-being of their patients. This is a practical text and reference which gives a good general introduction to the concept of mind-body medicine as it has developed to date.

  • Duke-Elder's Practice of Refraction

    A simple, essentially non-mathematical, form of presentation has been adopted describing and explaining all that is necessary for the clinical routine of refraction. Its object is fundamentally practical; and, while theoretical matters are dealt with sufficiently to make their application understandable, no attempt has been made to enter into the mathematical foundations or formulae of the subject. This edition includes several new topics regarding the direction which clinical optics is taking allowing for sensible answers about, for example, the prospects of corrective surgery for refractive errors. The contribution on contact lenses is deliberately basic enough to acquaint those outside with problems which might present in general ophthalmic consultation.

  • Bones and Joints: A Guide for Students

    This second edition endeavours to keep the substance of the book the same, and to provide a book that is easily used and is of use to students. The purpose of the book is to help students who need to understand osteology and arthrology. The author has attempted to provide a logical framework. All the major bones and joints of the human body have been covered including a new section on teeth. The text has been written in note form and the diagrams have been made as clear and simple as possible so that they can be easily reproduced by students. The book can be used in several ways depending on the individual student: as part of a self-learning programme in conjunction with actual bones and supported by follow-up tutorials; as part of a revision programme on completion of a course of study; or as a reference book.

  • Ward Management in Practice

    Reflecting the significant and on-going changes in the role of ward sisters, this major text deals directly and clearly with the new management responsibilities ward sisters are faced with. It reviews their current situation and offers practical education based on an accredited ward management course.

  • The Renal System

    Part of the 'first wave' of our innovative new "Systems of the Body" series, here is an integrated textbook on the renal system - covering it's structure, function and major diseases. It is ideal for systems courses as taught in the new medical curriculum, offering an attractive, two colour page design, objectives defined for each chapter and self-assessment.

  • Forensic Mental Health Care: A Case Study Approach

    Forensic mental health care is concerned with the care of people who exhibit extreme anti-social behaviours such as sexual abuse, violence, murder, fire setting, self-harming behaviours and substance misuse. In many cases, these behaviours are indicative of severe psychiatric pathology. Nurses and others who work with such people require high degrees of skill and self-awareness. Such nurses are found in special hospitals, regional secure units, prisons, psychiatric hospitals and in community teams. This book will adopt the novel approach of addressing the most common anti-social behaviours encountered by professionals, and address them in a case-study approach. In doing so, the authors will be able to demonstrate theory and research-based elements which underpin education in true-to-life practice situations, an approach which particularly lends itself to psychiatry. The case studies will either be real cases or an amalgam of real ones. The case study elements of each chapter will comprise around 60-70 per cent of the text, with discussion of implications and conclusions providing the rest.

  • Obstetrics and Gynecology in Chinese Medicine

    Written by Giovanni Maciocia, probably the most respected Western TCM practitioner and author of TCM texts, this is the most comprehensive obstetrics and gynaecology textbook in the English language. It covers the principles of diseases related to obstetrics and gynaecology in TCM and offers a full, clear and detailed exploration of this area. The text adapts Traditional Chinese gynaecology to Western conditions and patients, reflected in over 100 case histories. It includes an extensive chapter on the aetiology of gynaecological problems with: guidelines on women's lifestyle, in-depth discussion of 64 patterns and a discussion of Western differentiation of each, and in-depth discussion of eight extraordinary vessels.

  • 600 McQs in Anaesthesia: Clinical Practice

    This work contains 600 multiple choice questions and associated answers arranged in 30 mock examination papers. It allows candidates preparing for clinical part of the FCA exam to time themselves answering questions similar to the ones they will face in the actual examination. Each paper is followed by annotated answers. Candidates studying for the European Diploma of Anaesthesiology will also benefit from the content of this book. Few of the questions in the second edition are the same. Over 100 are entirely new, or have had parts of them altered. Most of the questions have had wording changed to make them clear, and many of the answers have been expanded for better understanding. Most of the alterations reflect the changes in knowledge and anaesthetic practice which have taken place since the first edition.

  • Shiatsu Theory & Practice

    As a non-invasive therapy, interest in massage is growing amongst Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) practitioners. This textbook of shiatsu (Japanese massage) provides serious students of shiatsu with detailed coverage of the techniques, tools and treatment routines that can be adopted. The text gives a full review and explanation of Traditional Chinese Medicine and Zen shiatsu theory, including methods of diagnosis, and attempts to integrates the two. It then offers a "how to" approach, with detailed chapters on diagnostic and treatment techniques, shiatsu treatment routines in four positions and detailed locations and treatment procedures for each meridian.

  • Improving Nurse-Patient Interaction: A Guide to Effective Interaction With Patients

    Designed for students and newly-qualified nurses, this provides an introductory guide to interviewing skills and communication techniques for health professionals. Communication between nurses (and between other allied health professionals) and patients is recognised as a vital subject on the nursing / allied health curriculum. It is one of the branches of the Common Foundation Programme which all student nurses have to study. This practical book aims to put communication into context for health professionals. It is illustrated with case studies to demonstrate various strategies for communication (interaction) and the main skills required to communicate effectively. The book looks at how to give information to patients as well as how to get it from them and should be useful to those in nursing, midwifery and health visiting.

  • Handbook of Diseases of the Breast

    A text divided into three main parts: non-cancerous breast disease; breast cancer; and psychology and breast disease. It covers aspects such as screening, counselling and management options and is aimed at GPs, surgeons and oncologists and specialist nurses.

  • Learning Disabilities

    This is a key textbook for pre-registration diploma and graduate nursing students of learning disabilities covering a wide variety of topics relevant not only for nursing courses, but also for care workers, OT's, and other professional and non-professional carers. Using reader activities, case illustrations, diagrams, figures, tables, and further resources, the author guides the reader through this complex and delicate area.

  • Functional Disorders of the Gut

    This book provides the busy clinician with a complete and easily accessible guide to the management of this difficult group of patients. The emphasis is on practical, clinically useful information - basic science is included for completeness, but is separated from the clinical content for ease of use. Features: * Practical, clinical advice on the management of difficult cases * Clears a path through the confusion of conflicting management approaches * World renowned editors and contributors distill their wealth of knowledge * Basic science and clinical information are separated for ease of use

  • Last's Anatomy: Regional and Applied

    "Last's Anatomy" has for many editions been regarded as the standard text for all those training in surgery. Dealing with the anatomy of the human body on a regional basis, it emphasises the clinical and applied aspects of the subject for undergraduates and postgraduate trainees in medicine, surgery and dentistry. The last two editions were revised by Professor McMinn, who through working for the Royal College of Surgeons, was able to ensure that it evolved in line with the changes to the first part of the FRCS exam. The new author Sinnatamby also works for the college and is instrumental in the latest changes to the exam and the creation of the new MRCS, at which this book will be targeted.

  • Caring in Crisis: A Handbook of Intervention Skills for Nurses

    Presents an holistic approach to crisis care, both for carers and their subjects. The text aims to help care workers feel more capable when encountering the difficulties presented by crises, and allow them to intervene more effectively. Theory and approach has been updated in this edition.

  • Wheelchair Users and Postural Seating: A Clinical Approach

    Responsibility for the assessment of patients prior to the selection and provision of the appropriate wheelchair has recently moved from a few specialist centres to the local health care providers (District Health Authorities, Hospitals and Trusts). Every District Hospital or equivalent now has a Wheelchair Service, involving staff with no previous training or experience in the provision of care to wheelchair users and requiring them to be aware of the issues involved in assessing patients and choosing the equipment most suited to individuals' needs. This change in wheelchair provision means that students of the relevant professions now cover this topic as part of their undergraduate programme. This book is a comprehensive, patient-focussed, practical and clinically based text on the assessment of patients and their needs prior to selecting the most appropriate wheelchair or other special seating for their needs. It is intended for use by those working in the clinical situation as well as by undergraduates in training. Features: * Meets the newly created need resulting from the move of wheel chair provision from specialised centres * There is no direct competition * Brings together infromation which is otherwise dotted around various now out-of-date sources * Written by a multi-disciplinary team of experts with long experience in this work

  • Wheater's Basic Histopathology: A Colour Atlas and Text

    This best selling atlas and text of histopathology provides a practical collection of color photomicrographs of diseased human tissue to supplement standard pathology texts. An ideal companion to the renowned "Wheater's Functional Histology", this new edition gives more emphasis to the scientific basis of disease and clinicopathological correlations.

  • Touch Therapy

    "Touch Therapy" focuses on recent research relating to the importance of touch and its application in healthcare, especially when involving physical contact with patients. Particular focus is placed on touch therapy in promoting wellness and healing. Touch therapy has particular relevance with regards to stress reduction, pain relief, growth and development, immune function and auto-immune disorders.

  • Crisis Management in Anesthesiology

    The fully updated Crisis Management in Anesthesiology continues to provide updated insights on the latest theories, principles, and practices in anesthesiology. From anesthesiologists and nurse anesthetists to emergency physicians and residents, this medical reference book will effectively prepare you to handle any critical incident during anesthesia.

    A comprehensive discussion of the latest theories, principles and practices for CRM in perioperative practice and will be a useful resource for anaesthetists of all grades and levels of experience Reviewed by British Journal of Anaesthesia, Jun 2015

    ...this book contains essential information that all anesthesiologists should know or readily be able to easily reference... Reviewed by Jane Torrie, Oct 2015

    Every anesthesia provider needs to study, not just read, this new edition, even if you read the first edition. Also, distilled instructions of key elements of the cases covered in this book need to be included in manuals made available for emergencies (although that, too, needs further study on how best to use them). If I were your patient, I would ask if you had studied these principles. If you hadn't, I might ask for another health care provider into whose hands I would want to entrust my life. Foreword by: Jeffrey B. Cooper, PhD Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts, July 2015

    • Identify and respond to a broad range of life-threatening situations with the updated Catalog of Critical Incidents, which outlines what may happen during surgery and details the steps necessary to respond to and resolve the crisis.
    • React quickly to a range of potential threats with an added emphasis on simulation of managing critical incidents.
      • Useful review for all anesthesia professionals of the core knowledge of diagnosis and management of many critical events.
      • Explore new topics in the ever-expanding anesthesia practice environment with a detailed chapter on debriefing.
      • Expert Consult eBook version included with purchase.

    • The Management of Limb Inequality

      The management of limb equality - principally but not exclusively affecting the lower limb - is a major problem in paediatric orthopaedics. These problems can also affect adults, for example following up hip replacement surgery. This is the definitive reference book on the subject, edited by Malcolm B. Menelaus, Director of Orthopaedics at the Royal Children's Hospital. Features: * The definitive reference work in this area * The editor and his colleagues have had considerable experience of the problems of limb inequality * Chapter on the controversial Ilizarov technique for limb lengthening - highly topipical

    • Atlas of Bullous Disease

      'The Atlas of Bullous Skin Diseases" is the only up-to-date atlas of its kind. It is written by a team of experts who have performed research regarding the pathogenesis of these blistering skin diseases. As an atlas, ample clinical illustrations are provided in addition to expert, up-to-date text on each of these disease entities. The research performed on these blistering skin diseases is one of the most exciting stories in dermatology over the last two to three decades. As a result of the research findings, better therapeutic modalities are now available to treat these skin diseases.

    • Clinical Urogynecology

      The second edition of "Clinical Urogynaecology" is a truly comprehensive guide to the function and disorders ofthe lower urinary and genital tracts. This text covers basic science, investigation and clinical conditions and provides expert guidance from an international team of gynaecologists and urologists, each of whom is an acknowledged clinical expert. Including the elderly, urinary tract in pregnancy, lower intestinal tract disease, psychology, third world urogynaecology, training and audit, it is a perfect clinician's guide.

    • Surgical Signs

      Part of the "Colour Guide" series, this text covers topics including: skin; nails; cervical lymph nodes; secondary malignancy; the parotid gland; the submandibular gland; the mouth; branchial lesions; the thyroid gland; the breast; and intestinal obstruction.

    • Skin Pathology

      This title is commended at the British Medical Association Book Awards 2003. Thoroughly revised and updated, this comprehensive, authoritative reference will help both the experienced and novice practitioner diagnose skin diseases and disorders more accurately and effectively. There is a superb full colour art program illustrating both neoplastic and non-neoplastic conditions that will help the clinician easily interpret key clinical and diagnostic points.

    • Management of Pain in the Hand and Wrist

      This volume covers the causes, diagnosis and management of intractible (difficult to relieve) pain in the hand and wrist. It addresses the key clinical problem for practising hand surgeons - the problem of how to manage intractable pain in the hand and wrist. It also brings into focus the fundamental work which has led to a clearer understanding of why patients develop pain after nerve damage and loss of part or the whole of a limb. A wide variety of approaches are covered which are now available to help patients with this problem.

    • Clinical Anatomy of the Lumbar Spine and Sacrum

      The first 2 editions of this book established it as a standard textbook for physiotherapy and manual therapy students. Originally co-authored by Bogduk and Twomey there is now a single author - Nikolai Bogduk. An understanding of the clinical anatomy of the lumbar spine and sacral area is now acknowledged as being an essential foundation for all practitioners working in the field of back pain management. This book aims to provide that foundation on which an understanding of the various treatment and therapy techniques of the different specialties involved can be built. In one volume it provides all of the elements of anatomy and biomechanics which are clinically relevant to the study of lumbar spinal pain. It has been designed for use by physiotherapists, medical practitioners and other therapists and practitioners involved in the management of back pain. Features: * Completely rewritten and revised to take account of the recent research developments in anatomy, biochemistry, anaesthesiology and radiology * Extended in scope to cover sacrum and sacro-iliac joint as well as the lumbar spine * New chapter on low back pain * 3 Completely new chapters on The Sacrum, The Sacroiliac Joint, and Instability * The author is internationally known and respected * Makes the link between the pure anatomy and the clinical problems encountered by practitioners

    • Management of Urologic Malignancies

      Management of Urologic Malignanciesis a highly accessible and practical reference guide to all urologic cancers. With a strong emphasis on best practice management choices, the book is ideal for the general urologist seeking to treat cancer patients with optimum effect. Each of the urologic cancers is discussed in depth. Each section of the book covers incidence, etiology, diagnosis, imaging, staging and pathology, and finally multimodality management. Each management section is accompanied by an algorithm that summarises the expert?s management plan, the content of which is then expanded in text form for those seeking more detail. This title provides a comprehensive, up-to-date guide in a very accessible, user-friendly format. It will be of essential use to all those involved in the diagnosis and management of urologic cancers, particularly the trainee and practising urologist. Comprehensive - covers all cancers encountered by urologists. Includes management algorithms - these summarise the expert's management plan Very well organised, accessible and user-friendly - supremely easy to navigate and use. Short, easy to read chapters with essential and basic knowledge including state-of-the-art methods of diagnosis and staging - complete - covers all issues the urologist needs to know about. Designed for the general urologist but written by the cancer specialist - expert guidance provided with a great author team. Easy and comprehensive coverage of the problem and good revision for examinations -perfect for trainees.

    • Dermatology Nursing: A Practical Guide

      This will be an invaluable guide to those entering the specialist field of dermatology, and will act as a source of reference for those already practising within it. The book starts with an introductory section, in which many of the common symptoms of skin problems are described including the structure of normal skin. Part 2 looks at the clinical conditions, each chapter following a defined template. The closing section discusses the future of dermatology nursing, in particular the opportunities offered by nurse practitioners and liaison roles. Fully illustrated throughout, with 4 colour illustrations, this is the essential text for any nurse involved within dermatology care.

    • Brigden's Operating Department Practice

      This text is designed to be a one-stop reference that is clear, but detailed, and provides a guide to current principles of practice within the operating theatre. The book's updatable looseleaf format ensures that the information remains current and easily accessible. This edition has a change in emphasis from techniques to practice, reflecting the emerging focus of nurse education in this field. Coverage is detailed and practical, with tables, quick-reference lists and headed sections for easy access.

    • Surface Anatomy: The Anatomical Basis of Clinical Examination

      British Medical Association Book Awards 2009 - Commended, Basic and Clinical Sciences

      This innovative and highly praised book describes the visible and palpable anatomy that forms the basis of clinical examination. The first chapter considers the anatomical terms needed for precise description of the parts of the body and movements from the anatomical positions. The remaining chapters are regionally organised and colour photographs demonstrate visible anatomy. Many of the photographs are reproduced with numbered overlays, indicating structures that can be seen, felt, moved or listened to. The surface markings of deeper structures are indicated together with common sites for injection of local anaesthetic, accessing blood vessels, biopsying organs and making incisions. The accompanying text describes the anatomical features of the illustrated structures.
      • Over 250 colour photographs with accompanying line drawings to indicate the position of major structures.
      • The seven regionally organised chapters cover all areas of male and female anatomy.
      • The text is closely aligned with the illustrations and highlights the relevance for the clinical examination of a patient.
      • Includes appropriate radiological images to aid understanding.
      • All line drawings now presented in colour to add clarity and improve the visual interpretation.
      • Includes 20 new illustrations of palpable and visible anatomy.
      • Revised text now more closely tied in with the text and with increasing emphasis on clinical examination of the body.

    • The Vital Meridian: A Modern Exploration of Acupuncture

      This is an analysis of the numerous studies done in acupuncture research - a single work which bridges the gap between the art of acupuncture and the science of how it works. Drawing on and citing studies carried out both in China and the West, the author establishes substantial theories on how acupuncture works and challenges Western assumptions on this branch of traditional Chinese medicine. He assists the reader to interpret modern research in terms of traditional concepts (meridians, channels and points).

    • Introduction to Podopaediatrics

      Introduction to Podopaediatrics 2/e is a concise but comprehensive introduction to the effective care of foot problems in children. Including coverage of the general specialist and medical conditions which may influence the course of the podiatric treatment. Written by a multidisciplinary international team of contributors under the editorship of a UK practitioner and an American educator and practitioner both podiatrists.Little else on this topic is available Written by a leading transatlantic team of expertsAddresses a core part of the podiatrists case load Comprehensive and up-to-dateWritten at a level appealing to both students and practitioners Concise and well-illustrated

    • Informed Infection Control Practice

      "Informed Infection Control Practice, 2e" is a comprehesive book covering every aspect of infection control nursing from clinical work to management and education. It addresses the control and prevention of infection in the community at large, including primary health care as well as the hospital sector making it essential reading for infection control students and course tutors, ICNs and ICDs. This new edition has been thoroughly revised and restructured and now also includes chapters on infection control in developing countries and on knowledge management, important for anyone practising in this speciality who want to access information using modern technology. Other chapters include new information on the core processes and activities of infection control, controls assurance, role development, key competencies and performance indicators and national evidence-based guidelines. Section 2 of the book has been rewritten from the previous edition taking the individual links of the chain of infection as its theme and incorporating current theory and practice to each of the links. This will help those whose role it is to teach the subject of infection control to bridge what is often referred to as the 'theory practice gap'.

    • Nuclear Medicine

      A two-volume textbook of nuclear medicine with an emphasis on practical applications. This problem-based approach should make the book a useful guide to the overall management of patients and therefore valuable for the clinician as well as the radiologist. The book is organized on the basis of clinical problems and the contribution which nuclear medicine can make to solve these problems. The extensive range of illustrations make the book a practical guide to interpretation, with figures, demonstrating normal and abnormal images, with examples of rare conditions. Whilst the book confines technical details to particular sections and appendices, it nonetheless provides a full clinical commentary which is amplified by the illustrations. It also features descriptions of unexpected findings with statistics of incidence and helpful references. A comprehensive account of the subject is presented here in a form that is meaningful and appropriate to clinicians, to assist decision-making on treatment options and prognosis by an international mix of contributors.

    • Common Foundation Studies in Nursing

      "Common Foundation Studies in Nursing" has established itself as the most popular choice for students entering nurse education, providing an invaluable core text for study, reference and assignments. This new edition has been especially revised to provide support for both theory and practice for all students in all four branches. There is a new focus on practice and practical skills, and increased use of case studies and examples reflecting all aspects of care in both acute and community settings. Key features of the third edition include: new chapter on Safe practice skills; new chapter on Evidence-based practice; new chapter on Accountability; and a new chapter on Cultural diversity in care. Up-to-date, this book reflects new NHS priorities, clinical governance and the need for evidence-based practice. It also reflects changing care priorities in terms of community and ageing population.It features an enhanced student-friendly format, with extensive case studies, practice reflection points, further reading, etcetera.

    • Skeletal Anatomy

      This book provides a concise introduction to the anatomy of the skeleton and to osteology. It gives a sound and comprehensive grounding in skeletal anatomy. Highly illustrated, with line diagrams, x-rays and CT and MR images, the text describes the principal anatomical features of the bones and the structure of the human skeleton.Each chapter is self-contained so the student can study them in any order, and lose no study time referring back to chapters for other references to a subject. This new edition has been extensively revised and, where necessary, the academic level has been upgraded to make it fully appropriate for degree level students as well as for trainee radiologists. The new 2-column format makes the layout more attractive and the text easier to read. The text is easy to follow and linked alongside the appropriate illustrations where possible. A comprehensive and easy-to-use index is included.includes many new illustrations, CT and MR images, and relabelled line drawings extensively revised and updated throughout where necessary, the text has been brought up to degree level standard new 2-column format allows illustrations to be placed right beside relevant text where possible

    • Ultrasound of Superficial Structures

      A practical text, aimed at the diagnostic radiologist and ultrasonographer, which describes and evaluates the applications of high frequency imaging in clinical diagnosis. The imaging of superficial organs, such as salivary glands and genitalia is a distinct subspecialty within radiology which has been revolutionised by the development of portable high-frequency probes. As a result, fewer and more constructive surgical and therapeutic interventions have been necessary. The book covers the purely technical aspects of high-frequency imaging in an introductory chapter. Subsequent chapters discuss the ultrasound appearances of normal anatomy and pathology in those organs where the benefits of high-frequency, as opposed to routine imaging, have been proven. Descriptions of ultrasound have been supplemented throughout by coverage of colour Doppler and interventional ultrasound.

    • Clinical Ophthalmology: A Text and Colour Atlas

      The latest edition is an illustrated text and atlas of ophthalmology. High quality colour photographs illustrate the eye conditions described, whilst the text provides the core information on every important aspect of ophthalmology. Suited to undergraduate medical students and to non-specialist medical practitioners such as GPs and doctors dealing with everyday eye conditions. Also very useful as a reference and revision guide for optometrists in training and practice. Basic examination of the eye is covered in detail, as are eye conditions presenting to GPs in everyday practice, such as the red eye, cataract, infections and eye conditions with general disease. A special section describes ageing conditions of the eye. The book describes and illustrates the core information on every important aspect of ophthalmology. Revised and updated for this new edition, it has more detail on viral infections; blow-out fractures of the orbit; squint; adult cataract and lens implant; glaucoma; fundus conditions; and pupil anomalies.

    • Churchill's Pocketbook of Anaesthesia

      A pocketbook of anaesthesia, designed to provide trainees at the beginning of their career in the specialty with an instant, on-the-job reference.

    • Anesthesia and Co-Existing Disease

      Two of the field's most respected leaders provide critical knowledge on the medical implications of co-existing pathophysiology on the management of anesthesia. Organized by disease, the 4th Edition of this popular guide has been completely revised and updated to reflect the most current information on definition, current pathophysiology, significant pre-, intra-, and post-operative factors of the disease process, anesthetic judgement, and management. Common diseases are discussed in detail, while rare diseases receive attention based on unique features that could be of importance in the perioperative period.

    • Hernia Repair: Open Vs Laparoscopic Approaches

      The modern operative techniques of hernia repair are presented in this text. It defines the limited but important place that laparoscopic hernia repair holds amongst the range of operations available, giving guidance on operative techniques, patient care and avoidance of complications. It includes the newest operative techniques available, with step-by-step guidance through uncommon procedures. Paediatric hernias are also covered.

    • Mcq's in Anaesthesia

      The FRCA examination has changed as a result of the implementation of the Calman reforms to postgraduate medical education. This book presents a collection of 200 MCQs of the style and difficulty likely to be encountered in the actual FRCA examination.

    • Brocklehurst's Textbook of Geriatric Medicine and Gerontology

      The fifth edition of this classic title builds on the outstanding success of previous editions and provides a comprehensive account of the scientific basis and best clinical practice of the rapidly expanding area of geriatric medicine. The table of contents has been completely revised for easier access to information, and every chapter has been updated to take into account the most recent scientific and clinical advances in the field. Professor Fillit's increased editorial contribution to this new edition makes it the only book with a truly transatlantic coverage of its subject.

    • Roper-Logan-Tierney Model of Nursing: Based on Activities of Living

      This book provides the definitive account of the Roper-Logan-Tierney model of nursing, including in-depth discussion of its conceptual development, its place within the wider body of nursing theory and a critique of its application in practice. The book concludes with a wider discussion of the place of this model for nursing in the face of ongoing challenges in both nursing and health care throughout the world.

    • Authoritative and complete account of the most influential nursing model in the UK and one of the most influential in the world.
    • Thorough exploration of aspects of theory which go beyond textbook explorations to date
    • Authorsown assessment of the models use in practice and its place in future nursing development a unique set of insights.
    • Introduction to Research in the Health Sciences

      In the health sciences today, every student and practitioner must be able to employ research methods and techniques. Technological advances and an increasing demand to evaluate the cost-effectiveness and quality of health services, have ensured that the education of all health professionals now includes a study of research methods. "Introduction to Research in the Health Sciences" is essential reading for anyone wishing to undertake research or to read and interpret research findings in any of the health science disciplines. It covers both quantitative and qualitative research methodology taking a very down-to-earth, straightforward approach. This informative text ensures that the readers can understand and utilise the latest advances in their area of clinical practice.

    • Understanding Dementia

      This is a comprehensive, readable introduction to the subject of dementia intended for use by all health professionals involved in the provision of care for this group of patients, both in the hospital and in the community. It presents a broad look at the wide range of ways in which dementia can affect the lives of those with the illness and their carers. The author combines a compassionate understanding of the problems of dementia with a reassuringly positive attitude to the ways in which those problems may be faced and coped with. Although academically based it is written in such clear language that it remains accessible to carers and other non-health professionals with an interest in the subject.

    • Common Foundation Studies in Nursing

      This text aims to provide a comprehensive core text covering the subjects to be studied by all nurses in the first 18 months of the Project 2000 nursing programme. The nurse training programme, P2000, requires all student nurses initially to follow an 18 month course in the basics of nursing. This period of study is called the "Common Foundation Programme" (CFP), and this textbook covers the entire syllabus of the CFP. It provides all the necessary factual information, and also covers the more controversial and emotive issues in nursing today. It is divided into 4 sections: the Individual, Self and Society, Concepts of Health, Nursing: Fundamental Principles and Skills, and An Introduction to the Main Client Groups. It contains questions and projects for further study and investigation, and the layout includes highlighted boxes showing "care plans" to link concepts directly to practical experience.

    • The Theory and Practice of Therapeutic Touch

      Therapeutic touch (based on the ancient arts of healing and laying on of hands) is now the most widely used complementary therapy in the USA. Because of this, over the last 15 years extensive research and trials on its effectiveness have been carried out. As interest in complementary therapies among convential health care practitioners in the UK continues to grow, nurses are increasingly keen to add therapeutic touch to the complementary medical skills they employ in practice. This research-based text introduces nurses to a therapy that can be incorporated in everday nursing practice at no cost and no unwanted side effects. The book presents a full discussion of all recent literature and studies on this subject and includes examples of the practical applications of therapeutic touch.

    • Medical Immunology Made Memorable

      This book covers the core of both basic science and clinical immunology as required by medical students. Immunology is an inherently difficult subject and most competing titles include far too much complex scientific detail for most medical courses. This book covers just the core of the subject essential for understanding the clinical importance of the immune system and diseases caused by its malfunction.

    • Physical Therapies in Sport and Exercise

      "Physical Therapies in Sport and Exercise" provides a truly comprehensive source of the latest evidence-based approaches to the assessment, management, rehabilitation, and prevention of injuries related to sport and exercise. Written by an international, multidisciplinary team of contributors, all of whom are leaders in their fields, it has been expertly compiled and edited by two experienced and well-respected practitioners from Australia/New Zealand and the USA. Extensively illustrated with over 360 illustrations, two-colour line drawings and photographs, "Physical Therapies in Sport and Exercise" provides an indispensable source of reference for all those concerned with the prevention and management of injuries related to sport and exercise.

    • Obesity and Related Disease

      This work aims to update and extend the work reviewed in two previous monographs: "Energy Balance and Obesity in Man" (1978) and "Treat Obesity Seriously" (1981). It attempts to offer an organized and critical view of the whole field of human obesity - the techniques for studying body composition and energy intake and expenditure; the definition, prevalence and epidemiology of obestity; the associated diabetes and cardiovascular diseases; the many factors involved in the aetiology of obesity; the opinions for treatment, how they should be chosen and applied in different clinical situations, and what steps can be taken to prevent obesity.

    • Molecular Medicine: An Introductory Text

      The second edition of this popular book provides an overview of the impact which recombinant DNA (rDNA) technology is having on medical practice. Called molecular medicine, this rapidly expanding area has an increasing role to play in medicine, and this book addresses the importance of this challenging area. Molecular medicine is relevant to many medical disciplines, e.g. internal medicine, reproductive medicine, forensic medicine and laboratory practice. This new edition has been fully updated with the developments of the last few years. Key genes identified include BRCA1 (breast cancer) OB (obese) and those involved in DNA repair. In addition, the author covers the increase in gene therapy trials and the shifting of emphasis from genetic disorders to the cancers and HIV infection. For Departments of General/Internal Medicine: provides an overview of where rDNA technology fits into present day medicine and outlines what future applications could be. As such, it provides indications of overlap between what are traditional disciplines within General/Internal medicine, i.e. microbiology and internal medicine, therapeutics and internal medicine, etc. "Molecular Medicine" also introduces the reader to the complex ethical issues involved in this field. For Departments of Medical Genetics: "Molecular Medicine" puts developments in genetics in an overall framework so that a total picture is seen, putting what are sometimes seen as purely scientific findings into a clinical perspective. For Departments of Biochemistry/Molecular Biology: highlights the practical applications that Biochemistry and Molecular Biology has/will have to medical practice. For Departments of Pathology: "Molecular Medicine" highlights areas where rDNA techniques are important investigative tools for routine diagnostic tests or research activities, and outlines the interactions of this technology to other disciplines. For Departments of Medical Microbiology: developments in the fields of medical and forensic genetics often have meaningful repurcussions in the field of microbiology, and vice-versa. Students would have a better understanding of DNA technology if they were introduced to other aspects of genetic engineering. For Departments of Pharmacology: the potential for drug design using computer modelling is now a realistic therapeutic goal with the ablility to synthesize products through rDNA means. Any pharmacology department which ignores these major new developments, places itself and its students at adisadvantage. For Departments of Obstetrics & Gyneacology: the care of the fetus-in-utero or the neonate is an increasingly important aspect of O&G or a related fetal medicine unit. Obstetricians need to be aware of the rDNA implications (i.e. prenatal diagnosis and screening) to ensure the complete care of the pregnant woman. Acclaim for the first edition! Competitively priced...As a guide to the theory and applications of modern molecular techniques in medicine, this book is a superb introductory monograph - "The Journal of Clinical Pathology". This introductory and highly accessible text combines the minimum of technical details essential for understanding with a wealth of practical clinical examples...the text is admirably clear...excellent glossary...a valuable source for a multidisciplinary core curriculum in medical schools - "Trends in Genetics".

    • Emergency Medicine: An Illustrated Colour Text

      This innovative new resource provides a highly visual introduction to the basic principles and practice of emergency medicine. Each topic is covered in a single two-page unit to make reference and study uncommonly easy and effective. Abundant full-colour line diagrams, clinical photographs, and radiological images demonstrate essential concepts at a glance.

    • The Newborn Child

      This well-established, introductory text is ideal for all health professionals concerned with care of newborns. It provides in-depth information on the care of the newborn, both normal and abnormal, full-term and pre-term, and from minor to major abnormalities and illnesses. An introduction to neonatology concentrates on common conditions, and all aspects of care of the baby are covered - from the antenatal period to the end of the first month after birth.

    • The concise, readable text facilitates the comprehension of content.
    • The content is firmly evidence-based to ensure best practices.
    • Key points listed throughout the text assist in learning and comprehension.
    • Color photos illustrate important clinical conditions.
    • Fully referenced to provide a current evidence base.
    • Updated content reflects recent guidelines, developments in intensive care, pharmacology, and hepatitis C.
    • A discussion of current issues includes vitamin K administration.
    • Additional information is provided on the care of normal babies, including the parents' perspective.
    • It provides an increased emphasis on the nursing/midwifery aspects.

  • Atlas of Surface Palpation: Anatomy of the Neck, Trunk, Upper and Lower Limbs

    Palpation is one of the most important aspects in clinical examination and the diagnostic approach enables a better application of the manual techniques used. This book contains 800 precise black and white photographs (many of which have never appeared in written works before) which are spread out over 12 chapters. They clearly illustrate the surface investigation of the different anatomical structures (bones, ligaments, tendons, muscles and neurovascular system) and each is accompanied by a technical description.A reference manual for both students and practitioners, this book is also a methodological guide to a more practical and professional application of anatomy. Written to be both practical and concrete, it is of service to a diagnostic procedure in which palpation is one of the vital methods of clinical examination. It will also prove to be a precise and rigorous tool for a better application of manual techniques practised in the medical or allied health fields. This new edition includes the addition of a rubric entitled 'Application' for each photo, 80 new photos and 4-colour anatomical plates by Netter.

  • Diagnosis and Management of Adult Congenital Heart Disease

    This practical resource has been designed to meet the needs of the clinician involved in the management of the rapidly expanding group of adults with congenital heart disease. It offers essential guidance on the anatomical issues, clinical presentation, diagnosis and treatment options available to the practitioner. Each disease-oriented chapter has been written to a highly structured template and will provide key information on incidence, genetics, morphology, presentation, investigation and intervention. A wealth of illustrations - including line drawings, EKGs, X-rays, and echocardiograms - clearly depict the clinical manifestations of congenital defects. Long-term outcomes, including the management of the pregnant patient and the patient undergoing non-cardiac surgery, have also been covered.

  • Disorders of Voluntary Muscle

    Muscle diseases (e.g. muscular dystrophy) form an important part of the neurologist's workload. This book is the latest edition of the most comprehensive single-volume reference work on clinical diseases of voluntary (skeletal) muscle. Recent advances in molecular biology have produced major changes in the diagnosis and classification of these diseases, edited and authored by a select team of experts from around the world, this edition has been extensively revised to cover these changes. Many chapters have been completely rewritten, and several entirely new chapters have been added to bring it right up to date with the latest developments.

  • Handbook of Family Planning and Reproductive Healthcare

    This title is directed primarily towards health care professionals outside of the United States. Entirely revised and updated and with a foreword by John Guillebaud, this is the much anticipated new edition of an invaluable, practical guide which has become an established reference for all those working in reproductive health. As in the previous edition, all forms of contraceptives are covered in detail, with guidance on prescribing, possible complications and advantages/disadvantages. The book continues to provide evidence-based clinical guidance for family-planning providers. This fifth edition is a complete update on developments in the field, integrating the new contraceptives, strategies and guidelines within family planning and reproductive healthcare. Five new chapters New chapter authors from North America and Australia New chapter on service provision issues including services for diverse groups such as ethnic minorities, lesbian and bisexuals, learning disabilities etc. Progestogen-only methods now covered in three new chapters on individual methods: progestogen-only pill, injectables and implants Evidence-based guidance from U.K. Faculty of Family Planning included in the chapters on contraceptive methods Chapter on screening expanded to include issues relating to chlamydia, to reflect changes in management in this area

  • Viral Hepatitis

    This is the second edition of the first comprehensive book on hepatitis, a field in which there has been an explosion in knowledge over the last two decades. The second edition brings not only a totally revised content, but also expanded coverage to be the most comprehensive resource available. Clinical focus has been improved to make the book more relevant to the practising clinician - even more tables, diagrams and photographs than before with a new improved layout. Regular updates of the book are planned to keep pace with the rapid developments in the field. Features: * The most encyclopaedic source of information on viral hepatitis available * New editions more frequently than standard reference works to keep content more up-to-date than chapters in any major work * More clinical emphasis * Improved illustrative content and layout

  • Sports Injuries: A Unique Guide to Self-diagnosis and Rehabilitation

    Sports Injuries provides an indispensable self-help guide to all the common injuries that occur. This book will help to:

    .quickly pinpoint the source of the injury
    .know which conditions you can treat yourself and when to visit an expert
    .stay fit and flexible during recovery
    .encourage your body to heal faster

    Easy-to-follow illustrations help you to locate the area of pain quickly then guide you through a range of simple self-diagnostic tests and medical options. Once the problem and course of care are determined, unique fitness ladders tell you what you can do to stay mobile and how to avoid further injury.

  • Nursing Matters

    "Nursing Matters" represents the extent to which critical theories relevant to nursing go beyond traditional biomedical or caring paradigms, towards a plurality of perspectives available for analysis of nursing. The diversity of material presented declares nursing theory can only be defined in the broadest terms, relative to diverse research approaches and methods of analysis. Much of the material presented provides fresh conceptualization of nursing's changing terrain with the presentation of new research and/or sociological analysis.

  • Insall & Scott Surgery of the Knee

    Built on a solid foundation of basic anatomy, pathology, and diagnostic techniques, this best-selling reference offers comprehensive coverage of value to anyone involved in the diagnosis and treatment of knee disorders. "JBJS" considered the previous edition "...destined to become a classic in the field...[providing] exposure to the type of expert insight that, up to now, was available only to those undertaking postgraduate fellowship training in knee surgery...".

  • Radiology for the Mrcp

    This is a book of 300 radiological images with 107 questions and detailed answers, to assist the candidate preparing for the MRCP Part 2 exam. The images cover all commonly used imaging techniques - Chest X-rays, gastrointestinal barium studies, ERCP, abdominal X-rays, intravenous urography and MRI - and which are included in the exam. A question accompanies each image. Overleaf other alternative images of the same condition (either using a different technique or showing another view) are used in the answers. There will be a fully comprehensive index including the differential diagnoses.

  • Myles Textbook for Midwives

    "Myles Textbook for Midwives", recognised as the leading international textbook for midwives, has been fully updated with recent guidelines, protocols and research evidence, and with updated illustrations. This edition has a new chapter on emotion work and focuses on normality, whilst equipping midwives to recognise and respond to complexity in childbearing and parenthood. This 15th edition features a free website providing bank of multiple-choice questions for self-testing; and illustrations from the book, with and without labels, for student and instructor use. This is the midwifery textbook of choice throughout the world!

  • Neuroanatomy: An Illustrated Colour Text

    This is a short, highly illustrated textbook of neuroanatomy that students love! One of the leading titles in the popular "Illustrated Colour Text" series, the relevance of the anatomy to clinical neurology is made clear throughout. It avoids overburdening the reader with detail that is unnecessary for the medical student and minimum assumptions are made of existing knowledge of the subject.

  • Physiotherapy for Respiratory and Cardiac Problems

    This is the new edition of the book which has become established as the core textbook for undergraduate physiotherapists. All aspects of physical therapy for cardiac and respiratory problems are covered here. These conditions form a major part of the workload for all physiotherapists, even those not specialising in respiratory or cardiac care. The text is presented in a problem solving approach reflecting the clinical situations which the practitioner will have to face. Features: * Meets the needs of the undergraduate student * Problem solving approach reflects the clinical situation * Provides a taste of the clinic for the student in the classroom * Easy to read * Ideal for quick referral and easy revision

  • Pathology for the Health Sciences

    An introductory text for health science students, this book provides coverage of general and systemic pathology in a way that is geared towards health science students. Examples are introduced from clinical pathology and it draws on practical situations and commonly observed diseases to illustrate basic pathological processes.

  • Clinical Aromatherapy for Pregnancy and Childbirth

    "Clinical Aromatherapy for Pregnancy and Childbirth, 2nd Edition" presents a comprehensive and research-based exploration of the safe, effective and appropriate administration of essential oils in pregnancy, labour and the puerperium. Written specifically for all those caring for pregnant and childbearing women using aromatherapy, whether working in conventional maternity care or complememtary medicine, this detailed and research-based book builds on the success of the last edition, which was published under the title, "Aromatherapy in Midwifery Practice", and the imprint Bailliere Tindall.

  • Biological Aspects of Mental Health Nursing

    This outstanding resource provides a broad overview of the neurobiological factors that contribute to the development of mental health problems. BIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF MENTAL HEALTH NURSING also strives to clearly identify issues relevant to mental health nursing practice. Includes discussion of the role of homeostasis in maintaining physical and emotional wellbeing; the link between immunology, nutrition, and mental health; the coordinated role of neuro-function and endocrine function in influencing behavior; adaptive and maladaptive responses of the body to stress and stressors; aging process as a continuum of life and its relation to mental health; and restorative function of sleep.

  • Provides unique integrated approach linking biological issues to psychological and social factors
  • Clearly relevant to mental health practice
  • Excellent overview of neurobiological factors in mental health
  • AIDS to Clinical Hematology

    This text on clinical haematology is aimed at undergraduates and contains all the information on this subject required for final exams in a form that should make revision easier and more efficient. Topics covered include anaemias, hypersplenism, lymphoproliferative disorders and more.

  • Textbook of Anaesthesia

    This is a new edition of a very successful textbook aimed at residents taking the Fellowship examination of the Royal College of Anaesthetists and/or similar type exams. The examination has changed since the current edition was published moving from a three part exam to a two part one, with Part 1 now having a much greater basic science content. The new edition should consolidate the book's position as the dominant text for Part 1 of the FRCA. It is also highly suitable for exams such as the Diploma of Anaesthesiology of the European Academy of Aneaesthesiology.

  • Auriculotherapy Manual: Chinese and Western Systems of Ear Acupuncture

    This handbook combines the best work of Chinese and French systems of ear acupuncture - auriculotherapy. The ear reflex points presented in this handbook are based upon extensive research conducted at the UCLA Pain Management Centre. This text provides a standardized auricular nomenclature system for designating different anatomical zones of the ear. Each ear reflex point is represented by both a number and an auricular zone location. Treatment plans are listed for over 250 medical conditions, and health professionals from a wide range of backgrounds - medical doctors, chiropractors, acupuncturists, physical therapists, reflexologists, dentists and nurses - have applied the detailed principles in this manual in its previous editions to successfully relieve chronic pain and treat addictions.

  • Bones and Joints

    This 4th Edition of "Bones and Joints", covers osteology and arthrology and includes all the major bones and joints of the body with line drawings and radiographs. In addition there is a section on pathology and it is mentioned briefly at the end of each chapter. This is a clear, concise introduction to this area. It covers all the major bones and joints in the body in a logical and systematic way to aid understanding. The line drawings are simple so that they can easily be redrawn by students, and are supported by radiographs which illustrate pathology, thereby helping students to interpret radiographs.

  • Churchill's Pocketbook of Obstetrics and Gynaecology

    This is a short, concise pocket reference book covering the most clinically important topics in obstetrics and gynaecology. It is ideal for junior doctors, specialist registrars and others who need a portable, quick-reference book.

  • Management for Nurses and Healthcare Professionals

    Management is now part of the diploma nursing curriculum, and an essential subject for qualified nurses. This book looks at changes in the NHS, both current and anticipated, and in the indpendent sector, and explains why new organisational structures and systems are being developed. It focuses on day-to-day issues for nurses and health care workers and gives appropriate theoretical background and examples of application of theory. It will be essential reading for the 'Management' module of the final year of nurse education, and a comprehensive reference tool for newly qualified staff, to help lessen the anxiety of their first post. For post-registration students on management courses, this is the one text which links management issues to the nursing context.

  • Peripheral Nerve Blockade

    This is a practical introduction to the basic techniques of regional anaesthesia, covering its applications both in surgical and post-operative analgesia. Over 175 high-quality line drawings and diagrams are used to illustrate 46 of the most commonly used techniques in operative sites throughout the body. The presentation style and concise text reflect the authors firm belief that regional anaesthesia is a practical skill in which as much can be learnt from clear diagrams as words.

  • Home Care for the Stroke Patient

    The long awaited new edition of Margaret Johnstone's invaluable guide to home care of patients who have suffered from stroke. The book is an excellent reference for health care practitioners and carers. The up-to-date new edition will be welcomed by all those familiar with the author's work who have long been asking for a new edition of this book. N.B. Churchill Livingstone will, from the end of 1996, be distributing the PhysioTools platform/graphical retrieval system, which allows patient information and exercises to be stored, tailored, and used creatively towards producing protocols. Home Care for the Stroke Patient will be the first CL book to have the ability to work in tandem with PhysioTools. Illustrations and instructions from the book will be available, using the PhysioTools platform, for physical therapists to adapt for their own and patients' use. PhysioTools will be the subject of a separate information sheet in the near future. Features: * LONG AWAITED new edition which has been eagerly asked for by physical therapists, nurses, and carers * an up-to-date edition of a book which has proved extremely popular with those involved in the care of stroke patients * highlights Margaret Johnstone's pioneering approach to stroke rehabilitation which has brought the author such worldwide acclaim, including a fellowship of the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy

  • Immunology

    This text is designed for medical and science students taking their first course in immunology and for those wanting to revise their immunological background. Chapters in the "Basic Immunology" section have been updated in the light of recent important breakthroughs in the field. The material covered in the "Immunology in Action" chapters aims to give an insight into the ways in which immunological knowledge has helped not only in the understanding of pathogenesis of infectious diseases, but also in many other medical disciplines.

  • Gynecologic Pathology

    This new title in the Foundations in Diagnostic Pathology series offers today's most essential gynecologic pathology know-how in a compact, high-yield format! For each pathologic entity examined, you'll find discussions of clinical features, pathologic features (gross and microscopic), as well as ancillary studies, differential diagnosis, and prognostic and therapeutic considerations. The text's pragmatic, well-organized approach-complemented by abundant full-color, high-quality illustrations and at-a-glance tables-makes it easy for you to access the information you need to quickly and accurately identify pathology specimens. The result is a practical, affordable resource for study and review as well as for everyday clinical reference.

  • Arthritis & Rheumatism: Your Questions Answered

    The "Your Questions Answered" series provides a forum for responding to the questions GPs ask about a range of clinical problems. It also provides an opportunity to deal with some of the questions posed by patients which may be difficult to answer without some previous consideration. This guide begins with general considerations and then gives a digest and overview of arthritis and rheumatism, its presentation, clinical course and management, written specifically for GPs.

  • Alimentary Tract

    This is the third volume in a new edition of the Systemic Pathology" series. It forms part of a balanced presentation of the whole concept of systemic pathology, which this series provides. A comprehensive and detailed account of the alimentary system is given, from the mouth to the anus. "

  • Professional Studies for Midwifery Practice

    The explosion of information in midwifery makes it hard for practitioners and students to keep up. This book reviews and analyses the mostimportant topics and key professional issues with which midwives today must be familiar and the underpinning theory and concepts, on which clinical practice must be built. It covers core aspects of their increasingly responsible role, the scope of professional practice, ethical issues, clinical risk management, quality in midwifery and examines issues related to management, autonomy and teamwork, supervisors and managers. The book also reviews underpinning concepts which a midwife has to face in a varietyof ways in practice, accessing information, reflective practice, lifelong learning, cultural issues and ways in which midwives may influence the future of their profession. Covering the crucial theoretical issues, this book looks at their application into contemporary practice.

  • Emery and Rimoin's Principles and Practices of Medical Genetics

    Written for the practising clinician, the fourth edition of this three-volume classic remains the only comprehensive resource in the field. Prepared by internationally recognized authorities, it covers the basic principles of genetics, but emphasises their application in the clinical environment across the full spectrum of inherited disorders. It is essential for clinical geneticists, but is also accessible to other specialists needing expert guidance on the diagnosis and management of genetic disorders.

  • Endocrine Pathology

    This volume in the "Foundations in Diagnostic Pathology" series packs today's most essential endocrine pathology know-how into a compact, high-yield format! Its pragmatic, well-organized approach, abundant full-color illustrations, and at-a-glance tables make the information you need easy to access.

  • Complete Data Interpretation for the Mrcp

    A book of approximately 100 questions based on the interpretation of data from all the commonly used tests in clinical medicine. The questions will be ordered by system and within that by test; for example, the respiratory system questions are based on lung function and flow-volume curves. The book's unique feature is that it will be fully comprehensive, including examples (questions) on all the conditions that can be diagnosed using each particular investigation.

  • Churchill's Pocketbook of Pre-Hospital Care

    Pre-hospital or immediate care is an emerging specialty which deals with the care and treatment of victims of accidents and medical emergencies in any pre-hospital setting. This is an area of medicine where people may have a need for instant, on the spot guidance, but up until now there have only been traditional textbooks on the subject, rather than pocket guides for quick reference. However we are now pleased to announce the publication of this new book, from Matthew Cooke, offering instant guidance on the care and treatment of victims of accidents and medical emergencies outside a hospital setting, and on organisation and procedures in an emergency setting.

  • Caring for the Vascular Patient

    Vascular nursing is a growing speciality in nursing (the Society of Vascular Nurses was formed in 1993 and its membership is increasing). This growth is accounted for by: technological advances making it possible to do more for patients, and the increase in the number of elderly in the population, who often have peripheral vascular problems. As well as specialised vascular nurses, nurses in the community dealing with patients discharged earlier than previously also need the information in this book. Vascular surgery is being carried out in general surgical units and in out-patient departments, not staffed by specialist vascular nurses. This book provides a ready reference for those interested in caring for the patient suffering from peripheral vascular disease. It starts from the premise that there should be a 'seamless service' with knowledge shared among all professional caring groups in both hospital and community. The text is short and crisp in style for quick and easy reference. It contains full colour photographs of important clinical subjects.

  • Essential Anatomy and Physiology in Maternity Care

    This mew book is a straightforward, fairly simple anatomy and physiology textbook for student midwives. It is illustrated with simple line drawings. It is selective in content: that is, it concentrates on the systems of the body and refers students to other sources for background reading in areas such as cell biology and genetics. The book is of a reasonable size and price for student midwives, and is directly related to the practice of midwifery. In addition to basic anatomy and physiology, each chapter includes a separate section on 'associated disorders of pregnancy' for the system. Features: * Simple, accessible, clear, easy-to-understand language. * Anatomy and physiology of the human body made relevant to student midwives. * Covers physiological changes throughout the childbearing year. * Boxes relate anatomy and physiology to midwifery practice.

  • Writing Research: Transforming Data into Text

    This unique resource provides valuable assistance to those writing and publishing nursing research. Rather than emphasizing how to conduct research, this reference assists in the writing task itself - identifying the principles of writing and the commonly used methodologies of health care research. The writing process, as it applies to research, is examined and techniques for writing are discussed in detail. Practical hints and helpful suggestions are included throughout the text, with examples where appropriate. In addition, the book discusses the similarities and differences between the forms of written research - specifically journal articles, theses, conference papers, and research reports. The theory and practice of research writing are comprehensively covered. Information on how to arrange material for specific purposes is provided. A range of commonly used research approaches is encompassed, and the writing task is discussed from within each. The writing process is linked to a philosophical basis of the research approach.

  • Acupuncture, Trigger Points And Musculoskeletal Pain: A Scientific Approach to Acupuncture for Use by Doctors and Physiotherapists in the Diagnosis and Management of Myofascial Trigger Point Pain

    This new edition of this highly successful book describes how musculoskeletal pain can be simply and effectively treated by acupuncture. Building on a thorough review of the scientific evidence available, the provides a detailed and practical account of the many different forms of musculoskeletal pain and the specific ways in which acupuncture can be applied effectively to trigger points to alleviate this pain. Case studies are included to aid diagnosis and choice of treatment.

    • Evidence-based, up-to-date, and detailed information on trigger points, musculoskeletal pain, and the physiology of pain provide the most authoritative assessments available on this topic.
    • Practical, step-by-step treatment guidelines help readers apply key concepts to actual practice.
    • Clear illustrations demonstrate important techniques and areas of pain and needling.
    • Expanded coverage of fibromyalgia and the neurophysiology of myofascial trigger points includes common symptoms and treatments.
    • More information on new treatment options for the common problem of whiplash injuries.
    • Expanded chapter on fibromyalgia
    • Expanded chapter on the neurophysiology of myofascial trigger points
    • Revised and updated throughout to include all relevant clinical trial information
    • More information on whiplash injuries
    • New chapter on complex regional pain syndromes

  • Drugs and Pharmacology for Nurses

    Presenting the thirteenth edition of the popular introductory text for nurses. This completely updated text is a lucid, clearly written guide to the actions and clinical applications of a wide range of drugs in common use. Also includes appendices on drug reactions, weights and measures, abbreviations, approved and brand names of drugs, and a glossary.

  • The Endocrine System

    An integrated textbook on the endocrine system, covering the anatomy, physiology and biochemistry of the system, together with enough clinical material for the first two years of the course.

  • Urology

    This title is directed primarily towards health care professionals outside of the United States. It is a further volume in the Illustrated Colour Text series. The subject is presented in approximately 65 two-page 'learning units' each covering a particular aspect of urology and featuring full colour line drawings, clinical photographs and radiological images. The presentation, diagnosis and treatment of all important genito-utrinary conditions are described. An introductory section covers the basic anatomy and physiology, history taking and examination, and the various diagnostic techniques.

  • Pathology of the Ear

    This text, for the advanced student and, in particular, the postgraduate in otorhinolaryngology and/or pathology, outlines the pathological features of diseases of the ear and aims to stimulate interest and research in the pathology of hearing loss. The book is divided into five parts: Part 1 presents the structure and morphology of the normal ear followed by the histopathological features, described in detail, of the common and of the relatively uncommon inflammatory and granulomatous diseases. A major part of the book is devoted to the description, classification and histopathological particulars of the neoplasms of the ear (Part 2) and to the pathology of hearing loss caused by otosclerosis and other bone diseases (Part 3). The pathology of hearing loss and of various syndromes of congenital deafness is discussed in Part 4, while Part 5 deals with most of the methods employed in the study of the ear by the authors.

  • Research Methods For Clinical Therapists: Applied Project Design And Analysis

    This book presents a comprehensive introduction to research for allied health students and practitioners at all levels. It provides an overview of major research approaches with an emphasis on experimental methods and data analysis. The aim is to demystify research methods and statistical analysis in order that practitioners will find it easier to conduct their own research and be able to critically evaluate published material. The key concepts are highlighted and summarized within each chapter. Activity "boxes" are included throughout the chapter to encourage the reader to apply what they are reading to their own clinical research and practice. These make reference to a variety of clinical situations which are relevant to all therapists. Answers and explanations for the activities are given in a separate appendix. A full and detailed glossary gives definitions of the inevitable jargon involved in research.

  • Ear Acupuncture

    Ear Acupuncture provides an up-to-date practical guide to the principles and practice of Chinese and Western ear acupuncture. Written clearly with a practical and sensible approach, this book is aimed at both the student and also the practitioner. Excellent two-colour illustrations are used throughout to illustrate the text. Additionally, it integrates the Chinese and Western opinions and also includes chapters covering ear acupuncture used in the treatment of addiction and also the Western theories about how acupuncture works.

  • Mandell, Douglas, And Bennett's Principles And Practice Of Infectious Diseases

    Widely acknowledged as the definitive reference source of its kind, "Principles and Practice of Infectious Diseases" is back - in a new 6th Edition! Authored by a "who's who" of experts from around the world, this 2-volume set encompasses all that is currently known about the epidemiology, aetiology, pathology, microbiology, immunology, and treatment of infectious agents. Completely revised and updated - and with a bold, new 4-colour format - it is a complete, essential compendium of knowledge on this vast and complex subject. "Principles and Practice of Infectious Diseases" is also available as an e-dition - the 2-volume book plus an accompanying, constantly updated website.

  • Wheater's Functional Histology: A Text and Colour Atlas

    Histology, the microscopic study of cells, their mechanisms and their interrelationships, represents an important part of any medical or biological course and is taught during a medic's pre-clinical years. Wheater's "Functional Histology" is internationally renowned as one of the leading student texts on this subject, as it contains the right balance of essential information with illustrations enabling it to stand alone as a core text. Wheater's "Functional Histology" is regarded as a key core textbook for this widely studied subject. Although principally of value to medical students, the clear, concise text, diagrams and detailed clinical photographs make it a study aid suitable for student dentists, trainee nurses and allied health specialists, vets, biologists, physiologists, zoologists and other laboratory specialists. Each chapter begins with a short introduction which lays a solid foundation of knowledge for the student to build on; the beautiful collection of high-quality illustrations, the majority in full colour, which follow are complemented by extended captions detailing the essential information that the student requires. Key features: the latest edition, completely updated, of an immensely popular and successful book; one of Churchill Livingstone's top selling titles; superbly illustrated with more and better electron micrographs; more examples of recently developed staining techniques, including immunocytochemistry; presents the facts in a highly accessible form which students find easy to learn from; the perfect blend of text and pictures to stand alone as a core text, with all the essential information contained in one source. An ELBS/LPBB edition is available

  • The Wrist

    This volume is part of the G.E.M. Monograph series and covers the physiology, anatomy and surgical techniques of the wrist. The work also includes sections on traumatic injuries to the wrist and non-traumatic affections of the wrist, plus details of Kienbock's disease and the instability of the carpus. The book is designed to be of value to hand surgeons and orthopaedic surgeons.

  • Anaesthesia: Review 6

    The aim of this series is to span the gap between articles appearing in the journals and their eventual incorporation into the textbooks. Medicine relevant to anaesthesia occupies a prominent role in this volume, including assessment of patients with cardiac disease for operation, care during the course of anaesthesia and also the problems of the pacemaker. Techniques of pain relief with peripheral nerve block and analgesics are considered as well as the multitude of papers on the theories of pain. Monitoring during anaesthesia has medicolegal connotations, especially as "essential" monitoring has still to be defined. The place of the model on the uptake of inhalational anaesthetic agents has been studied, and no less important is the section on malignant hyperthermia.

  • Neuropathology

    This title in the "Foundations of Neuropathology Series" packs all of the field's essentials into one value-priced volume. A templated, full-color design and a multitude of tables make it the perfect way to review all of the most important aspects of neuropathology. For each entity, the authors examine clinical features, pathologic features (gross and microscopic), ancillary studies, differential diagnosis, and prognostic and therapeutic considerations. Full-color illustrations demonstrate the nuances of a full range of findings.

  • Physical Therapy of the Cervical and Thoracic Spine

    "Physical Therapy of the Cervical and Thoracic Spine" addresses physical therapists working with patients with neck and/or back pain-how to assess and how to treat these patients. The text covers anatomy, biomechanics and innervation in the first section, then presents examination and assessment of the patient and clinical management in the second and third sections of the text. "Physical Therapy of the Cervical and Thoracic Spine, Third Edition", has been written by contributors from many countries, such as Australia, New Zealand, Canada, the United States, the Czech Republic, Sweden, and the Netherlands. These authors include many leading names in physical therapy (e.g., David S. Butler, Robin A. McKenzie, and Shirley Sahrmann).

  • Obstetric Ultrasound: How, Why and When

    This new edition not only describes how to obtain the required images but also gives practical guidelines on the interpretation of the findings. The suggestions in the text are a distillate of those used in the authors' own practice, and as such have grown from many years of working in teaching centres with high referral rates. The authors believe that those who follow the advice given, be they clinicians or technicians, will reassure the woman with a normal pregnancy. Management of women with an abnormal pregnancy commonly involves a team approach with ultrasonographers, obstetricians, paediatric surgeons, neonatologists and geneticists but the guidelines given should allow the ultrasonographer to talk to the women in an informative fashion before making arrangements for further referral. New material for this edition includes a new chapter on blood flow, new material on gynaecological conditions, a new colour plate section and new tables and appendices.

  • Therapeutic Footwear: A Comprehensive Guide

    THERAPEUTIC FOOTWEAR: A COMPREHENSIVE GUIDE gives authoritative and wide-ranging information to health professionals concerned with the prescribing and fitting of surgical and corrective footwear. Wendy Tyrrell and Gwenda Carter have combined their many years of teaching and clinical experience to produce a textbook that is accessible, clear and without doubt the most definitive account of the subject currently available. Broad in scope, the text ranges through patient assessment, suitability of styles, retail and bespoke footwear, orthoses, measuring and fitting, all from the relatively simple to the most complex of cases. There is no other available single resource that offers such complete support and guidance to practitioners who wish to prescribe, fit and assess the effectiveness of therapeutic footwear.

    . Unique: the only book available on therapeutic footwear.
    . Authoritative: authors combine many years teaching and clinical experience in the area.
    . Comprehensive: covers all aspects clearly and readably.
    . Contains many line and photographic illustrations throughout.

  • Acupuncture: A Guide to Differential Diagnosis

    "Acupuncture: An Aid to Differential Diagnosis" gives a comprehensive conventional and acupuncture differential diagnosis, referenced by presenting condition and by acupuncture diagnosis. Presented in an accessible format, spiral bound and with a horizontal cut on each page, it gives the practitioner and student access to a handy and portable memory aid to differential diagnosis.

  • Medicolegal Reporting in Orthopaedic Trauma

    "Medicolegal Reporting in Orthopaedic Trauma, 3rd edition" is a comprehensive guide to the preparation of medicolegal reports. It has been developed to assist the busy medical expert in providing prognostic information following musculoskeletal injuries without having to spend time researching the relevant literature. In this 3rd edition, the editors have retained the original aim of collating data from world literature, and have supplemented this with the addition of review articles on topics of medicolegal interest such as RSI and VWF. "Medicolegal Reporting in Orthopaedic Trauma, 3rd edition" fills the void which has existed in medical literature on the important subject of personal injury litigation, and will be a valuable tool for all orthopaedic surgeons involved in producing medicolegal reports.

  • Nephrology

    This book in the "Colour Aids" series contains numerous colour illustrations covering aspects of nephrology, and is aimed at clinical undergraduates and junior doctors, particularly MRCP candidates.

  • Measuring Quality of Life in Health

    A 'how-to' or 'cookbook' style book, setting out why patient-based measures are important, their history, and how to develop and select quality of life and related measures to assess outcomes in the health care workplace. For those interested in a more in-depth understanding of the area, or whose curiosity has been piqued, there would also be brief sections in each chapter that provide a more detailed examination of relevant theoretical or technical issues.

  • Urodynamics Made Easy

    The second edition of "Urodynamics Made Easy" provides a concise, user-friendly guide to the principles and practice of urodynamics as applied to the routine, clinical management of patients. It offers clear information presented in a visually appealing and easily accessible format. "Urodynamics Made Easy" will provide an invaluable reference source to urologists, gynaecologists and urodynamics nurses, and will also be of interest to general surgeons, radiologists and general practitioners.

  • Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia

    The incidence of Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia (BPH) has rapidly increased as life expectancy has risen and is now the most common disease in the ageing male. This book deals with the history, investigation and management, both medical and surgical, of BPH patients in a very practical and instructive way. Clinical and practical information combines with many colour photographs and line drawings to explain procedures in detail. Features: * Information on the latest medical treatments eg. prostate selective alpha blockers * New data on concepts of LUTS and how symptoms arise * New clinical data on TUNA, microwave and interstitial laser * Guidance on minimally invasive therapies * Indications for the role of stents * Indications for when traditional surgery is recommended * Updated clinical practice guidelines on evaluation of PSA, primary care physicians and socio-economic trends in USA & Europe * Lavishly illustrated in full colour

  • Health Needs Assessment: Theory and Practice

    This text aims to assist nurses grasping the complex context of current issues surrounding the process of needs assessment so that they could contribute to the debates and develop their practice appropriately.

  • Immunology

    A textbook covering the immune system including the basic science of immunology as well as the application of immunological principles. Although aimed specifically at undergraduate medical students, it should also be of interest to science students and to postgraduates. An ELBS/LPBB edition is available.

  • Essential Oil Safety: A Guide for Health Care Professionals-

    The second edition of this book is virtually a new book. It is the only comprehensive text on the safety of essential oils and the first review of essential oil/drug interactions and provides detailed essential oil constituent data not found in any other text. Much of the existing text has been re-written, and 80% of the text is completely new. There are 400 comprehensive essential oil profiles and almost 4000 references. There are new chapters on the respiratory system, the cardiovascular system, the urinary system, the digestive system and the nervous system. For each essential oil there is a full breakdown of constituents, and a clear categorization of hazards and risks, with recommended maximum doses and concentrations. There are also 206 Constituent Profiles. There is considerable discussion of carcinogens, the human relevance of some of the animal data, the validity of treating an essential oil as if it was a single chemical, and the arbitrary nature of uncertainty factors. There is a critique of current regulations.

  • The Essential Concepts of Nursing: Building Blocks for Practice

    For the first time, leading authorities come together to offer their expertise as they present the building blocks and concepts of nursing theory.

  • Essentials of Dermatology (Student Notes)

    This revised and updated edition includes a new chapter and expanded coverage of AIDS. It is aimed at medical students and general practitioners, and covers all the dermatology likely to be needed for the final MB exam. MRCP candidates may also find it of use. An ELBS/LPBB edition is available.

  • Basic Histopathology

    After consultation with students and lecturers, changes have been introduced into the second edition of "Basic Histopathology". The second edition retains the same format, ie a text and atlas, illustrated throughout in full colour. The new layout is tailor-made for students' easy access to information, and more information is on offer than in the previous volume due to the addition of line drawings, flow charts and tables in each chapter. The expansion of the introductory text to each chapter in a "lecture note" style should also enhance the book's appeal to students. Pathological concepts are thus explained and then illustrated using high-quality colour photomicrographs. The entire book has been updated and changes made to the chapters on Amyloid, Lymphoreticular, Central Nervous system and Endocrine System. Systemic pathology is also given more in-depth coverage.

  • Mandell, Douglas, and Bennett's Principles and Practice of Infectious Diseases - 2 Vol

    After thirty years, PPID is still the reference of choice for comprehensive, global guidance on diagnosing and treating the most challenging infectious diseases. Drs. Mandell, Bennett, and Dolin have substantially revised and meticulously updated, this new edition to save you time and to ensure you have the latest clinical and scientific knowledge at your fingertips. With new chapters, expanded and updated coverage, increased worldwide perspectives, and many new contributors, Mandell, Douglas, and Bennett's Principles and Practice of Infectious Diseases, 7th Edition helps you identify and treat whatever infectious disease you see. And, as an Expert Consult title with enhanced online features, this updated 7th edition comes with convenient access to the full text online, regular updates, video demonstrations, and more at expertconsult.com.

  • Macleod's Clinical Examination: With Student Consult Access

    This title is 'Highly Commended' in the 2006 British Medical Association Awards! 'an incredibly thorough book which is very well illustrated - a must in a book explaining how to perform examinations' - ("Medical Student Review"). This book will show you how to: talk with a patient; take the history from the patient; examine a patient; formulate your findings into differential diagnoses and rank these in order of probability; and, use investigations to support or refute your differential diagnosis. "Macleod's Clinical Examination" builds on the critical success of the previous edition by describing the practical skills that every clinician must acquire and develop in order to evolve diagnostic procedures and management strategies and plans. The book is divided into three sections: a general overview section on history taking and the general examination provides the framework on which to hang the detail, the systematic examination section documents clearly the relevant history, examination and special investigations as well as giving advice on their significance, the final section covers specialised areas and emphasises an integrated and structured approach to these patients. There is a bonus DVD that contains specially-recorded videos demonstrating many of the clinical examination routines as they are described in the main text. This title is written by a team of editors and contributors who are all active clinicians and experts in their specialist fields.

  • Thoracic Anesthesia

    Completely revised and updated, the 3rd edition of this popular reference presents comprehensive, multidisciplinary coverage of basic science, monitoring, and anesthesia administration for patients undergoing non-cardiac thoracic surgery. It emphasizes the application of pharmacologic and physiologic principles to achieve the best possible patient outcomes, explaining the scientific foundation and clinical basis for the practice of every procedure.

  • Children's Nursing

    The approach to the nursing of children has undergone a quiet revolution in the past 10 years, culminating in the development of the new curriculum for the P2000 branch course. This text is the product of that curriculum development, and is designed for use by students and registered nurses opting for this branch. Registered nurses "converting" to become children's nurses may also find this book useful. The text adopts the new holistic approach to caring for the whole child, including more information on normal child development, and the role of the family. This approach is combined with a very practical and comprehensive section on caring for the sick child. The text is research-based, cites references and gives rationales for care - reflecting the contemporary drive to underpin nursing skills academically.

  • Atlas of Pain Injection Techniques

    This is a highly illustrated, practical guide with easy-to-follow descriptions of pain injection techniques. It will give special advice on how to achieve a successful block and how to avoid and manage potential problems. The techniques will be described in a systematic way using the following template: anatomy of structures; equipment; drugs; position of patient; needle puncture; and technique confirmation of a successful block; as well as special tips on how to achieve a successful block potential problems and how to avoid and treat aftercare comments. Each description of the injection will be accompanied by figures (photograph/line drawing as appropriate) demonstrating the surface anatomy, patient position, needle puncture site and movement of the needle in relation to anatomy. Where necessary, further figures will be used to show dye injections and successful blocks.

  • Atlas of Cancer of the Skin

    This new text/atlas features state-of-the-art information on clinical features, histomorphology, diagnostic clues, prognosis, and therapy for a full range of skin cancers. More than 460 full-colour images offer readers outstanding visual detail.

  • The Art of Palpatory Diagnosis in Oriental Medicine

    This book provides a step-by-step introduction and practical guide to palpation as a method of assessment, diagnosis and treatment within the context of Oriental medicine, and in particular Japanese acupuncture practice. Leading the reader through the how and what of touch, around the abdomen (or hara) and other key areas of the body, the author also explores key acupuncture points for clearing these areas, as well as Japanese needle techniques. The aim of the book is to allow the reader to have a more vivid and sensitive feel for what lies below acupuncture meridians and points, and to be able to assess and treat a very wide variety of clinical conditions - with an understanding of the individual patient - successfully.

  • Powerfully illustratedwith line drawings and photographs to give the reader as vivid and accurate a sense as possible of what it being seen and felt
  • Palpation is the heart of Japanese acupuncture diagnosis and treatment. With a clear understanding of principles and techniques, all acupuncturists will be able to add another dimension to their practice, over a very wide range of conditions
  • An emphasis is placed on the integration of Chinese and Japanese medical thought, helping the reader to see them as interrelated, classically based systems
  • The chapters take a building blocks approach whereby concepts are explored gradually and new terms introduced and reiterated at the end of every chapter. A question section is included at the end of every chapter.
  • Cases from the authors 15 years of clinical experience are integrated whenever the concepts covered need further elaboration, helping the reader to study patient progress and get a sense of how to use the material
  • Forms outlining procedures, diagnoses and possible treatment strategies supplement the theoretical material in each chapter so that the practitioner is assisted in organising and performing palpatory examinations.

  • Adult Respiratory Distress Syndrome

    Covers the clinical aspects, pathophysiology and morphology of adult respiratory distress syndrome. The book also discusses capillary circulation, pulmonary circulation and function, and cardiac function. Forms of therapy, mechanical ventilation techniques and clinical trials are also discussed.

  • Understanding the Human Body: Biological Perspectives for Healthcare

    The book is all about what it is to be human from a biological perspective. It is designed to capture the imagination of anyone and everyone who wants to make sense of human bodies, but particularly nurses and other healthcare students. The book has been conceived with the expressed intent of making it visually stunning and enjoyable to read. Colour micrographs emphasise the beauty of structures within the human body and the photographs of paintings move the 'biological bodies' into a broader context helping to emphase the whole person and implicitly blurring the boundaries between art and science. The book reveals some of the amazing abilities and achievements of human bodies. Rather than providing lots of detail and describing the human body as a machine, the focus is primarily on key concepts and topics and some universal human experiences. This book has a rather unusual and novel approach which helps readers begin to understand what it means to be human. The ten chapters emphasise concepts and topics relevant to practice. Two key concepts, form and function and homeostasis are introduced in the first two chapters. The next three chapters discuss the significance of proteins, hormones and neurotransmitters using illustrations which relate to and inform practice. The human experiences of stress, sleep, pain and growth are then explored from a biological perspective emphasising that mind and body are inextricably linked in health and illness. The final chapter on genes explains the genetic contribution to health and illness and introduces some of the contemporary topics and issues arising from new technologies and human genome research. The focus throughout is to capture the imagination of students and facilitate an understanding of key biological concepts and principles enabling students to understand the whole person in the context of healthcare practice. The structure and functions of systems within the human body are introduced within an appropriate context rather than dominating the book's approach.

  • Symptoms, Diagnosis and Treatment: A guide for Pharmacists and Nurses

    This concise resource presents key information on the diagnosis, management, and treatment of all the common ailments that pharmacists and nurses encounter on a regular basis.

  • Shaping the Facts: Evidence-Based Nursing and Health Care

    This book is about current policies and political agendas that shape health care research. The authors critically examine evidence with reference to a range of issues such as efficiency and effectiveness, inequality and emotions. "Shaping the Facts" will assist the reader to: think critically about the ways in which evidence is constructed; assess a range of methodologies and tools for gathering evidence; review the influences of organisations and culture on evidence-based health care; and encourage reflection on the role of evidence in health care commissioning, managing, teaching and practice. The authors explore the relationship between research, knowledge and evidence and encourage the reader to seek different ways of 'seeing, thinking and knowing'. The book will interest a wide range of health care practitioners and students, including nurses, midwives and health visitors. It is highly recommended for final year diploma and degree students and those engaged in continuing professional development and post-graduate programmes. The book will include illustrative testimonies and exemplars of particular relevance to nurses, midwives and health visitors. These testimonies and exemplars will be compiled from literature and the authors' research. Different perspectives will be considered including the origins of effectiveness and efficiency in the NHS drawing on Archie Cochrane's classic text on the topic, randomized controlled trials, statistics, normalization and eugenics, qualitative approaches, eg narrative studies, autobiographical evidence, testimonies, participatory and action research, professional and lay perspectives. There will also be specific debate on methodologies and tools for generating evidence and the philosophies that drive them. The authors will also consider evidence-based teaching, the development of critical evaluation skills and strategies for practitioners to negotiate change in the current complex health care environment. Finally the authors will consider the broader issues of systems and organizational cultures that enhance or hinder the integration of evidence-based health care. Revan's classic studies on standards for morale and action learning will be drawn. Policies supporting the delivery of care will also be critically examined.

  • Health Visiting: Specialist and Higher Level Practice

    Health visitors are key players in todays community health plans. Their core skills in health promotion, epidemiology and surveillance make them ideal candidates for this role. Health visitors work with clients from a variety of backgrounds and this book particularly highlights work with Afro-Caribbean, South Asian and Travelling Families. It gives an insight into their customs and religions as well as the particular health needs of these groups. "Health Visiting: Specialist and Higher Level Practice" examines the evolution of the health visitor and outlines their main functions in relation to public health. It focuses on important areas of health visiting activity whilst comprehensively covering a range of issues involved in the field. These include: managing violence and aggression prevention of abuse complementary therapies nurse prescribing. This new book reflects the changes in health visitor practice brought about by legislative and educational changes particularly in relation to clinical governance, leadership and primary care group organisation. It defines the new status of the health visitor as a specialist practitioner and explores the less easily defined area of higher level practice. Students on post-registration specialist health visitor courses, practice teacher or specialist supervisor courses, practising health visitors and community health care nurses from other disciplines will find "Health Visiting: Specialist and Higher Level Practice" an essential text for their needs.

  • Atlas Of Vascular Surgery

    Completely revised and updated, this virtual encyclopedia of vascular procedures offers details on traditional and alternative approaches with step-by-step illustrations that show the best routes to underlying anatomy. It addresses indications, preoperative diagnostic testing, and complications, and offers new coverage of endovascular procedures. 'Succeeds admirably...Reference to this atlas will be made time and again by the surgeon'. ("Journal of Vascular Surgery", review of 1st Edition)

  • The Thumb

    James Strickland has brought together an international team of expert contributors to provide a fully comprehensive and detailed account of all aspects of reconstructive techniques to restore function of the thumb following trauma, congenital abormaility or arthritis. Excellent coverage of recent methods such as microvascular surgery and thumb replantation is provided. The text is superbly illustrated and extensively referenced.

  • Cranial Manipulation Theory And Practice: Osseous And Soft Tissue Approaches

    Cranial manipulation is a fast-growing area of manual therapy practice. In the new edition of "Cranial Manipulation Theory and Practice" Leon Chaitow, together with four expert contributors, present the latest thinking on the use of this valuable approach, together with the most up-to-date research evidence to support its use. Osteopathic biomechanical, as well as biodynamic, concepts are thoroughly examined, as are chiropractic and dental approaches, involving cranial and cranio-facial manipulation. Written in the style of a clinical manual, incorporating numerous palpation, assessment and treatment exercises, the text is easy to follow and links the theory to the practical problems of the clinician. The book is unique in describing both soft tissue and osseous applications, and in providing the practitioner/therapist with guidance on which option to select in different clinical situations. The details of the techniques described are supported by high-quality illustrations and practical exercises are included to help improve clinical skills.

  • Major Herbs of Ayurveda

    There is little information currently available in English on Indian herbs. This book gives comprehensive and detailed profiles of 50 key herbs in use in Ayurvedic medicine. The profiles are thoroughly referenced to both primary and secondary sources, and the material is designed to be a complete clinical reference.

  • Clinical Application of Neuromuscular Techniques: The Upper Body

    The book discusses theories and physiology relevant to the manual treatment of chronic pain, especially as it regards the soft tissues of the upper body. Step-by-step protocols that address each muscle of a region and a regional approach to treatment are features that make this book unique. A structural review of each region, including ligaments and functional anatomy, adds value for new students and practitioners alike.

  • Practical Diagnosis in Traditional Chinese Medicine

    This meticulous translation offers, for the first time in English, an authoritative and detailed compilation of the principles and practice of TCM diagnostic methods and approaches. This translation has been carefully prepared and polished by translators in both China and the West, and has been edited thoroughly to maximize its accessibility by Western practitioners.

  • Provides a single source for the widest variety of applied approaches and methods to come out in one volume on the topic of diagnosis
  • Covers commonly seen clinical symptoms in separate chapters, detailing possible approaches to diagnosis and lines of exploration

  • Handbook of Clinical Nursing Research

    This book offers advice, tips and techniques to the novice embarking on clinical nursing research. It should be read by university and college based nursing students undertaking undergraduate or postgraduate research. It is a practical "how to" book, which takes the reader from how to apply for funding, to gaining approval from ethics committees, to data collection and analysis.

  • Red Flags II: A Guide to Solving Serious Pathology of the Spine

    The perfect companion to the successful RED FLAGS: A GUIDE TO IDENTIFYING SERIOUS SPINAL PATHOLOGY by Sue Greenhalgh and James Selfe, this new pocketbook guides the practitioner through solving serious spinal pathologies. RED FLAGS II expands on some of the concepts outlined in the first book and gives advice on appropriate investigations. It retains a strong clinical focus through the use of multiple case histories of real patients with serious pathology of the spine. Readers are given the opportunity to utilise clinical reasoning processes as they work through these case histories.

    • Updated hierarchical list of Red Flags
    • Summary identifying key findings Red Flags and Red Herrings
    • Multiple real patient case histories
    • Management pathways
    • Presentation of secondary cases

  • Peripheral Vascular Ultrasound: How, Why, And When

    The book aims to describe the basic scientific principles of ultrasound and blood flow. The content covers interpretation of color images and Doppler spectra; optimisation of scanner controls; description of vascular disorders; carotid duplex ultrasound; lower and upper limb arterial and venous assessment; ultrasound assessment of aneurysms; graft surveilance and pre-operative vein marking; providing a vascular ultrasound service; well-illustrated including image montages; and step by step guide of scanning techniques. The new edition will contain updates on new technology, including harmonic imaging, compound imaging and safety. The clinical chapters will be updated, and include current criteria for grading disease. The surveillance of endovascular aneurysm repairs will be added. Many of the images will be updated.

  • Diseases of the Gastrointestinal Tract and Liver

    This is a practical text designed for clinicians on diseases of the gastrointestinal tract and liver. The book covers all procedures and diseases, together with advice on best clinical practice and relevant economic considerations. In addition, it employs a problem oriented approach and answers clincians' queries on common and rare problems.

  • Nursing Ethics

    The aim of this text is to explain ethical concepts by using examples, issues and problems. It starts at the level of the individual how our moral and ethical values are shaped then moves on to broader issues of nursing management and social policy issues. Case studies are used throughout enabling the better understanding of real life issues.

  • Grieve's Modern Manual Therapy: The Vertebral Column

    Following Gregory Grieve's retirement, 2 new editors have updated his masterpiece on the vertebral column. The scope of international contributors continue to make this the definitive volume on the subject. The first edition received an enthusiastic response in the physiotherapy press: "A most impressive book - of use to all manual therapists, however experienced..." - "Physiotherapy". "The material presented has both breadth and depth...room has been made for subjects that are either forgotten or considered unimportant...The volume is an invaluable source of reference to therapists treating musculoskeletal disorders." - "Physiotherapy Practice".

  • Harmonic Technique

    Harmonic technique is a classical osteopathic technique which has been 'rediscovered', researched and further developed for use in modern practice by Eyal Lederman. It is a gentle and safe form of manual therapy, with a minimal risk of adverse reaction, that can be used clinically to treat a wide range of conditions. This practical text describes the fundamentals of this important technique and explains how it may be used in practice. The biomechanical and physiological bases of the technique are also presented. It is illustrated with over 50 photographs, providing a step-by-step guide. The accompanying video gives a detailed demonstration of the applications of harmonic technique together with spoken instructions on how to perform them. The book and the video together provide a thorough introduction to this important technique. Features: * A unique text and video with little else on the market * Written by an acknowledged expert on the subject * Backed by several years of research

  • Tutorials in Differential Diagnosis

    This book attempts to give a symptom- rather than a disease-oriented approach to differential diagnosis. It is intended for students, for postgraduates studying for higher examinations, and for all those who wish to refresh themselves on common problems in internal medicine. All chapters have been reviewed and revised, including new aids to diagnosis an new screening techniques, eg NMR, echo and ultrasound. In addition, there is discussion on AIDS and more information on the management of coronary artery disease. Each chapter discusses a common symptom or sign. It attempts to relate this to normal and abnormal function so as to give a basis for understanding. The clnical features which are important in the differential diagnosis are emphasized and there is a discussion of those investigations which will help to establish the diagnosis. Subjects have been selected which are either important in the day-to-day practice of general medicine, or which are poorly understood by students and postgraduates. At the end of each chapter there is an illustrative case history with questions. This is followed by a detailed discussion of the case. These problems serve as a challenge to the reader's diagnostic ability and as a test of comprehension of the chapter. They should be of value to those taking the MRCP(UK) examinations which contain this type of case problem. Since the second edition in 1982, HIV infection and AIDS have become important health problems. Like syphilis in the past, these disorders must now be considered in the differential diagnosis of disease affecting many systems of the body. Diagnostic methods continue to increase in sophistication and power, while at the same time becoming progressively less invasive. The newer imaging techniques in particular have revolutionized the approach to many diagnostic problems. It has, therefore, been necessary to make considerable changes in this third edition so that these new and exciting developments can be given due weight and their incorporation into diagnostic protocols clearly demonstrated.

  • Bacteriology and Immunity for Nurses

    This is an introduction to the principles of infection, immunity and related conditions - including coverage of their prevention and treatment. This new edition emphasizes the nurse's role in prevention and patient care in this area. It offers new sections on AIDS, Legionnaire's Disease, health promotion and patient education and herpes.

  • Health Behavior Change

    The book offers a description and demonstration of a method for changing health behaviours based on brief negotiation with clients. It is written in a very stimulating style, engaging the reader from the first page. After an introductory section, the fundamental principles behind the method are explored. The third section deals with application. Client scenarios and snippets from practitioner/client interactions are used throughout the book to illustrate practical applications of theoretical points.

  • Recent Advances in Histopathology

    The latest issue in this highly successful review series. The chapters review the important developments in histopathology, enabling trainee and practising histopathologists to update themselves quickly without having to read a large number of journals. Information such as guidelines, data, advice etc. which may be difficult to find elsewhere is all contained in one book. This book has become essential reading for candidates preparing for the MRCPath examination. Features: * Up-to-date reviews on a number of topics of current interest * Short, concise chapters * now provides an update every year * Highlights key points for clinical practice * Written by practitioners in the forefront of their respective fields New to this edition:

  • Mind Maps in Pathology

    Mind Maps offer a simple and visual way to record the main points of a subject and show their inter-relationships. Key words are presented in the context of learning pathways that connect to form maps of each topic. The topics encompass every aspect of pathology-from basic principles to disease mechanisms and pathology related to specific body systems. Facilitates study with easy-to-remember key words and visual representations of their inter-relationships. Promotes a fuller understanding of how concepts relate to one another, making it easier to retain the material and priming the brain to process further information on each topic (the "semantic prime" effect). Encompasses every aspect of pathology-from basic principles to disease mechanisms and pathology related to specific body systems.

  • Textbook of Paediatric Emergency Medicine

    This is a major postgraduate textbook in paediatric emergency medicine, covering all the major topics that present to the trainee doctor in the emergency department.

  • Feeding and Nutrition in the Preterm Infant

    A practical handbook for healthcare professionals that covers all aspects of pre-term nutrition, using evidence-based information to promote safe and effective practice. Readers will discover problem-solving strategies, interventions, and information on meeting the nutritional requirements of pre-term infants.

  • Guide to Working in Europe for Doctors

    This book describes how doctors from one country within the European Union can work in any other within the European Union (although Switzerland will be included as well). It concentrates on the practical details of particular relevance to doctors and which at present are not easily available in one accessible source.

  • Issues in Midwifery

    This collection of invited papers from a number of UK midwives examines contemporary, controversial issues of relevance to all midwives. It addresses political, sociological and educational concerns as well as clinical issues. For student midwives it offers an overview of the issues facing the profession, enabling them to understand and begin to form their own opinions on questions of policy and ethics. For post-graduate midwives involved in research about their profession, it should provide a starting point for informed debate and an insight into midwifery today. It also offers the international perspective on key areas of concern and discussion for midwives around the world. Other contributions are from midwives in Canada, Australia, New Zealand and the USA.

  • Client-Centred Practice in Occupational Therapy: A Guide to Implementation

    Interest in the use of a client-centred approach to practice has developed rapidly during the last decade and many occupational therapists are now endeavouring to implement it. The principles of this approach are also being introduced to students as part of their undergraduate studies. This text aims to provide a readable introduction to the theories of client-centred practice and to show how it may be applied to the therapeutic management of different client groups. "Client-Centred Practice in Occupational Therapy" is written in a style which is accessible to both students and practitioners. It demonstrates clearly how the concept of client-centred care may be usefully incorporated into day to day occupational therapy practice.

  • Clinical Research in Complimentary Therapies: Principles, Problems and Solutions

    There is a considerable and increasing interest in research related to complementary therapies, to establish a base of research results which will support practice. However, not all therapies can be treated the same way, either from the same perspective of what health and treatment are, or channelled through the process of randomised controlled trials. This book analyses the key questions often asked and the controversies debated in complementary medicine research, and offers clear guidance written by experts in this field.

  • Atlas of Human Anatomy

    This superb new atlas includes almost 500 colour photos and line drawings to present a concise, highly illustrated guide to human anatomy. Clearly labelled dissection photographs serve to highlight the most important structures of the body as they will be seen in the anatomy lab. Surface and radiological anatomy images are also included to show how structures and surface landmarks present in clinical practice. Brief, accompanying text explains the core descriptive anatomy and a stethoscope icon flags the text which is of clinical or functional relevance. Organised on a body region basis, this atlas can be used as a primer for practical anatomy classes, as an accessible guide to the subject during anatomy courses and as a revision aid prior to exams. It is ideal for medical students - particularly for those on the less detailed anatomy courses now being taught - and is also highly suitable for nursing and allied health students (in Occupational Therapy, Radiography and Manual Therapy, for example).

  • The Use of Computers in General Practice

    This book is a comprehensive text on all the aspects of General Practice computing, including the use of the Internet. The style is straightforward and unambiguous, stresses fundamental principles and does not assume a great deal of prior knowledge. The presentation of this new edition is much improved with a clearer layout and more frequent use of illustrations, in particular, screen shots.

  • Malignant Skin Tumours

    Revised and updated, this book examines the various aspects of malignant skin tumours. New topics covered in this book include melanoma in children and congenital naevi, as well as the recognition of the Merkel cell tumour, dysplastic naevi and desmoplastic melanomas.

  • Orthopaedics and Trauma

    This is a self-testing revision quiz book that should be of value to senior medical students, junior doctors, surgical registrars and residents in training, as well as doctors, nurses, physiotherapists and paramedical personnel. Produced in the same format as the "Colour Guides" series, this book is an aid to learning and revision, containing colour photographs and X-rays of both common and unusual injuries related to orthopaedics and trauma.

  • A Textbook of Children's And Young People's Nursing

    This exciting new textbook is aimed at children's and young people's nurses in a wide range of practice settings including primary, ambulatory, and tertiary care. Covering the full age and specialty spectrum this text brings together for the first time, individual chapters from among the most respected children's nurses. This textbook is rooted in child-centred health care within a family context and draws upon best contemporary practice throughout the UK and further afield. This innovative text harnesses new design parameters in enquiry-based/problem-based learning, providing up-to-date information on a wide range of topics.

  • How to Appraise Research: A Guide for Chiropractic Students and Practitioners

    It is essential that health care professionals are able to read and critically evaluate published research for themselves so that they can make their own judgements on its value and relevance to clinical practice. "How to Appraise Research" aims to help them do that by centring on the evaluation of 8 previously published research papers. "How to Appraise Research" is designed to help reader question what they read and to reach their own conclusions about the research results presented. Those who use it will find it enables them to become more competent consumers of the healthcare research literature. Although the examples used are drawn mainly from the chiropractic literature the skills being taught are essential to any healthcare practitioner.

  • Blood and Bone Marrow Pathology

    The most complete and authoritative benchside reference text on the pathological interpretation and diagnosis of blood and bone marrow disease. This new title covers all of the pathological conditions that are likely to be encountered in daily practice such as anaemias, bleeding and coagulation disorders, leukaemias. It incorporates the latest knowledge on the molecular basis of inherited red cell and coagulation disorders. The book is generously illustrated with high quality colours images depicted throughout. For ease of use, each chapter has been organised into a consistent format, giving details of incidence/epidemiology, pathogenesis, brief clinical presentation, histological and cytological appearance, testing techniques and diagnosis. There is also a section on clinical behaviour and possible outcomes.

  • Green's Operative Hand Surgery: Text With Continually Updated Online Reference

    The 5th Edition of the world's most comprehensive operative hand surgery reference pairs the tradition of print with the advances of technology in a continuously updated multimedia e-edition - a state-of-the art website featuring the entire book online with continuous updates to reflect important new advances in the field and more! A new team of international contributors, carefully selected for their particular expertise and ability to offer broad perspectives in a given subject area, describes a complete range of open and arthroscopic techniques. They discuss their preferred surgical methods; patient selection; pre-operative evaluation; decision making; expected outcomes; and special instrumentation. A companion CD-ROM enables readers to link directly from bibliographical citations to corresponding MEDLINE abstracts and other sources.

  • Occupational Therapy: Perspectives and Processes

    A book which challenges all occupational therapists to evaluate their own practice and to carry out research. The author is already well known to occupational therapists as the author of Occupational Therapy: Foundations for Practice. In this new book she provides a review of the profession as well as an update of current ideas concerning the core of occupational therapy. The book is divided into two parts: Part1 -Perspectives, reviews the core philosophy, purposes and methods of the practice of occupational therapy. Part 2 -Processes, examines seven basic processes used by therapists. The book will be invaluable to occupational therapists at all levels. In presenting her individual perspective on occupational therapy theory and practice Rosemary Hagedorn has written a book which will help all health care workers to improve their understanding of the scope of occupational therapy. This book not only identifies and defines the core skills central to O.T. practice, but shows how the skills are related to the therapeutic approaches most commonly used. These skills are presented within a structured framework (or model) which will be of great relevance to current thinking in O.T., as the profession is presently endeavouring to define its professional role. and key topics discussed are: nature of occupation and occupational therapy core concepts -- how occupational therapy is unique occupational therapist's view of occupation, the environment, person and therapist recent developments within occupational therapy in the UK relationship of theory to practice description of seven occupational processes terminology -- definitions of terms are clarified and discussed reflective exercises encourage examination of personal ideas and practice Important new presentations from the author include: models of the occupational nature of a person and process-driven pattern of practice hierarchy of occupations and associated structure for occupational analysis

  • Understanding Counseling in Primary Care: Voices from the Inner City

    This is the real-life experience of the counselling service, which is part of the pioneering primary care team at the Marylebone Health Centre, a busy inner city general practice. It tells the story of the counselling team in action, setting up a service, managing and supervising counsellors, evaluating and auditing the work, and working as part of a multi-professional team, which is itself part of a network of community services, taking an integrated approach to health and social care. The authors draw on three conceptual frameworks to aid their understanding: from a clinical perspective - containment, from an educational perspective - reflective practice, from a socio-cultural perspective - the ideas of postmodernism. The stories offer not only the voices of the counsellors, but also of the patient, and other members, of the primary care team: GP's practice nurses, complementary therapists, receptionists, and the community services. In their own words, a refugee artist, a torture victim, an uprooted schoolgirl, and three single women struggling with lost youth, with isolation, and with bereavement, tell how they experience fear, depression and social exclusion, while the counsellors and other members of the primary care team, explain their thinking as they seek to understand, to respond and to find a shared language. This "fly on the wall" approach is woven through with the counsellors' analyses, showing the full dynamic of reflective practice in action in the fragmented and transient world of a capital city.

  • Mental Health Nursing: An Evidence-Based Approach

    The role of nursing within mental health care has changed and increased tremendously in recent years. With this greater role goes an increase in responsibility for our actions with clients. In our experience, the single greatest concern of clients is whether the interventions offered to them would be effective in addressing their life problems, and when. Often in the past, lack of evidence has led to unsubstantiated advice on best clinical practice. This book marks a significant departure. The practice of evidence-based care is at least as much about avoiding harm through inaction or inappropriate action as it is about appropriate interventions. By enabling us to question practice, evidence can be used to empower patients by insisting on care which is based on evidence rather than simply custom and practice. With the emphasis on EBP, this text will become a core resource for nurses at pre-and post-registration levels as well as providing a significant resource for practitioners.

  • Case Studies for Manual Therapy: A Problem-Based Approach

    This text contains 14 case studies of commonly encountered clinical presentations for manual therapists. It provides a complete learning programme to supplement the clinical part of the course and each case study is presented stage-by-stage, comparable to the examination, treatment and assessment stages in the management of a real patient. In addition, each stage of the description is supported by questions, activities and suggestions for discussion or further study, all of which relate to day-to-day practice and are designed to direct and encourage the student to research and study further.

  • Green's Operative Hand Surgery

    The Fifth Edition of the world's most comprehensive operative hand surgery reference features a completely new organisation and hundreds of new illustrations. A new team of international contributors, carefully selected for their particular expertise and ability to offer broad perspectives in a given subject area, describes a complete range of open and arthroscopic techniques. They discuss their preferred surgical methods; patient selection; pre-operative evaluation; decision making; expected outcomes; and special instrumentation.

  • Pocketbook of Radiographic Positioning

    This pocketbook is a practical guide to the wide variety of radiographic projections that are commonly encountered in a clinical environment. It provides clear and concise advice on how to approach radiographic positioning and technique, both efficiently and effectively. Particular emphasis is placed on the importance of achieving the best possible image with the minimum exposure. The routine examinations are dealt with by region in a systematic way and have the same easy-to-use format throughout. For each projection, there is a patient position photograph and an accompanying radiograph to ensure that the required result of the examination has been achieved. The pocketbook will become an essential resource for all students and newly qualified radiographers. It should also be of special interest to those involved in the teaching of radiographic positioning and technique.

  • The Practice of Therapeutic Endoscopy

    Endoscopy began as a diagnostic tool with the endoscope being used to clearly visualise lesions (ulcers, cancers etc.) of the gut wall. Gradually its use has been extended to include interventional work and the endoscopy is now used not only by Gastroenterologists, but also by General Surgeons and Interventional Radiologists. This is a practical "how-to-do-it" book edited by world authorities in this field. The reader is provided with an abundance of linr, black and white and colour illustrations which are integrated with the text to provide an up-to-date, well-balanced book. The approach taken to the field has been subject-based (rather than organ-based) and in this way the book should provide the user with a problem-oriented guide to patient management.

  • Lymph Node Biopsy Interpretation

    This offers diagnostic histopathologists practical guidelines for achieving optimal diagnostic accuracy in interpreting lymph node biopsies. Because this is a rapidly changing subject there is a large amount of new material in the second edition, including a new section on cytogenetics. There are also extensive appendices and illustrations.

  • Essential Paediatrics

    Now in its 4th Edition, Essential Paediatrics remains the established, must-have textbook on the market. Generations of medical students have used this book throughout the years to understand common disorders of children and their differential diagnosis and treatment. Thoroughly updated, this excellent resource offers brief, succinct chapters with information-packed pages and a wealth of helpful line drawings. Hull's Essential Paediatrics places an emphasis on the core knowledge every undergraduate medical student must master.

  • McQ Tutor in Radiology: Frcr Part 1

    This MCQ study book focuses on the FRCS, Part 1 exam which covers anatomy, physics and techniques in radiology. The text is organized into three sections which cover the above three main topics. The questions cover the core knowledge required and are supported by answers and explanations, with references from stanard radiology texts and papers. The book contains 300 questions, 100 in each section, each with five parts to follow the format of the exam.

  • The Haemolytic Anaemias: The Auto-Immune Haemolytic Anaemias v.3

    In this volume on the auto-immune haemolytic anaemias, the author has attempted to continue the story of their understanding and treatment from the point reached when Part II of the second edition of "The Haemolytic Anaemias" was published in 1962. The result has been a volume greatly increased in size, an increase reflecting the substantial advances that have taken place in the past 30 years in the understanding of the structure of antibodies and of the mechanism and regulation of their formation, as well as the genesis of auto-immune diseases. It also reflects the burgeoning understanding of the complexity of the human blood-group antigens and of the complement system and also of the way in which the body deals with antibody-affected erythrocytes.

  • Recent Advances in Anesthesia And Analgesia

    This book contains 10 chapters on a wide range of topical anaesthesia subjects and is the latest volume in this series which has been published for over 15 years. It should prove both popular with trainees and consultants wanting to keep abreast of a wide-ranging subject.

  • Acupuncture and Related Techniques in Physical Therapy

    This comprehensive introduction to acupuncture includes basic techniques for for treating conditions commonly encountered by physical therapists, particularly musculoskeletal disorders. Clear illustrations, decision-making guidelines, and detailed descriptions of key techniques make it easy to incorporate these acupuncture treatments in daily practice.

  • Editors and contributors represent the international experts in their respective fields
  • Takes a very practical approach -- scene-setting chapters cover theory and research, and basic techniques are covered in the text with illustrations
  • Case studies help relate theory to practice and aid decision-making
  • Self-testing exercises at the end of each chapter aid learning

  • Physical Therapy Management of Secondary Disability: Postpolio Sequelae and Related Conditions

    Statement of the problem; assessment; management; support, education and personnel; case studies; special cases; criteria; outcome measures.

  • Fundamentals of Manual Therapy: Physiology, Neurology, and Psychology

    During professional training all manual therapists, from osteopaths and chiropracters to manual physical therapists, massage therapists and aromatherapists, learn their professional techniques and skills in depth, but to date there has been little attempt to present the 'fundamentals' of manual therapy and thereby to support practice with research-based theory. "Fundamentals of Manual Therapy" addresses this need by examining the physiological effect of therapeutic manipulation and touch on the human body. It presents the physiological, neurophysiological and psychological basis of manual techniques, giving the therapist the background and theory needed to support practice, and helping therapists to provide safer and more effective treatment. Written by Eyal Lederman, a leading osteopath, the text examines tissue physiology, neurology and psychosomatic changes in response to manipulative techniques. It draws on the teachings and texts of physiology, neurophysiology, psychology and biomechanics, as well as manual techniques and other manual disciplines. It is relevant to all manual therapists, helping both students and practitioners to understand why and how their techniques work.

  • Nursing and Politics: Power Through Practice

    Many nurses are uncomfortable with politics, yet nursing in all aspects is heavily influenced by the political climate at local, national and international levels. Increasingly over the last 10 years, nursing organisations have become aware of the need for nurses to become more politically aware, and on an international level, the ICN (International Council of Nurses) has made it a key objective to strengthen the political profile of its member organisations. In the UK, this has been reflected in the inclusion of a politics module within the majority of degree and diploma courses at both pre and post-registration level. However, publications in this area have mostly been general political overviews of the health service and have not explored the political context and role of nursing. The purpose of this book is to provide an introductory textbook of politics for nurses. It explains the political system in UK and Europe, showing how this impacts upon nursing, and explores how the key roles within the political system will stimulate awareness of how nursing can play a part in the political process.

  • Grainger and Allison's Diagnostic Radiology: Multiple Choice Questions

    The structure of the 3rd edition should be a refinement of the model adopted for the 1st and 2nd editions on the basis that no fundamental change in the requirements of its core readership will occur in the next 10 years. The main developments are: New techniques and applications in interventional radiology, Greater use of colour imaging in duplex scanning-colour flow doppler and power doppler, Better image-processing systems in Magnetic Resonance Imaging and New modalities in PET, SPECT and MR Angiography. Features: * A comprehensive account of all imaging modalities and interventional procedures needed for the trainee radiologist to acquire a sound basic understanding of his/her subject * Presents up-to-date summaries of the latest techniques and imaging modalities which have clinical applications * Each chapter written by a recognized expert of international standing * Uses algorithms and diagnostic flow charts * Supplementary MCQ text will be linked to the main work

  • Malalignment Syndrome: Biomechanical and Clinical Implications for Medicine and Sports

    "The Malalignment Syndrome" describes a newly recognised syndrome that commonly occurs in patients seen by physicians, chiropractors, physiotherapists, massage therapists and veterinarians. Although the symptoms are familiar to those working in the field they are often treated independently and their collective cause goes unrecognised. In this book, the author presents the evidence for looking at the group of symptoms involved and treating them as a single syndrome with a single cause - biomechanical malignment. The book has a special emphasis on athletes and participants in sport at all levels. Recognition of the malalignment syndrome by sports trainers, physiotherapists and others working with athletes can help them implement appropriate treatment and training to correct the malalignment and actually prevent the initial occurrence of symptoms. Emphasis is on the participation of the patient/athlete in the day-to day treatment process to achieve long-term results.

  • Principles of Radiological Physics

    This is a simple book on a difficult subject which encourages further learning. A comprehensive but easy to follow textboook for radiography students. The new edition has been thoroughly revised and improved to bring it up-to-date for today's student. The physics included reflects current practice in diagnostic imaging, and sections on radiation protection have been updated in line with current legislation. Features: * a new edition of a very popular text for radiography students and others who need a working knowledge of radiological physics * updated throughout in line with current practice and new legislation on safety

  • Churchill's Pocketbook of Pain

    A pocketbook on the management of persisting pain for trainee anaesthetists, palliative care teams and others involved in the management of patients with pain.

  • Muscle Energy Techniques

    This book describes the basis and practice of muscle energy techniques (MET). This is now a widely recognised approach to the treatment of musculoskeletal dysfunction. It fuses methods used in physical therapy, osteopathy and manual medicine. The text provides a comprehensive and up-to-date presentation of the techniques. The CD-ROM includes video clips to demonstrate the application of the techniques and so supports and supplements the text.

  • Textbook of Regional Anesthesia

    This authoritative and comprehensive reference by an international team of distinguished experts, explores all aspects of the field - from the basic science of regional anesthesia to its implementation in clinical practice. Up-to-date information is organized into a consistent, quick-access format that is highlighted by over 325 outstanding illustrations. This is the only book of its kind with information on setting up an Acute Pain Service, outcomes and evidence based medicine, and advanced interventional techniques.

  • Maxilofacial Trauma and Esthetic Facial Reconstruction

    Changes in the etiology and management of Maxillofacial Trauma over the past 10 years have led to the need for a new book on this complex area of trauma. "Maxillofacial Trauma" is a landmark new one-volume, full colour text covering all aspects of the management of facial trauma. Written by an international team of oral and maxillofacial and plastic surgeons, "Maxillofacial Trauma" provides detailed practical guidance from the moment the trauma patient arrives in hospital to the secondary procedures that may be needed for reconstruction of hard and soft tissue injuries of the face.All aspects of maxillofacial trauma are covered - from management of the acute trauma case to secondary procedures to improve facial appearance and function. Comprehensive chapters on each facial bone injury including protocols for the overall management of each fracture. An extensive section on secondary procedures attempts to improve the final outcome of trauma. A review is included for all new bio materials used in the repair of facial fractures. 750 color prints demonstrate clearly the final results from primary repair and secondary procedures. 250 surgical line illustrations show step-by-step surgical procedures. This book should be read by all those who face the challenges of facial trauma. Trainee and practicing oral, maxillofacial, otolaryngologic and plastic surgeons will find it particularly valuable.

  • Tuberculosis and Leprosy

    Part of the "British Medical Bulletin" series, this volume looks at tuberculosis and leprosy. It should be of interest to tropical disease specialists and infectious disease specialists.

  • Pharmacology Condensed: With Student Consult Online Access

    Pharmacology Condensed, 2nd Edition is a companion volume to Rang et al's Pharmacology, sets out to provide the reader with the quintessence of pharmacology, delineating, in text and summary diagrams, the key points of the information which will be needed later in professional life. It will help reinforce the facts and concepts in pharmacology that are essential in appreciating how drugs work and their underlying pathophysiological processes. Each of the 49 short chapters adopts a standard approach and the book includes many illustrations specially designed to summarise textual material. Within each chapter, several drugs may be mentioned but only the most important drugs from each group are set out in bold type. Readers using this book will gain a fuller understanding of the essential aspects of pharmacology. It will also be of considerable help in preparing for examinations. This book is best used with Rang Pharmacology but can also be used in conjunction with another pharmacology textbook.

  • Urinary Incontinence

    In November 1991 the Societe International d'Urologie (SIU) held its 22nd congress in Seville. "Urinary Incontinence" is one of the resulting five reports, based on papers and discussions at key sessions. It provides state-of-the-art coverage of important new developments and should enable practising urologists to keep up to date in this area.

  • Ophthalmology: An Illustrated Colour Text

    Ophthamology forms a relatively small part of the undergraduate medical course, but it is important for students to be familiar with the basic principles of fundoscopy (examination of the retina), and with the major diseases of the eye such as glaucoma, and diabetic retinopathy. This book is aimed at medical undergraduates, junior doctors, optometrists, and general practitioners.

  • Gray's Anatomy For Students

    "Gray's Anatomy for Students" is a new and wholly original textbook of anatomy for medical and health professional students. Designed to be suitable for any type of curriculum, "Gray's Anatomy for Students" presents the essentials of clinical anatomy in a way that furthers complete understanding and firmly relates the study of anatomy to the clinical practice of medicine. Organized by region, the book provides, in each chapter, a conceptual overview that describes the function of structures within that region. The regional anatomy is described with frequent discussion of clinical relevance and illustrated with many imaging studies and an outstanding art program. Each chapter also contains a unique section on Surface Anatomy with outstanding photographs overlaid with anatomic diagrams - the focus of which is to relate anatomy to the physical examination of patients and the performance of medical procedures which require a knowledge of anatomy. Clinical Cases are used throughout to illustrate the relevance of anatomy to the practice of clinical medicine. Stop Press! Companion website includes: Super Image Bank; Interactive Surface Anatomy tool; Testbank with hundreds of USMLE Questions; and, a complete Anatomy Course in online Learning Modules.

  • Palliative Care: The Nursing Role

    This book lays a clear foundation of knowledge for any nurse involved in any way with palliative care. It focuses on the needs and perspectives of the patient, and seeks to give the reader a strong broad understanding of how best to deliver full, rounded care. It is not, therefore, a how-to or a technical manual; instead it explores pertinent human issues based on up-to-date research and developments.

  • The Challenge of Aging: A Multidisciplinary Approach to Extended Care

    This book aims to enhance understanding of ageing and its implications. It also deals with the provision of support, treatment and care. The book does not contain details of disorders and disease processes, or techniques of nursing. Rather it highlights the nature of impairment and its underlying principles. This enables health workers to plan appropriate action with a united approach.

  • Positive Approaches to Dementia Care

    Positive Approaches to Dementia Care (formerly Reality Orientation) has been almost completely rewritten for therapists and nurses working with patients suffering from Alzheimer's disease and other forms of dementia. It provides an introduction to the theory and practice of reality orientation (RO) and the other therapeutic techniques which are now used with sufferers from this condition. It aims to bring the reader up to date with advances in the understanding of normal ageing, research on degenerative conditions, and outstanding developments in care settings with regard to awareness of needs, changes in institutional environments and a greater understanding of the individual older person. Practically, it lists over 100 ideas for using RO and other approaches in therapy sessions and covers treatment in both community and hospital settings. Features: * fully explains the theory behind the approaches, and helps you to relate theory to practice * written specifically for practising therapists by authors with sound theoretical as well as wide clinical experience * lists over 100 ideas for using RO in formal therapy sessions and examines the use of RO in community and hospital environments * includes useful addresses and suggestions for practical application

  • Electroacupuncture: A Practical Manual And Resource

    This book presents an overview of the theoretical foundations of electroacupuncture, together with experimental and clinical evidence for the efficacy of electroacupuncture in its various forms. It also provides guidance on the effective clinical practice of electroacupuncture, illustrated with informative case histories.

    It serves as an excellent introduction on the subject, covering all the key information a beginning practitioner would need to know, as well as exploring avenues for advanced practice.

    The accompanying CD-ROM is an ideal research tool, providing searchable chapters from the book as well as an extensive database of more than 8,000 clinical trials that can be accessed via the CD-ROM or through a companion website.

  • Ent

    A new edition of a volume in the successful Colour Guides series using the revised type specification and cover design. This new edition covers the common conditions encountered in ENT and high quality colour photgraphs and scans are used throughout. Concise text summarises clinically important information about the conditions illustrated. Ideal aid for a rapid review of the field. Features: New to this edition: * Fully updated * All poorer quality illustrations replaced * New investigations in common use are discussed and illustrated

  • Accupuncture in Pregnancy and Childbirth

    "Acupuncture in Pregnancy and Childbirth" is a concise, highly illustrated and practical guide in using acupuncture to treat women throughout their pregnancy and labour. Drawing on an unparalleled wealth of experience as a midwife and an acupuncturist, the author has produced a book accessible to both acupuncture students and practitioners. It covers physiology related to pregnancy and childbirth, illuminating links between western knowledge and acupuncture approaches and suggesting points and point combinations for particular stages and actions during pregnancy and labour. Many practitioners are reluctant to treat pregnant women as they feel they lack a full understanding of pregnancy and fear harming the baby. This book provides the practical advice and instruction required to bridge that gap in knowledge and give practitioners the confidence they need.

  • Colour Atlas of Ophthalmic Plastic Surgery

    A comprehensive atlas of oculoplastic surgical procedures. This text provides a practical guide to recognizing the anatomy of the eyelid and gives a step-by-step description of common and alternative operative techniques. Aims to provide a concisely focused practical manual. The common complications are illustrated in colour, with a brief description of their management. Alternative operations to those described are illustrated by line diagrams.

  • Radiographic Imaging: A Practical Approach

    The textbook covers all aspects of imaging technology, including the use of computers and lasers and the more traditional imaging techniques. The book adopts a practical approach, explaining tests and looking at the application of techniques, and deals with a complex topic in simple and direct language.

  • Maxillofacial Injuries

    This magnificent two-volume reference covers surgical anatomy, clinical features, and treatment of a wide range of commonly encountered problems. It provides you with the most current and thorough data available and guides you through each stage of management with step-by-step detail and clear-cut illustrations. If you are looking for a reliable, comprehensive source of information on maxillofacial injuries, this authoritative text is guaranteed to meet your needs.

  • Churchill's Pocketbook of Toxicology

    This practical manual covers the basic principle of care for poisoned patients including elimination methods, supportive care, talking to relatives and use of the toxicology laboratory. It details practical instructions on care of patients with specific common and/or serious overdoses; for other overdoses, sufficient background is given to allow for appropriate management. It is equally important to know which substances are harmless to avoid unnecessary intervention and a section on non-hazardous agents is included. The final section covers the practical procedures of care and treatment especially when the caused agent may not have been identified.

  • Clinical Haematology

    Rather than being a text book on laboratory methods, this book is aimed at the clinical assessment, diagnosis and treatment of patients with haematological disorders. In addition it offers a systematic review of haematological diseases, as well as neonatal haematology. An ELBS/LPBB edition is available.

  • Clinical Biochemistry: An Illustrated Colour Text

    The new edition of "Clinical Biochemistry" covers all aspects of the subject needed by medical students. It is a volume in the "Illustrated Colour Text" series, with the subject matter divided into double-page spreads; this makes the information very accessible to the reader. Full use is made of flow charts and other graphics; clinical 'boxes'; summary points; case histories; and, clinical photographs. The whole orientation of the book is to concentrate on how clinical biochemistry relates to the care of the patient and to ensure that the medical student understands how to interpret laboratory results. By contrast, the reader is not overburdened by descriptions of laboratory techniques.

  • Dermatology: An Illustrated Colour Text

    This concise textbook of dermatology is aimed at medical students and those preparing for the MRCP and MRCGP examinations. The information is presented in a highly accessible format, using double page spreads for each topic. Extensive use of colour for both clinical photographs and graphics makes for a superb appearance. For review for examination preparation, key point boxes are provided. In this third edition, extensive revision has been made to the contents to reflect changes in the understanding of dermatological conditions at a molecular level and the changes in clinical practice. In addition, the use of the internet for dermatological information by both doctors and patients is reviewed.

  • Obesity: Your Questions Answered, 1e

    In the popular Q and A format of the Your Questions Answered series, this book provides succinct, expert information on obesity, and is the first to bring together all the different aspects of obesity from the primary care clincian's point of view. The authors, Dr Ian Campbell and Dr David Haslam, both of the National Obesity Forum, are practising GPs with a special interest in obesity and overweight management. With an emphasis on evidence-based, up-to-date knowledge, the authors discuss issues such as the costs of obesity to society and the individual, the role of lifestyle and drug therapies, surgical management and possible future developments. They also address many questions asked about obesity by other physicians, practice and community nurses, medical students and trainees, and indeed patients. Some frequently asked patient questions, in non-medical language, are included, and there is a list of sources of further information and patient support.

  • Rehabilitation for Traumatic Brain Injury: Physical Therapy Practice in Context

    Rehabilitation for Traumatic Brain Injury helps the reader develop a deeper understanding of the pathology and effects of any significant traumatic insult to the brain. This understanding is essential for all of those contributing to the lengthy process of rehabilitation following traumatic brain injury. Physiotherapists have a key role to play in this process, which continues long after patients are discharged from acute care provision. Therapists may encounter traumatic brain injury survivors in neuro-rehabilitation units, non-specialist wards, outpatient departments or in the community. This book will provide all those involved in such service provision with an understanding of the importance of their role in the ongoing rehabilitation process. Those reading the book will find it increases their knowledge and understanding of the problems faced by affected patients and their families. It will also help them to define their own role as therapists, whether working in hospital or in the community, within the lengthy and ongoing rehabilitation process.Defines the role of the therapist within the rehabilitation team Stresses the need to understand the ongoing nature of rehabilitation beyond the acute care phaseHighlights the impact upon the clients and their families of the non-physical and often less obvious deficits resulting from brain injury Provides a source of ideas for more effective rehabilitation managementRaises issues to stimulate wider debate

  • Endocrine Pathology

    This full-colour benchside reference covers the complete spectrum of issues related to the pathology of endocrine glands and organs. Over 20 international experts bring superior coverage of the neoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases that affect the pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, paraganglia and adrenal medulla, gastrointestinal tract, pancreas, and neuroendocrine lung. They also address endocrine active lesions of the ovary, testis, skin, and placenta.

  • Essentials of Respiratory Disease

    Many of the commonest problems in clinical medicine are due to respiratory illnesses and the authors have always felt that a thorough understanding of the manifestations of pulmonary disease is an invaluable asset to the general physician, particularly in a field of medicine in which a knowledge of physiology principles plays so large a part in the logic and management. In this book the authors have tried to bring together the techniques of bedside diagnosis, the essential concepts of pulmonary physiology and the clinical characteristics of the commoner respiratory diseases, in the hope of providing a practical guide to clinical problems that may be useful to senior medical students and to doctors in their early postgraduate years. Since the last edition of this book was published in 1975 there have been many advances in the understanding and treatment of respiratory disease although the basic facts of clinical examination and pulmonary physiology remained relatively unchanged. In contrast, the investigation of pulmonary disease has been considerably augumented by the widespread application of fibreoptic bronchoscopy within the associated procedures, and the ready availability of new imaging techniques and interventional radiology. These new developments have been given appropriate recognition in this revision. The authors have looked closely at the major part of the book which described the clinical manifestations, investigation and management of those common respiratory disorders which make up the greater part of the practice of respiratory medicine, and have rewritten many sections which have become outdated. For example, the management of pulmonary tuberculosis has changed radically in the last 15 years, HIV infection has begun to present respiratory physicians with unprecedent problems in the management of respiratory infections, and the approach to chronic diseases like asthma and cystic fibrosis has matured as doctors have recognized the value of shared responsibility between doctors and their patients in coping with illness.

  • Medical Cell Biology: Made Memorable

    Lavishly illustrated and highly accessible, this new textbook of cell biology is incredibly easy to read. Presents each subject as a series of separate two-page spreads so you can quickly reference specific topics or categories of interest.

  • Endocrinology

    A concise text which will aid recognition of disorders of the endocrine system. Part of a very successful series. An extremely practical book which will be of particular interest to medical undergraduates and junior doctors. Covers thyroid, carbohydrate, pituitary, adrenal, metabolic, gonadal and growth disorders, and metabolic bone disease.

  • Gray's Anatomy: The Anatomical Basis Of Clinical Practice

    This title provides the 'ultimate truth' in anatomy. "Gray's Anatomy" is the peerless source of reference on all matters concerning human anatomy. The new 39th edition has been redesigned, reduced in size and rigorously edited to improve readability, remove duplication and thereby produce one of the most radical revisions in the book's long and distinguished history. For the first time, "Gray's Anatomy" has been organised by body region, and edited by a team of clinicians, to ensure maximum relevance to those working in medicine, dentistry and professions allied to medicine. Our goal has been to provide the most reliable and comprehensive human anatomy resource possible, together with 'signposts' to the most current sources of molecular and cytological information available elsewhere, on the web or in print. It is also available as an e-dition.

  • Abdominal Ultrasound: How, Why and When

    Ultrasound continues to be one of the most important diagnostic tools in medicine and is used by a wide range of healthcare professionals across many applications. This book provides a practical, clinically relevant guide for all practitioners working in the field of abdominal ultrasound. Its aim is to enable the operator to maximize the diagnostic information and recognize the limitations of ultrasound scans.

    Accessible, step-by-step approach

    Covers the basic related anatomy, technique and ultrasound appearances together with the most common pathological processes

    Written at a level suitable for both students and practitioners

    This new edition features:

    • 4-colour figures throughout
    • New chapters on 'Ultrasound in infectious diseases' and 'Safety and musculoskeletal disorders
    • Expanded sections on the bowel, and Contrast agent techniques.

  • Tens: Clinical Applications and Related Theory

    A concise textbook of transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation (TENS) theory and practice, as required by students, clinicians, and researchers new to the field. The book provides the reader with an understanding of the neurophysiology of pain and its modulation as well as the principles underlying TENS. It includes up to date literature reviews from both an experimental and clinical perspective, and contains information and recommendations for the clinical application of TENS. Features: * most up-to-date information in a technological and developing area * provides exactly the right level of detail without getting bogged down with unnecessary information * key points are summarised at end of chapters * demonstrates application oftheory to practice, and makes research based recommendations for the use of TENS in treatment * case studies * review of the relevant clinical and laboratory research * well referenced, readable and accessible * theory and clinical sections are illustrated with diagrams, line drawings, and tables, photos illustrate the case studies and equipment section * sturdy hard binding will stand up to frequent reference * a valuable resource for those undertaking research in this area * gives clinicians all the information they need to make sound clinical decisions about the use of TENS in practice * glossary provides quick reference guide to the terms unfamiliar to those new to the field

  • Introduction to Clinical Examination

    This small pocketbook provides the new clinical student with the basics of history taking and physical examination. It familiarizes the student with the techniques required to perform a competent clinical examination. Points of special emphasis added to all the main chapters, are grouped together against a tinted background. A checklist of key points in physical examination is added to all system chapters and sample case recording in the integrated final chapter is extended to be more comprehensive and includes more detail on history taking. In addition, the illustrations have been redrawn adn relabelled to be consistent throughout.

  • Patient and Person: Developing Interpersonal Skills in Nursing

    Patient and Person is about establishing and building effective relationships in nursing and allied health practice. This fully revised 2nd edition follows the successful structure of the original book in assessing the theoretical, practical and personal dimensions of relating to patients in order to promote interpersonal skill development. Patient and Person fosters meaningful nursing practice by focusing on patients as individuals, and provides useful guidelines for dealing with patients beyond the limitations of the traditional behavioral models presented to nursing and allied health science practitioners. Jane Stein-Parbury currently lectures at the University of Technology, Sydney Kuring-gai, and has some 30 years nursing experience. Jane Stein-Parbury is currently serving a position on the NSW Nursing Registration Curriculum Board.

  • Pediatric Ultrasound: How, Why And When

    The book will deal with common diagnostic imaging dilemmas in paediatric ultrasound, will be evidence-based with an extensive review of the published literature and suggested imaging protocol based on this. The intent of the book is to provide the reader with clear and referenced imaging guidelines for common and controversial dilemmas in paediatric issues. It will be of value to clinicians, e.g. paediatricians, GPs and general adult radiologists who image children. The authors are all recognised experts in the field. The book is thus a combination of evidence based practice and expert opinion.

  • Clinical Signs

    This pocket-sized book contains over 150 colour photographs and appropriately detailed text and will help the reader to elicit and interpret the signs of disease when examining a patient. The book covers the general signs (basically skin, hands, mouth etc) then looks at the main body systems and the signs of the major system-based diseases (eg asthma, inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis.) The illustrations include clinical photographs, radiographs, endoscopic views and pathological slides. The text for the systems outlines the aetiology, lists the clinical features and gives advice on investigations as well as treatment. Clinical Signs is ideal as a pocket reference, or as a revision aid to larger texts. Features: * Compact colour atlas with appropriately detailed text * Useful for anyone required to recognise the signs of disease * Ideal companion to larger texts on general medicine and clinical examination * Lavishly illustrated, yet excellent value for money * Perfect for revision or as a pocket reference

  • Infectious Diseases

    A concise, up-to-date manual of clinical infectious diseases. Features a brief discussion of over 40 illnesses and includes a photographic record of conditions that were once common but are now rapidly decreasing in order to aid in their recognition and diagnosis. The 2nd Edition is completely revised and updated to include new clinical photographs and the latest information on treatment and immunization.

  • Arteries of the Skin

    The first edition in English of Salmon's French original which is now rare and, say the editors, too long neglected. Salmon's pioneering work in anatomy and surgery is assessed in the light of modern developments.

  • Acute Medical Emergencies: A Nursing Guide

    This is an essential pocket guide for nurses coping with patients with acute medical conditions. It focuses on events within the first critical twenty-four hours of admission and provides an up-to-date, evidence-based guide to the management of these patients. The most common emergency medical conditions are described and explained in terms of the underlying disease mechanisms. The book also describes the assessment, observations and management in relation to disease processes and in line with the latest guidelines and protocols. Nursing care is related to the underlying disease. This book bridges the gap between a pure nursing text and a medical guide to emergency admissions. Practical advice is laid out in a clear, accessible style with extensive use of lists, tables and boxed material to highlight critical nursing tasks and enable quick location of vital information.

  • Fluid Physiology and Pathology in Traditional Chinese Medicine

    This book covers in clear and comprehensive detail the area of fluid physiology, metabolism and disorders in Traditional Chinese Medicine, drawing on a huge range of original Chinese material. Disorders of sweating and urination, the formation of thin mucus, damp and phlegm, and the interaction of these with other pathological factors are discussed, and the classical sources quoted. Differentiations and treatments, both Classical and modern, including both herbs and acupuncture, are provided in all categories, with case histories where appropriate and interesting. The new edition includes a new chapter on acupuncture, new illustrations, a full index, and revisions throughout.

  • Rheumatology Nursing: A Creative Approach

    The advent of rheumatology units throughout the UK has allowed rheumatology nursing to gain specialty status. Specialist nurses develop particular skills in assessing patient problems, helping patients to live within the confines of their disability, pain control and medication review. This is a core text for rheumatology nurses that gives a comprehensive review of rheumatology nursing skills and issues. Covering disease states, pathology and diagnosis, psychological and social issues, medications and treatment, symptoms and management, and patient education, this book defines the nursing role with patients who have these common ailments. Features: * A key text for rheumatology nurses, orthopaedic nurses, community nurses and elderly care nurses * Jackie Hill is the UK's most respected name in rheumatology nursing * Defines the nurse's role with patients who have these common ailments * Looks not only at the diseases, but at how they are managed from the nurse's perspective

  • Allergy: Your Questions Answered

    Allergic conditions are extremely common and have increased considerably in frequency in the past few decades. These range from relatively mild symptoms, which sufferers can manage themselves, right through to very serious allergies, which can be life-threatening. This book, written by a practising GP and an allergy specialist, is in the popular Q and A format of the "Your Questions Answered" series. It provides succinct, expert information on all types of allergies, with an emphasis on evidence-based, up-to-date knowledge. Although aimed mainly at the primary care practitioner, it also addresses many questions asked about allergy by general physicians, medical students, practice nurses and people with allergies. The book discusses all aspects of diagnosis and management and includes some frequently asked patient questions, in non-medical language. It also identifies sources of further information, from websites to patient associations and self-help organizations.

  • Clinical Endocrinology and Diabetes: An Illustrated Colour Text

    A highly illustrated textbook of diabetes and endocrinology for medical students and junior doctors.

  • Medical Hypnosis: An Introduction and Clinical Guide

    This unique, new resource presents abundant, specific ways in which hypnosis can be incorporated into medical specialty practices. It explores the history of clinical hypnosis as well as todays cutting-edge applications. Grounded in solid scientific research, well-respected, world-class practitioners explain how they apply this non-invasive, non-pharmacological technique to dentistry, nursing, psychotherapy, surgery, oncology, emergency medicine, pediatrics and other specialties.

  • Postmodern Nursing and Beyond

    This new book by Jean Watson, a highly regarded visionary of nursing theory, re-establishes the critical balance between caring and curing. This theory blends the technical aspects of modern medicine with the holistic aspects traditionally associated with nursing, and serves as a model for nursing practice into the 21st century.

  • Nerve Injury And Repair: Regeneration, Reconstruction And Cortical Remodeling

    The book focuses on nerve repair and reconstruction. It emphasizes biological mechanisms, clinical treatment and functional remodelling in brain cortex as a consequence of nerve injury. Numerous original schematic drawings illustrate complex mechanisms in a very easy way. It is geared primarily for surgeons in the fields of hand, plastic, orthopaedic and neurosurgery.

  • Multidisciplinary Management of Female Pelvic Floor Disorders

    "Multidisciplinary Management of Female Pelvic Floor Disorders" is one of the only books available today which comprehensively covers female urology from an international and trans-specialty viewpoint. Written by a board of authoritative and high-profile experts, the book covers all aspects from urinary incontinence and overactive bladder, to fistulae and reconstructive surgery. Starting with a thorough introduction to anatomy, pathophysiology and investigations, this definitive work then moves on to cover the key disorders encountered in female urology. Throughout the book, medical and surgical treatment options are highlighted in special boxes, and each chapter is introduced with a clear "key points" box. The book is illustrated with a full-colour, state-of-the-art illustration program, which greatly helps elucidate understanding of difficult concepts. The text is kept concise and clinically-orientated. "Multidisciplinary Management of Female Pelvic Floor Disorders" is an invaluable reference for urologists, urogynecologists and primary care physicians who treat women. It is a must-have text for all practising physicians in this field.

  • Chronic Pain: The Occupational Therapist's Perspective

    For informed occupational therapists working in the area of chronic pain management, this book synthesizes knowledge from the fields of current pain management practice and occupational therapy practice. It gives an overview of information essential to pain practitioners, and looks at occupational therapy practice issues in pain. Features: * fills a big gap in the OT literature * the first comprehensive book on pain management and the role of the OT * provides a straightforward analysis of the extent and nature of chronic pain * provides pain definitions and covers the relevant epidemiology * examines OT models for managing and treating people with chronic pain * gives detailed coverage of OT assessment and treatment routines for chronic pain * based on the author's extensive research experience in the field of pain management * written by an author who is well known internationally by OTs and PTs and whose PhD research focused on patients with chronic low back pain

  • Direct Release Myofascial Technique: An Illustrated Guide For Practitioners

    Direct Release Myofascial Technique provides a highly illustrated guide to direct release myofascial techniques (M.F.R.) and their application in clinical practice. M.F.R. is a manual therapy method that influences both a body's structural tissues and the sensory/motor systems. Originally developed by Dr Ida Rolf, the creator of the Rolfing method, the approach has since been adapted and modified by different groups of therapists to fit within their own particular philosophies. This book strips away the surrounding theories and philosophies and focuses on the safe and appropriate use of the techniques themselves. Numerous photographs supplement the detailed, step-by-step coverage of techniques. Outlines the principles and practice of a group of bodywork techniques that are particularly effective for the treatment of painful or restricted movement due to muscle stiffness or imbalance Provides guidelines on the most effective and efficient use of the techniques based on movement theory Highly illustrated with detailed photographs and line drawings Presents a hypothetical model to explain why the technique works based on the latest research in the field of neuro-fascial physiology Includes approaches to the use of the techniques with children Written by an experienced practitioner and teacher Draws on the teachings of Ida Rolf but makes them applicable to other groups of therapists

  • How to Write Health Science Papers, Dissertations, and Theses

    This comprehensive text serves as a practical, guide to preparing a written research report. It also provides a checklist for thesis preparation to ensure that no steps or key components are overlooked. Researchers will be able to present results and findings to examiners and fellow clinicians in an accessible format.

  • Follows a logical, step-by-step sequence
  • Provides a checklist for thesis preparation
  • Focuses specifically on reporting health science research
  • Written in a readable style with the minimum use of jargon

  • Acute Medicine

    This is a pocketbook for junior doctors on call, providing outline management for 47 acute medical conditions, based on the best evidence available.

  • Cardiac Nursing: A Comprehensive Guide

    This is a comprehensive reference text which covers all areas of cardiac care that nurses need to know about. As well as the clinical conditions and syndromes, it covers health promotion and rehabilitation. Nursing care in relation to a variety of specific conditions is discussed together with current changes and management in cardiac care provision. Contributions come from clinical experts across the sub-specialties, and the book is richly illustrated including a colour plate section.

  • Physician Assistants in American Medicine

    Built around introductory courses that orient new PA students to the profession, this comprehensive, up-to-date book traces the origins of physician assisting in the United States and other countries, examining education, career opportunities, and future trends. The 2nd Edition reflects the many changes that have taken place recently in health care and physician assistant programs, curriculum, and the profession. It draws on over 750 published papers related to PAs and other health providers, offering an in-depth exploration of the PA role in primary care, inpatient services, and specialized care, as well as the legal basis of PA deployment and the economics of their utilization.

  • Body Sculpturing by Lipoplasty

    The adiposuction technique described here is an original concept which Yves-Gerard Illouz worked on between 1977 and 1982, but which has since become widespread. The book was written to offset the complications resulting from plastic surgeons using the technique without training or preparation. This is the first time that Dr Illouz has given a full account of the surgical techniques for fat removal (adiposuction) which he has pioneered. His technique has been used worldwide but descriptions are sometimes distorted, incomplete or inaccurate so this book contains a complete record of the technique by the pioneer himself. The text provides a where, why and how description of the technique and guidance on how to avoid errors and complications. Step by step descriptions of surgical procedure are provided for those unfamiliar with his technique, while more detailed discussions are given for those who are more experienced.

  • Recent Advances In Haematology

    This is the latest annual release from the series for trainee and practising haematologists, devoted to the coverage of topics in haematology where substantial advances have been made since the last issue. Aiming to be useful for practising clinicians, the redesigned colour and layout makes for ease of reference throughout the volume's broad-ranging scope. Shorter, more digestible chapters each finish with a summary of key clinical practice points.

  • Recent Advances in Haematology: No. 5 (Recent Advances in Haematology)

    Written by an authoritative team of international clinicians from the UK, USA, Canada and Belgium, this volume is a review of the latest developments in haematology research. Topics considered include haemopoietic growth factors, the control of haemostasis and bone marrow transplantation. It is intended for haematologists in practice and training, especially those studying for exams such as the MRCPath.

  • Musculoskeletal Medicine and Surgery

    This book is designed for new courses which have an integrated, systems based approach to orthopaedics and rheumatology. The text presents a fully integrated treatment of the essential core of knowledge in the two specialties and uses case histories to highlight the key issues thrown up by each disease or condition is in harmony with the spirit of the new problem orientated courses.

  • Guide to Clinical Nursing Practice

    This text is concerned with selected nursing practices or interventions. The selection of practices was made with the aim of including all those which the non-specialist nurse should be able to perform safely. It attempts to establish clearly in the student's mind, from the outset of his or her career (or, indeed, when that career is resumed), the crucial link between theory and practice, and the equally important concept that these apparently physical nursing practices require psychosocial skills just as much as manual dexterity. These two aims have been kept firmly in mind throughout the book. This text provides guidelines as to what the nurse should do when he or she is carrying out a nurse-initiated intervention, such as a bed bath; or helping the medical practitioner to carry out, for example, a lumbar puncture. The guidelines are succinct and stress principles, since the detail of practice inevitably varies from one place to another. The nursing practices have been viewed within the framework of a model for nursing which includes the process of nursing. Although the book can be used in combination with any model, one has been selected throughout to provide the student with examples of its application - the Roper, Logan and Tierney model for nursing as described in "The Elements of Nursing".

  • Essentials of Pediatric Intensive Care

    This comprehensive reference has been completely revised with the most up-to-date information on medical research in the diagnosis and treatment of paediatric diseases, and with new and expanded sections on pharamacology and technology for the paediatric patient. Covers the latest on liquid ventilation, high-frequency oscillatory intervention, radiographic imaging in the ICU, and molecular intensive care. Also includes a wealth of information on extracorporeal membrane oxygenation, nitride oxide therapy, inflammation and shock, and more! Due to the voluminous coverage of material, this practical guide is sectioned into two distinct books: one solely devoted to paediatric diseases and its reasearch, and the other focused on procedures, equipment and techniques. Provides the reader with outlines of chapter topics, tables, dosages and normal values in a convenient format for easy referral.

  • Human Movement: An Introductory Text

    This new edition provides an introduction to the study of human movement for physiotherapists and other health care professions who undertake the assessment of movement and the rehabilitation of clients with impaired movement and function. "Human Movement 4th Edition" focuses on understanding and assessing the movement and function of human beings in their daily environment rather than on the actual treatment for patients with abnormal movement. The text is enlivened by case studies, points for clinical consideration and student tasks and activities an ideal starter kit.

  • Atlas of Hand Surgery

    Covers the hand surgical techniques the non-specialist needs to perform. The book takes a 'one-stop' approach, each illustration is accompanied by a detailed descriptive caption, eliminating the need for flipping back and forth though the text between illustrations and descriptions. The book's step-by-step illustrations are by a single medical artist, assuring high quality uniformity throughout. Features: * Practical one-stop resource demonstrates common hand surgery procedures * High-quality step-by-step illustrations * Detailed descriptive caption supports each illustration

  • Nursing the Orthopedic Patient

    This book aims to provide a solid foundation of current knowledge and understanding of the essence of orthopaedic nursing and gives direction and guidance to nurses to enable them to develop their own specific needs and objectives. It is intended for qualified nurses studying either at diploma or degree level, but pre-registration nurses should also find it a useful reference. The descriptions of nursing care apply mainly to the hospital environment, but the nurse's role within the health care team is referred to in every chapter, and some chapters focus on the interface of hospital and community care provision. The emphasis is on caring for the patient rather than treating the condition. The care of the child and orthopaedic trauma are not included. The first eight chapters describe and discuss the underlying principles and concepts of orthopaedic nursing, irrespective of the medical diagnosis. This should enable nurses to develop a flexible approach to care based on current research and knowledge. The second part of the book provides in-depth information on the nursing care of patients with specific conditions and problems. A number of different nursing models are used to describe nursing care, and case studies are included to illustrate and add validity to the discussions.

  • Clinical Problem Solving in Dentistry

    "Highly Commended, Dental Prize, Society of Authors Medical Book Awards 2000" This book is designed to explain to dental students the processes of diagnosis and treatment planning, through consideration of clinical cases and problems which involve aspects of all the dental specialties. Dental students need to learn to cope with the fact that the problems of an individual patient do not necessarily fall into neat categories. They may require a combination of operative, periodontal and prosthodontic treatment - as the book is based around clinical cases and problems, it enables them to do this, and also prepares the student for their final exams and the real world of clinical practice.

  • Understanding Hydrolats: The Specific Hydrosols for Aromatherapy: A Guide for Health Professionals, 1e

    Distilled waters, or hydrolats, are therapeutic in many ways, and yet little has been written to clarify their properties and clinical applications. This book details the nature, properties (where known), and nomenclature of hydrolats, and gathers in one source the sure and sensible facts about distilled waters. Already used by aromatherapists interested in extending their therapeutic range, this book provides all therapists with the confidence to practice safely with a solid understanding of the value of hydrolats. Dispels confusion over what hydrolats and distilled waters actually are - equipping the therapist to make accurate choices in what to use for effective therapeutic interventions. Analyzes the science of hydrolats and sorts fact from wild claim. Extends the range of therapeutic interventions available to the practicing aromatherapist/massage therapist.

  • The Nursing Process in Psychiatry (Project 2000)

    This is the second edition of a book written in an attempt to provide practising psychiatric nurses with a guide to the implementation of the nursing process in their own discipline. It is a response to the changes in nursing practice that have occurred since 1985. Two new chapters have been added which look at objective setting, and the relationship between the nursing process and effective patient-nurse communication, and the community chapter now includes a care study to illustrate the use of the process in this area.

  • Miller's Anesthesia Online

    From fundamental principles to advanced subspecialty procedures, this masterwork covers the full scope of contemporary anesthesia practice. A who's who of internationally recognized authorities offers in-depth, state-of-the-art coverage of basic science, pharmacology, with step-by-step instructions for patient management and a complete analysis of ancillary responsibilities and problems. This online-only version of this great title provides PIN code access to the continually updated website - updated weekly with new information from the contributing board. The website also includes video clips that demonstrate the proper technique for new and difficult procedures.

  • Nursing Research: Dissemination and Implementation

    Here's an innovative book that helps to disseminate and implement research in nursing. By exploring common perceptions, this text helps to alleviate some of the confusion that often accompanies research. This text guides the reader through the implementation of research in theory and in practice.

  • Integrated Anatomy

    "Integrated Anatomy" is designed for core curricula based on body system or problem-based learning. It provides students with a concise description of essential anatomy within a clinical context. Surface anatomy, radiological anatomy and clinical cases are sytematically included to highlight functional and clinical relevance of structures being described. Content is organised into regionally-based chapters, but within each chapter the content is structured by system. There is also an introductory chapter giving a system-based overview and appendices covering clinical techniques and angiogram procedures.

  • Handbook of Current Diagnosis and Treatment: A Quick A-Z Reference

    This handbook aims to provide doctors in training and practice with expert recommendations on diagnosis and treatment of all major diseases and disorders. The disorders are arranged alphabetically for fast access and the book also includes a symptom index. Information is condensed into a double-page spread, including clinical pictures, tables and algorithms. Each double-page spread presents diagnosis on one page and treatment on the other. Diagnosis and management of each disorder is considered under the following headings: diagnosis; symptoms; signs with explanatory notes of their significance; investigations, including physical examinations and laboratory tests that can be used to aid diagnosis; complications; differential diagnosis; aetiology and epidemiology; treatment - diet and lifestyle; criteria for treatment; pharmacological treatment with details of drug dosages; treatment aims; other treatment options; prognosis and progression; follow-ups and management; and key references.

  • Grainger & Allison's Diagnostic Radiology, Multiple Choice Questions

    This book provides the medium for all trainees preparing to sit the Royal College of Radiologists fellowship exam to test their factual knowledge of diagnostic imaging and related clinicopathological aspects. The book is a collection of over 500 multiple choice questions that are divided into subject chapters corresponding with those in "Grainger and Allison's Diagnostic Radiology, 4th edition". Full explanatory answers are given for all of the questions so that this book may be used as a useful complement to the main textbook or to any other general radiology text. Each of the questions take the form of a stem with five branches which must be answered true or false. As is the custom for the Royal College of Radiologists exam, a correct response is marked +1, an incorrect response -1, and 0 for no response.

  • Cross-sectional Imaging Made Easy

    This volume covers the three types of cross-sectional imaging that are in common use today - computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and ultrasound (US). The book is a simplified text that illustrates how each modality can be most appropriately used. Using a clear and simple style, each section includes a description of the relevant technique, followed by illustrated anatomical examples of where the use of the modality is best considered. This book will be of help not just to medical students and junior doctors, but to many others working in the health profession.

  • Auricular Acupuncture Diagnosis

    . Written by a leading expert in the field
    . Clearly presents all known auricular diagnostic procedures within a scientific context
    . Well illustrated with drawings and photos which are easily read"
    . Includes the teaching work of a well-known and respected auriculotherapy teacher
    . Attractive page design and illustrations are included

  • Infertility in Practice

    The Handbook of Infertility has been written as a practical guide and is based on the authors' experience of daily clinical practice. The aim of the book is to place the modern approach to the management of fertility in the context of sound theory and evidence based therapy. The book is divided into six sections covering background, diagnosis and counseling; diagnosis and treatment; assisted conception, ethics, regulations and guidelines; complications; pregnancy; and treatment failure.

  • Successful Breastfeeding

    A fully revised and updated edition of this successful guide to breastfeeding. A short, succinct authoritative, pocket book guide to the how and why of breastfeeding. Written by a group of experts in infant feeding brought together by the Royal College of Midwives. This is an invaluable source of information for midwives, health visitors and others supporting breastfeeding mothers as well as the mothers themselves.

  • Easy to access and easy to read a guide which gives immediate help and advice
  • Up to date with research and developments in this field a safe and helpful guide for health professionals
  • Authoritative has the backing of the Royal College of Midwives and draws directly on the knowledge and understanding of the most experienced professionals in this field.
  • Updated throughout with the latest research
  • Leprosy

    Designed to bridge the gaps between basic laboratory scientific investigations into leprosy and the field application of this information, the second edition of this text presents aspects of clinical, epidemiological, rehabilitative, historical, descriptive and pathologic control medicine.

  • Recent Advances in Dermatology

    Although designed mainly for the practising clinical dermatologist, the more purely clinical chapters include advances in basic sciences that should appeal to both clinicians and anyone interested in problems exemplified by the skin.

  • Recent Advances in Urology/andrology

    Designed for every urologist and andrologist in practice and in training, this series presents a range of topical reviews. The books contain short chapters with a summary of clinical implications at the end of each. In this text the editor, plus 17 contributors from the UK, US and Denmark provide a variety of expertise.

  • Biochemistry Illustrated

    The new edition of Biochemistry Illustrated continues to provide a valuable graphical approach to Biochemistry. The text has been made more accessible to students through a radical revision, presenting the material in a more logical and cohesive style. The excellent diagrams, which are the definitive feature of this book, remain as before. The book also has a larger format and content has been updated in the area of molecular biology. Features: New to this edition: * New larger format * Change of style of presentation to clarify textual material while retaining the large number of two-colour illustrations * Content updated, especially in the are of molecular biology

  • Social And Behavioural Sciences for Nurses: An Intergrated Approach

    Changes in society affect health services and the individuals who work in and use them. As a result, the contribution of the social and behavioural sciences sociology, social policy and psychology to a holistic understanding of nursing is being increasingly acknowledged. Nursing courses reflect this contribution, yet it is often difficult for students to see the connections between these three related disciplines and their relevance to nursing. This is the first textbook which clearly explains and integrates these important areas and while emphasising their relevance and applications to nursing care. Section 1: society, health and illness, introduces sociological theory and shows how social factors impact on health. Section 2: organisation and delivery of health and social care, introduces how social policy effects nursing, the provision of caring services and the effects which policy has on peoples experiences of and access to health and health care. Section 3: the individual and health care, outlines the contribution which psychology makes to our understanding of people and their responses to health and illness. The book clearly links to the health needs of client groups which students are likely to encounter including older adults, children, families, women and men. It also addresses key contemporary themes in health such as inequalities, demographics, and the move from hospitals to community based care. Throughout the book, case studies, examples and questions illustrate the ideas and apply them to nursing and health care. This allows readers to relate the issues to their own experiences and encourages reflection on practice, as well as stimulating debate on these often problematic issues. The aim is to contribute to a deeper understanding of the issues which underpin sensitive nursing care. All nursing and health care students at both diploma and degree level will find this book a stimulating and invaluable aid to understanding the social and behavioural sciences and their relevance to nursing.

  • Short Cases for the MRCPCH

    This book presents 100 of the most common short cases in the format that the candidate would be expected to use in the exam setting. It will also include examples of questions which examiners frequently ask and sample answers, as well as a one-page aide memoire to clinical examination of each body system.

  • A Myofascial Approach to Thai Massage: East Meets West

    In A Myofascial Approach to Thai Massage, the author takes a radically different approach to Thai Massage by redefining the sen lines in myofascial terms. He provides a coherent system illustrating the function and benefits of Thai Massage through its actions on the myofascial network, lymph and blood flow. In addition, the author questions some of the more dubious moves in Thai Massage; looks at the 'spiritual' aspects of Thai Massage in terms of presence, attention and the therapist/client relationship; takes a unique view of Thai Massage and opens the way for further exploration of massage in the myofascial field; and includes some examples of working with clients to illustrate the themes. Although specifically about Thai Massage, content covers many aspects of the therapist/patient relationship - well explored in psychotherapy but surprisingly little covered in massage courses.

  • Ostheimer's Manual of Obstetric Anesthesia

    Here's the New Edition of a succinct and practical guide to the anaesthetic management of obstetric patients. Twenty international experts - all trained by noted authority Gerald W. Osteimer provide today's most up-to-date information on the clinical issues associated with labour and delivery, including the management on high risk pregnancies and obstetric emergencies. Its convenient pocket size makes it a one stop, definitive source for basic anaesthesiology knowledge.

  • Pressure Sores

    Provides a brief historical and epidemiological explanation of pressure sores, and deals with causes, prevention and treatment, and ethical and legal questions. The text incorporates research which has improved pressure sore prevention and treatment. Readers can use the assessment provided within the open learning style material to obtain academic credit.

  • Churchill Livingstone's Guide to Professional Healthcare

    Professionals in today's health services work in a complex and ever-changing world. They have a statutory responsibility to keep up-to-date not only with clinical changes but with changes to the way in which services are delivered, in policy, management, education and professional development.This book provides a handy A-Z reference source for busy health care professionals. It covers over 200 topics including concepts, organisations and issues which inform health care delivery now. It reflects the multi-disciplinary and multi-agency nature of health services as well as the importance of consumer and patient issues. It includes information on: Voluntary organisations; Statutory bodies; Health service agencies; Professional development; Policy issues; Management and quality issues; and much more! All health care professionals including nurses, PAMs and medical administration personnel working in all aspects of health service delivery will find this book an invaluable source of reference. It will also be a welcome guide for students and for those returning to practice. If you're a health professional - don't go to work without it!

  • Head and Neck Nursing

    This book focuses on the essential core elements of nursing patients who have problems with the head or neck (such problems include airway problems, wound care, nutrition problems, communication). A conscious attempt to move the focus away from a medical-dominated stance to one in which nursing considerations are paramount has been made. It has a practice and patient-centred orientation, so will act as a guide to clinical practice. Each chapter follows a clear structure of: introduction; relevant anatomy and physiology; aetiology of problems; nursing diagnosis; planning; implementation; and, evaluation. The book is highly illustrated and colour photographs are included to illustrate important points.

  • A Massage Therapist's Guide to Treating Headaches and Neck Pain Including Dvd

    The massage therapist's guide to treating headaches and neck pain is a practical guide for the massage therapist to assist them in identifying appropriate massage treatment for those experiencing headaches and neck pain. The book describes the most common headache types and causes for neck pain that can be effectively addressed with therapeutic massage and associated methods easily incorporated into massage. Assessment procedures are provided both to identify appropriate treatment and to alert the massage therapist to more serious conditions that could be responsible for the symptoms and require a referral for further diagnosis and treatment. Protocols for treatment using massage and other soft tissue methods are provided. The text is written in a practical way that is user friendly.

    Incorporates a DVD demonstrating the palpation and treatment methods.

  • Liver Disease: Diagnosis and Management

    Edited by two internationally known and respected hepatologists, this new resource examines the important concepts, principles, and facts needed for the daily care and management of liver disease patients. A group of international authors provides a global perspective on this rapidly changing field.

  • Anaesthesia Reveiw - 14

    The latest issue in this highly successful review series. Provides an annual update on the important developments in anaesthesia and reassesses areas which require updating. Bridges the gap between material published in journals and textbooks. Features: * Excellent review and update for the postgraduate candidate * Recognised as an examination aid by both FRCA candidates and examiners * Content clinically focussed to assist clinicians progress in their practice * Provides short reviews on a wide range of topics

  • Gastrointestinal and Oesophageal Pathology

    This is an examination of the gastrointestinal tract and the diseases that affect it. The work is intended to promote an approach which encourages awareness of the earliest manifestations of a disease and also focuses some attention on the pathophysiological basis of gastrointestinal disease. It covers the normal pathology of the alimentary tract, congenital and developmental abnormalities, mechanical and neuromuscular abnormalities, primary inflammatory disorders, vascular disorders, tumours and radiation induced pathology of the oesophagus.

  • Genetics of Malignant Disease

    Four times a year, the British Medical Bulletin brings the latest international breakthroughs in a specific area of medicine. Each issue is filled with well documented research from some of the world's leading clinicians and researchers, accompanied by necessary graphs, illustrations and photographs. Features: * Brings readers fully up to date with the latest research and clinical findings in specific areas of medicine. * No need to look elsewhere for international information and insight into the topics featured. * Written by top world authorities - readers can be confident that this is the best information available on the chosen topics. * Indexed in Current Contents, Excerpta Medica, BIOSIS, Biological Abstracts, NMLUIS, Index Medicus - proving that the British Medical Bulletin is highly thought of for its quality of scholarship, a lasting resource for medical specialists and a necessary addition to medical and biological libraries.

  • Troubleshooting Histology Stains

    This book aims to solve the problems encountered by the laboratory worker when a particular histological staining process either goes wrong or generates a problematic result. The most common are described in detail, and background information on the dyes and techniques is supplied. Variants are then discussed and, in the third section the ease of use of the method, and the pitfalls are assessed and described. Features: * Looks at the technical problems of staining, unlike other texts which deal with methodology * Handy problem-solving guide for the laboratory * Covers around 60 methods currently in use * Includes enzyme histochemical techniques * Well illustrated in colour

  • Liver Cancer

    This is a multi-author text on all aspects of primary liver cancer - one of the world's most common cancers. Liver cancer is difficult to manage and prognosis for patients is not good, so the most effective treatment is essential. The book is edited by one of the best known and most respected names in hepatology. There has been no comprehensive book on liver cancer during the last ten years, during which time great progress has been made both in basic science and clinical studies. This book provides up-to-date information on all the important aspects of primary liver cancer. There is a special emphasis on hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) which is one of the most common cancers in the world. Among the areas covered are aetiology, epidemiology, diagnosis, newly developed imaging methods and treatment modalities, transplantation and multidisciplinary therapy. Features: * Multi-contributory referenced text on all aspects of primary liver cancer * Edited by one of the best known and most respected names in hepatology * The only comprehensive reference to the advances of the last ten years * Special emphasis on hepatocellular carcinoma * Offers coverage of all the latest techniques in diagnosis and treatment

  • Atlas of Surgical Pathology of the Colon, Rectum, and Anus

    This guide to the surgical pathology of the colon, rectum and anus, is made up of a collection of photographs from St Mark's hospital, which specializes exclusively in diseases of this area and where it has been the practice to photograph every major surgical specimen since the 1920s. The material at the authors' disposal has enabled them to present a detailed account of the range of changes which characterizes the more common diseases such as ulcerative colitis as well as illustrating the rarer entities. Progress in pathology has been achieved by the demonstration of relationships between gross and microscopic changes and subsequently by the elucidation of the cellular or molecular basis of microscopic disease. The book attempts to highlight the histological basis of gross disease by retrieving the original material and photographing freshly prepared tissue sections. The authors concentrate on examination, dissection and description of major surgical specimens, though biopsy interpretation has not been neglected. They have not aimed to provide a comprehensive biopsy atlas, but rather to display histological material which illustrates and serves to explain nomenclature that is of importance in directing patient management. They have tried to emphasize the clinical, epidemiological or research-based relevance of pathological reporting and how specimens should be dealt with and the link between microscopic and macroscopic appearances is emphasized. It is aimed at pathologists; gastroenterologists; surgeons with a special interest in gastroenterology; candidates for the MRSPath part II and FRCS Part II.

  • Ctg Made Easy

    Cardiotocography (CTG) is a form of electronic fetal monitoring used commonly when a women delivers her baby in hospital, providing a continuous record of one aspect of fetal well-being. The second edition of this popular text provides a thorough introduction to the use of CTGs and presents over 50 case studies, each of which explores history, questions, analysis and outcome of the case. All healthcare professionals involved in the interpretation of CTGs will find this resource an invaluable support foraccurate and confident clinical practice.

  • Clinical Problem Solving in Dentistry

    This book is designed to explain dental students the processes of diagnosis and treatment planning through consideration of clinical cases and problems which involve aspects of all the dental specialties.

  • Larsen's Human Embryology

    This book presents in-depth coverage of both the clinical and molecular biological aspects of human development. It examines the relationship between basic science and embryology, and describes potential clinical disorders arising out of embryologic problems. A strong clinical focus, practical design, and superb artwork - with more than 150 images new to this edition - allow for quick comprehension and easy application of the latest knowledge in this rapidly advancing field. A user-friendly design enables you to review the material in several ways, and online access to Student Consult enhances your study of the subject and exponentially boosts your reference power.

  • Mind Maps in Medicine

    The first book of Mind Maps (R) devoted entirely to medicine! This unique organizational tool helps you study and review clinical medicine easily and effectively! 136 Mind Maps (R) provide an overview of complex topics including Gastroenterology * Endocrinology * Metabolism * and much more!

  • Therapeutic Exercise for Spinal Segmental Stabilization: In Lower Back Pain

    This long awaited book presents a new approach to therapeutic exercise for the back. The approach focuses on stabilisation training of the muscles affecting the back. Instability of the back is now recognisedas a major underlying cause of back pain. Although this has been acknowledged for some time, the research tosubstantiate was lacking. This group of well known and highly respected authors has undertaken that research and the techniques they have developed for back pain treatment and prevention are based on their research findings. Back pain is one of the most common problems in the population at large and is treatment and prevention form a major part of manual therapy practitioners workload.

  • Pediatric Neurosurgery

    This work aims to cover the entire spectrum of neurosurgery in childhood. It focuses on the practical aspects of managing infants and children with neurosurgical problems. As well as covering problems such as brain tumours there is also extensive coverage of new areas of methods of treatment, such as the surgical treatment of epilepsy, stereotaxy and robotics, spinal and head injuries, neuroanaesthesia and intensive care.

  • Ear, Nose, and Throat, and Head and Neck Surgery: An Illustrated Colour Text

    This is the second edition of a volume in the "Illustrated Colour Text" series. It is aimed at clinical medical students and junior postgraduates. Although ENT is a small specialty itself, it is an important subject for a high proportion of medical students as ENT conditions are an important part of a general practitioners workload.

  • Insall & Scott Surgery of the Knee

    Built on a solid foundation of basic anatomy, pathology, and diagnostic techniques, this best-selling reference offers comprehensive coverage of value to anyone involved in the diagnosis and treatment of knee disorders. Now thoroughly updated and available as a continuously updated multimedia e-dition, this definitive work in knee surgery is even better than ever! By pairing the tradition of print with the advances of technology (a state-of-the art website featuring the entire book online with continuous updates) you will stay on the cutting edge with regular updates that provide access to the most current and most critical literature reviews in the field, meeting summaries of major developments in sports knee and adult reconstruction, periodic technique updates presented in streaming video, and more.

  • Principles of Anatomy and Oral Anatomy for Dental Students

    This undergraduate dental textbook aims to emphasize anatomical principles rather than detail, and to reinforce the interdependence of basic science with clinical practice. It covers all aspects of the structure of the human body, including gross anatomy, cell biology, histology, embryology, neurology and especially oral anatomy. The major aim is to emphasize the principles of structure and function of the human body because these are the key to clinical dental practice. If the principles are not fully understood, the authors feel that it becomes very difficult to apply the relevant anatomical details and relations to clinical problems. The book incorporates all those subjects which are usually found in separate textbooks of oral or dental anatomy. Oral anatomy is simply the extension of anatomical principles to the mouth and its environment. The chapters covering these aspects have been written with reference to the principles of structure and function and with the relevant clinical applications clearly emphasized. The book begins with the basics - cell and tissue structure and function and developmental anatomy - as a prelude to consideration of the bodily systems. Subsequently, the skin, locomotor, nervous and endocrine, respiratory, cardiovascular systems and the gastrointestinal system, into which are incorporated the mouth and teeth, are described in turn. There is an introduction to each system as a synopsis for those students entering dental schools without a biological background and as a revision and reorientation aid for those with prior biological knowledge. Because all aspects of gross anatomy, histology and embryology of individual systems are considered together and related to their specific functions and clinical significance, students should be able to integrate these different branches of anatomical study into a coherent whole.

  • Labour Ward Manual

    A practical guide to all aspects of the management of labour within an 'obstetric' unit. The author places the emphasis on normal deliveries and the text exploring the changed role of the midwife in the modern environment.

  • Procedures in Diagnostic Radiology

    This is a very practical "how-to-do-it" manual which covers all the practical procedures likely to be needed in a modern radiology department, including the most simple and complex. Less common procedures are also covered with special attention given to the difficulties which are likely to be encountered and possible solutions. It is aimed at practising radiologists; radiology trainees; radiology technologists, particularly those taking Part 1 FRCR.

  • Operative Pediatric Urology

    "Operative Pediatric Urology, 2E" is a practical, technique-orientated atlas that builds on the strengths of the critically acclaimed first edition. The book has been updated throughout, with 66 per cent of the previous edition's illustrations completely replaced. The book focuses firmly on operative technique, with a user-friendly, succinct text accompanying over 432 superb illustrations of the highest quality. Every chapter has been comprehensively updated, and many new procedures are covered. The book has been written and edited by the very best names in the field of pediatric urology, and represents a truly indispensable resource for the urologist, pediatric surgeon, and general surgeon.

  • Differential Diagnosis in Dermatology for Windows And Macintosh

    This CD-ROM facilitates differential diagnosis for a full range of skin conditions, both common and rare. For any rash or lesion in any body area, algorithms guide users from general conditions categories to specific diagnostic possibilities. Concise, yet detailed discussions examine each diseases history, anatomical and geographical distribution, clinical findings, pathology, distinguishing features, and treatments.

  • Accident And Emergency X-rays Made Easy

    Here's easy-to-follow advice in an easy-to-follow format. A practicing radiologist with many years of experience working in Emergency Departments explains how to successfully troubleshoot and accurately interpret radiologic images of the most commonly encountered conditions. For each body system, he reviews normal anatomy and normal variants, and addresses the many pitfalls that affect radiologic technique and the huge potential for misinterpreting the images.

    • Covers the conditions most commonly encountered on an emergency basis or as the result of accidents.
    • Reviews the knowledge of normal anatomy and normal anatomical variations essential to interpreting radiographs accurately.
    • Discusses effective methods for analyzing the diagnostic quality of x-rays and interpreting the pathology. Addresses the many pitfalls and the enormous potential for error in technique and diagnosis. Use real-life cases of 'memorable' patients to illustrate relevant historical facts and insights.

  • Radiography Of Children: A Guide To Good Practice

    "Radiography of Children" covers the different skills needed to x-ray children successfully - radiographic positioning, choice and number of views, patient communication with child and parents, achieving patient co-operation, and immobilization. It provides a solid introduction to radiography, based on knowledge of child development/ psychology, pediatric pathology, and the emotional needs of the child and parents. It discusses IRMER, the Children Act, and advice on setting up a pediatric x-ray room in a general department.

  • Esophageal Surgery/Thoracic Surgery

    Please see individual pages for full descriptions and contents of both titles: Thoracic Surgery 2e: 0443075956 Esophageal Surgery: 0443076057

  • Principles And Practice of Trauma Nursing

    This book offers a practical, systematic approach to care for a wide range of trauma presentations. It encompasses the whole range of trauma care (including pre-hospital care) and the nurse's contribution. Chapters are included on the relevant biosciences which are easy to understand and will appeal to all levels of nurse who want to expand their underpinning knowledge. As well as the basic science dimensions of trauma nursing, it also addresses the clinical and psychosocial psychological elements. and offers a structured approach to the management of those who have fallen victim to trauma. Research evidence is used throughout to support the text. The team of multidisciplinary contributors are well-known experts in their fields. "Principles and Practice of Trauma Nursing" will be a major asset to any nurse working or studying in this varied and exciting field.

  • Mcalpine's Multiple Sclerosis

    Since 1955, this landmark masterwork has been revered for its authoritative presentation of the entire state of scientific and clinical knowledge about multiple sclerosis. The state-of-the-art 4th Edition presents the most recent information on the genetics and epidemiology, clinical neurology, pathogenesis, and management of this common neurological disease. Amply illustrated and referenced and beautifully written, McAlpine's Multiple Sclerosis has been described as "A standard reference for multiple sclerosis researchers, embryonic 'MS-ologists' and hard-pressed clinical neurologists alike" (Brain, review of the last edition).

  • Anatomy and Physiology Applied to Obstetrics

    A useful small book for midwives that studies anatomy and physiology as applied to obstetrics and gynaecology. The text looks at the physiology of pregnancy and is well illustrated.

  • Haematology: Colour Guide

    A pocket-sized guide to the main features and problems encountered in haematology. Compact and easy-to-use, it contains superb colour photographs. The accompanying text is clear and concise and provides an invaluable resource for medical students and student nurses. Features: * covers the main features and problems encountered in haematology * ideal aid to a rapid overview of the field * superb colour photographs and scans * concise text summarizes clinically-important information about the conditions illustrated

  • Principles and Practice of Phytotherapy: Modern Herbal Medicine

    This groundbreaking text is the only comprehensive, thoroughly researched, carefully referenced, up-to-date text on the practice of herbal medicine, written by herbalists who have active experience in clinical practice, education, manufacturing and research. This book provides a detailed, practical and where possible research based rationale for the use of herbal treatments in a wide variety of clinical conditions and problems. Through the filter of current scientific literature, the authors have reappraised traditional use of herbal remedies and present realistic guidelines for modern practice. As a result "Principles and Practice of Phytotherapy" is a uniquely authoritative guide to applying herbal medicines as serious options for the treatment of some of the most troublesome conditions in the modern clinic. It will be greatly welcomed by those already using these remedies but will also be valued by any medical or healthcare practitioner who has thought about using plant remedies but was looking for a coherent approach that made modern sense.

  • Haemostasis and Thrombosis

    A multi-author volume with an international perspective covering all aspects of haemostasis and thrombosis. This is a fully up-to-date-revision of the previous (1987) edition, with improved coverage of topics such as biochemical and molecular mechanismsin health and disease. With a distinguished international list of contributors, this book will be relevant to anyone working within the clinical or laboratory aspects of this expanding field.

  • Complementary Therapies on the Internet

    This book is a clear and concise guide to accessing and assessing quality information about complementary medicine on the Internet. The authors offer a "route map" for Web users - from the novice to the experienced user - who want to save time and access the best information which the Web has to offer. A CD-ROM with the book allows the reader immediate access through Web links, and a Web site related to the book will offer updates on related Websites. Practical and highly readable information is provided on the best Internet resources for complementary medicine. Quality, online resources are highlighted, helping users sift through the vast number of inaccurate, unreliable, and out-of-date websites. Actual websites are assessed, and easy-to-use web links are included on the CD-ROM. Experts in the field offer a broad overview of the subject and advise with authority.

  • Gastrointestinal And Liver Pathology

    "The Foundations in Diagnostic Pathology Series" answers the call for fresh, affordable, and easy-to-use guidance. Each region-specific volume provides all of the most essential information on the pathologic entities encountered in practice. This volume examines the full scope of neoplastic and non-neoplastic disorders of the gastrointestinal tract (esophagus, stomach, small intestine, appendix, colon, and anus), liver, gallbladder, extrahepatic biliary tract, and pancreas. Coverage includes: clinical features - gross and microscopic; pathologic features; ancillary studies; differential diagnoses prognostic and therapeutic considerations; and, bibliographic references to the most important literature on the topic. The highly templated, practical format with a wealth of helpful illustrations, boxes, and tables, make this series ideal for quick reference.

  • Chinese Acupuncture and Moxibustion

    This is a textbook of acupuncture and moxibustion from a highly respected Chinese specialist of Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM). Qiu is also well known in Europe following lecture tours on these therapies. The text discusses acupuncture and moxibustion from adialective materialist perspective, in keeping with importance the contemporary Communist state places on TCM for all the people. The text has been expertly translated from the Chinese by Richard Bertshinger (author of the 'Golden Needle'). The original Chinese version of Chinese Acupuncture and Moxibustion was recently accepted by the All China Medical Board as the official teaching manual for students in China. Its scope and authenticity are unique among presently available Western textbooks. Comprehensive coverage includes: the more usual philosophy and history of Chinese traditional medicine regular descriptions of the meridians and points extra meridians and extra points detailed sections on less well known therapies - scalp and ear needling, electro-acupuncture abstracts from ancient texts, including the Odes methods and styles of needling discussion of the character patterns of disease.

  • Pathology of the Liver

    Most histopathologists will be called on to examine specimens from the livers of patients. This text describes the basic mechanisms which operate in the normal and abnormal liver, the pathological and clinical features of disease and their histological appearance. In this third edition, the five editors have drawn together an internationally recognized group of contributors to ensure that every aspect, from basic science to clinical features, is covered. It provides an authoritative, encyclopaedic resource for diagnosis and research and includes new chapters on liver transplantation, HIV and AIDS.

  • A Nurse's Survival Guide to Primary Care

    This book fills the need in this growing market for a lucid and comprehensive description of the complex and exciting world of primary care. It is a readable ready reference, positive in its approach, straightforward and factual in its style. This text also includes extensive references for further information and relevant clinical content that provides general information on subjects relevant to nurses in primary care, avoiding protocols which may vary from one area to another. Key facts relating to specific areas are presented in boxes throughout the text.

  • Physics for Ophthalmologists

    A broad-ranging textbook describing the physical principles upon which modern ophthalmic technology is based. With clear text and diagrams, the book covers the physics of medical imaging and electrosurgery and provides in-depth and up-to-date coverage of automated assessment of vision. For ease of use, mathematical formulae are used sparingly and the principles are also described in words - no background in physics is assumed. It should help the reader gain a better understanding of the technological side of the field and can be used as a course book for the Optics and Refraction module of the Fellowship of the Royal College of Ophthalmologists and similar exams.

  • Textbook of Endovascular Procedures

    Written by 91 leading international experts in the field, this new reference presents a thorough review of current procedures, outcomes, and complications for endovascular and traditional vascular surgery. From the basics of the endovascular process to the newer techniques of endovascular repair, this textbook covers each procedure thoroughly with the help of detailed line drawings and photographs. And, unlike other books of its kind, it presents a wide range of perspectives, taking into consideration those of both the radiologist and surgeon.

  • Maternity Care

    "Maternity Care" is designed to assist those studying the maternity or obstetric component of Family Health Care nursing. Although primarily concerned with the normal aspects of childbirth, this book gives a basic coverage of the more common complications and interventions as well. The nursing student will thus, it is hoped, have a greater appreciation of what she might encounter during her period of clinical placement and so understand more fully the need for preventive care. This second edition of "Maternity Care" has been written to take account of the many developments which have occured in the last few years - developments not only in the speciality itself but also in the education of nurses. As well, it reflects the growing involvement of childbearing families as participating receivers of maternity care, and the re-emergence of midwives as those families' advocates. There is less emphasis on the medical model. The scope and depth of most of the book has been expanded, while the text has been tightened where appropriate. New areas covered include the complications of early pregnancy (miscarriage, ectopic pregnancy, hydatidiform mole) and family planning. Social, emotional and cultural aspects are discussed in greater detail, and the section on postnatal community care and support has been enlarged. Newborn baby care in general and breast feeding in particular have been revised in line with current teaching and practice.

  • Prenatal Diagnosis and Screening

    Prenatal diagnosis is the most important and fast moving area in obstetrics. This important new title is intended to become the definitive international book on the subject. Features: * Strong editorial team - offering a combination of geneticist and obstetrician * Both editors are of renowned international standing * Expert contributors from the UK, USA, Europe and Australia * Final chapter will summarise the major developments in the field - cross-referenced to and from the relevant chapters * Current, in-depth coverage of prenatal diagnosis

  • Essential Anatomy and Some Clinical Applications

    This edition includes expanded details on the cell and its genetic mechanisms and a revised descriptive anatomy of the central nervous system. More clinical aspects of anatomy have been added throughout the book. The chapter on embryology has been removed, though synopses of embryological development that refer to specific organs have been included where suitable. In addition, developments in imaging techniques have involved substantial changes in the illustrations. The authors have tried to produce a book combining brevity and a methodical approach to the subject, by the describing structures in a consistent manner.

  • Human Embryology

    The fully updated new edition of this acclaimed reference details the concepts and principles that underlie human development. Each stage is clearly described in a logical, step-by-step fashion, helping readers grasp the complex processes involved. This title enjoys a broad appeal, as it has a solid clinical component but is also very strong in the molecular biological aspects of the subject, including separate sections in each chapter on both clinical reference and experimental studies. Superb photographs, electron micrographs, and colourful three-dimensional illustrations demonstrate the origin of structures and tissues. Dr Larson also continues to maintain a supporting web site, which has proved very popular amongst both tutors and students and combines to provide readers with a state-of-the-art knowledge of the field.

  • Hartland's Medical and Dental Hypnosis

    This book is an extensively revised edition of a highly successful and comprehensive introductory manual for the use of clinical hypnosis in the treatment of medical and psychological problems and disorders. Written with the interests and needs of the doctor or dentist in mind, its practical and clear approach maintains the tradition of high-quality information and usefulness established in previous editions of this book. After exploring the theoretical and historical background to hypnosis as well as key techniques and approaches, the book looks at specific clinical situations and problems in which hypnosis may have an impact, and offers specific practical management guidelines including possible scripts.

    • Continues the level of excellence set in previous editions of Hartland
    • Highly practical and accessible in its scope and approach
    • Offers clear guidelines on key hypnosis techniques, plus safety considerations
    • Overviews the psychodynamic, behavioural, cognitive, and humanistic approaches to psychotherapy for the unfamiliar reader
    • Challenges traditional conceptions of hypnosis as a therapeutic medium and offers an eclectic framework based on mainstream cognitive-behavioural approaches
    • Reviews all the main applications of hypnosis in medicine, dentistry and psychiatry and psychology, referring to evidence from clinical research
    • Gives sample scripts which offer the reader a springboard to clinical practice
    • Explores ethical issues in clinical practice, possible adverse effects (including the 'recovered memory' controversy), issues concerning lay practitioners and stage hypnosis with reference to the current literature.
    From the authors:
    • This future edition builds on the traditional aims and scope of the very popular and successful Hartland's
    • Includes more of a discussion of theory and research (clinical and academic) - with more informed summary of theoretical issues and a summary of evidence-based applications of hypnosis. This is important for professionals who wish to apply to their employees or funding bodies for financial assistance to train in hypnosis
    • A more empirical approach, for the clinical application of hypnosis - the models that are used to justify the various uses of hypnosis are based on modern knowledge
    • Eclectic therapeutic approaches - appealing for a wide range of schools but the main theoretical grounding will be cognitive-behavioural
    • Easier to use - new structure of the topics and applications
    • Anxiety, sleep, smoking, weight-loss, psychosomatic complaints, pain - applications for hypnosis for these conditions are presented in depth
    • Hypnosis for areas which require highly specialist knowledge, training and experience - post-traumatic stress disorder, anorexia and bulimia nervosa, sexual abuse, severe personality disorder and others - is dealt with in summaries, giving extra references for the specialist reader
    • Still an essential introductory text!
    • Contraception: Your Questions Answered

      This book is one of the original books in the "Your Questions Answered (YQA)" series. It serves as a primary source of information about reversible methods of contraception. Written in an informal - and yet highly informative - question-and-answer style, it represents a dialogue between general practitioner (asking the questions) and reproductive health specialist (providing the answers). As for all YQAs, the main aim of the book is to give practical guidance to busy clinicians when they are faced with patients who wants help with a health problem - for this book, the questions pertain to choosing and using the best means of controlling fertility. Most chapters conclude with questions frequently asked by patient - the answers to which can be very difficult for the unprepared and busy clinician to improvise 'on the spot' in the surgery.

    • Wellbeing in Dementia: An Occupational Approach for Therapists and Carers

      Dementia is now being taught on courses, but it can be a difficult area. The problems of this client group are quite unlike those of any other and the usual models of care used for other areas of Occupational Therapy (OT) have proved inadequate for the provision of quality OT care to these clients. This practical textbook presents a developmental model of practice for dementia care. It looks at the relationship between occupation, well-being and dementia, and examines the critical role of the carer in delivering therapeutic interventions to dementia sufferer, meeting the needs of both students and practitioners.

    • 600 McQs in Anaesthesia: Basic Sciences

      The second edition provides examination practice of multiple choice questions on the basic science for the diploma of Fellow of the Royal College of Anaesthefists (FRCA). The questions are arranged in mock papers of 30 MCQS. This will allow candidates to time themselves in answering questions similar to those they will encounter in the actual examination. Each paper is followed by annotated answers. Aimed primarily at the part 2 FRCA, many of the simpler topics will be relevant to part 1 and will provide revision for part 3. The text will also benefit candidates studying for the European Diploma of Anaesthesiology. There is a new co-editor - Peter Simpson and 15% of the questions are entirely new. Most questions have been altered or replaced. In addition, answers have been expanded.

    • The Shoulder in Sport: Management, Rehabilitation and Prevention

      The book is divided into 5 sections: the first and second sections provide introductory topics, such as anatomical variances of the articulations and soft tissues, the biomechanics of the shoulder, diagnostic imaging, specialist and functional examinations. The third section is dedicated to the description of surgical solutions in acute articular, muscle and tendinous pathologies. Rehabilitation and prevention are described in the fourth section, where the authors present exercises of post-surgical rehabilitation, techniques of mobilizing in manual therapy and load multidimensional model. The last two chapters in this section are dedicated to prevention, especially of chronic pathologies, using intervention influencing programmes, methodology of training and how to rectify incorrectly performed movements. The last section is dedicated to the use of electromyography of the surface. This method is used to register muscular activity during training; the description contains practical information and a great number of references of clinical interest.

    • Pediatric Acupuncture

      This practical introduction to pediatric acupuncture and related techniques explores the important concepts of childhood development and integrates conventional theories with those of Traditional Chinese Medicine. Provides effective acupuncture techniques for treating 22 common childhood conditions, with special emphasis on treatments that are safe, simple, non-invasive, and readily accepted by children.

      • A clear and realistic description is provided for the appropriate use of acupuncture in the treatment of children.
      • Conventional child development theories are integrated with the TCM paradigms to help devise more appropriate and effective treatment plans.
      • Non-invasive acupuncture-related techniques are offered to assist in treating children who have a fear of needles.
      • Treatment plans are provided for 22 common childhood conditions - including asthma and eczema.
      • Concerns and issues related to diet and immunization in childhood are explored.
      • The author is a practicing pediatrician with many years experience in both working with children and as an acupuncture practitioner.

    • Miller's Anesthesia: Text With Continually Updated Online Reference

      The two-volume set, plus a continuously updated website for the life of the edition gives you unprecedented reference power! This new 6th edition of "Miller's Anesthesia" covers fundamental principles through advanced subspecialty procedures. A who's who of internationally recognised contributors offer in-depth and authoritative coverage of basic science and pharmacology, step-by-step instructions for patient management, and an in-depth analysis of ancillary responsibilities and problems - and much more. In addition, video clips on the accompanying CD-ROM demonstrate the proper technique for new and difficult procedures. It is now available as an e-dition book and website package - with continuous weekly updates for the life of the edition!

    • Children's Orthopedics and Fractures

      The book is a single-volume work on all aspects of paediatric orthopaedics, with contributions from a wide range of distinguished specialists. This book advises the reader how to approach a problem, make a diagnosis and plan a rational treatment regime. It gives detailed guidance on how to perform routine operations in children's orthopaedics, aided by illustrations showing operative procedures. The contents covers topics ranging from congenital conditions to trauma management, and will cover areas such as blood disorders and bone tumours. Summaries of clinical points at the end of each chapter enhance the book's value as a practical reference. It is aimed primarily at the senior registrar or resident who is trying to learn children's orthopaedics as part of his/her graduate curriculum. It is a text for all students in all nations and in all climates.

    • Palpation Skills: Assessment and Diagnosis Through Touch

      Palpatory or touch skills lie at the very core of all hands on" therapies. Subtlety and sensitivity of touch, and interpretation of palpatory tests, are an essential requirement for practice. This book aims to help both the student and practising therapist towards increased sophistication of palpatory assessment skills and practice." Features: * written in a clear style which successfully conveys how best to learn these skills through practice * guides the reader towards assessment through palpation which is based on a hands on" approach, and is therefore extremely useful to any therapist working in this way * gives a good overview of different forms of palpation and helps the reader to focus on how best to achieve and apply each form * encourages learning through imaginative exercises for the reader to try * written by a highly respected author who is well known as a teacher and writer on this area which is relevant to a broad range of "hands on" therapists"

    • Outline of Fractures: Including Joint Injuries

      The companion volume to "Outline of Orthopaedics", this text considers fractures and is aimed primarily at undergraduate medical students. Amongst the areas covered are pathology of fractures and fracture healing, clinical and radiological features of fractures and complications of fractures. An ELBS/LPBB edition is available.

    • Ross and Wilson Anatomy and Physiology in Health and Illness

      This is a basic anatomy and physiology textbook which is easy to read. It is highly illustrated with 4 colour text boxes and illustrations throughout. In addition to covering the "normal" anatomy and physiology, each chapter ends with a brief section on disease which explains what happens when the "normal" becomes abnormal. The text provides the essential foundations of understanding for all students studying on health related courses.

    • Copd: Your Questions Answered

      Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) is one of the most common diseases in the developed world, and a major cause of morbidity and mortality. As there is no cure, many doctors assume they can do little for patients presenting with this distressing condition, but in fact, new pharmacological therapies giving symptomatic relief and management techniques such as pulmonary rehabilitation can greatly improve patients' quality of life. This book, written by a respiratory specialist in accessible Q and A format provides up-to-date, evidence-based information to enable the primary care practitioner to better understand and treat patients with COPD. It will provide authoritative information for family doctors, patients and their carers, in an attractive and easy to read presentation.

    • A Textbook of Perioperative Care, 1e

      Woodhead and Wicker's new text will be the foremost reference source for all perioperative practitioners. The content mirrors the dynamics of modern perioperative practice by focusing on surgical interventions in all the environments in which it is currently practised, including A&E departments, general practice clinics, intensive care units, and at the site of serious accidents. Theatre practice is becoming increasingly specialist; this book does not attempt to to reflect the needs of all specialties, but instead concentrates on the principles of practice, applicable to any setting and any specialty. It has a very practical focus - it aims to be the book that nurses and ODPs reach for in order to answer their practical questions - but is not be procedure-driven. Instead, it sets out the principles of perioperative practice, from which practitioners will be able to develop their own practice techniques.

      • Reflects principles of practice, applicable to any perioperative environment
      • Strong practical focus
      • Edited by two of the biggest 'names' in the international perioperative nursing sphere, with contributions from other well-known and authoritative sources
      • Excellent opportunities to develop links with the National Association of Theatre Nurses and the European Operating Room Association
      • The team of contributors are experienced practitioners working directly with perioperative patients or in perioperative education
      • An original model for ethical practice is proposed: the Reid model is the first such ethical model to be proposed for the perioperative environment
      • Includes one of the only chapters in any perioperative book which specifically focuses on the care of the elderly.
      • The research chapter encourages the use of evidence based practice and the development of perioperative research
      • The unique chapter on care of the mentally ill will support practitioners who are not qualified in psychiatry to care for mentally ill patients. This is an area where there is a great information deficit
      • Key points listed for each chapter
      • Sections have been completely revised from previous edition - key subject areas now stand-alone chapters rather than sections within much larger chapters - creates ease of access for user
      • Change of editorship
      • Recognises the diversity of perioperative environments much more explicitly than previous edition
        • The Respiratory System: Systems of the Body

          Aimed principally at those on the "new" medical curriculum, this textbook on the respiratory system covers the structure and function of the system and its major diseases. It offers integrated coverage of the structure, function and major diseases of the respiratory system. The cove rage of the basic science is clinically driven - a common clinical presentation introduces each major topic. Coverage of major diseases of the respiratory system equips students for the contact with patients which occurs early in the "new" medical course.

        • The Complete Mrcp 3: Photographic Interpretation Questions, Mrcp

          "The Complete MRCP" is a series of 3 books that cover the whole of the written section of the Part 1 and Part 2 exams for the College of Physicians qualifications. All three books were originally written by registrars and senior registrars, all of whom were closely involved in Membership-level teaching. As a result they are the books most highly regarded by those preparing for the exams and they are essential for all those taking the qualification. The MRCP itself is a very difficult professional qualification. It is jointly organised by the three UK Royal Colleges of Physicians - Edinburgh, Glasgow and London. The format of the exam is constantly changing to reflect the patterns of medicine and roughly 4000 candidates apply to take the MRCP every year. This book covers the 3rd element of the Part 2 MRCP exam - colour photograph questions. It contains 150 colour illustrations covering a wide range of clinical conditions with related questions which are in the form encountered in the exam itself. The photographs include radiographs, blood films and pathological examples. The questions give a certain amount of relevant history to help the candidate make the most appropriate diagnosis. The answers are very detailed and should aid the candidate in revision.

        • Principles of Neuromusculoskeletal Treatment and Management: A Guide for Therapists

          "Principles of Neuromusculoskeletal Treatment and Management" presents the theoretical framework that underpins the treatment and management of patients with neuromusculoskeletal dysfunction. The first part of the book draws together the relevant anatomy, biomechanics, physiology and movement analysis to present a comprehensive overview of the function of joints, muscles and nerves. This is followed by a description of the clinical manifestations of dysfunction for each tissue, while the text recognises the interrelationship of joint, nerve and muscle in both function and dysfunction. Separate chapters then discuss the principles and theory of treatment approaches for joint, nerve and muscle. The overall management of patients and issues surrounding the patient-therapist relationship are discussed in the final chapter. Written by the authors of the highly successful textbook "Neuromusculoskeletal Examination and Assessment", this new book provides the ideal sequel and companion to that text. It introduces students and clinicians with little or no experience of managing patients with neuromusculoskeletal disorders to the various treatment and management principles that they may consider with their patients. This book does not give detailed treatment descriptions for each condition but instead offers guidance on how to make the most appropriate treatment choice from the options available. For the more experienced therapist, it provides a useful aide-memoire to the treatment and management options available.

        • The Complete PLAB: Extended-Matching Questions

          A self-assessment book of approximately 1,000 EMQ questions with full answers. The questions will cover medicine, surgery, obstetrics and gynaecology, paediatrics and psychiatry. The questions will be in the style of the PLAB exam with sets of five questions based around one theme, and with ten optional answers above. This book is the first volume in a two-part work, the second volume of which will concentrate on the OSCE part of the PLAB exam.

        • Interpersonal Communication in Nursing Theory and Practice

          This is a core text for the 'Communication' section of the Common Foundation Programme (CFP). It introduces nurses to the concept of interpersonal communication and applies it to nursing situations drawn from all 4 branches of nursing, making it practical and suitable for all CFP students. Activities and questions are included to reinforce learning. Should become 'the' book for use on this part of the CFP programme.

        • Hematology: Basic Principles And Practice

          The fourth edition of this leading text reflects the new direction and growth of the field of haematology as an academic and clinical discipline. Edited and written by practitioners who are the leaders of the field, the book covers both the basic scientific foundations of haematology and its clinical aspects. It provides practitioners with the most comprehensive, authoritative, up-to-date information in haematology. The table of contents has been thoroughly revised with many new chapters added, reflecting the rapidly changing nature of the molecular and cellular areas of the specialty. This definitive resource is the one comprehensive book needed by every practicing haematologist. "Hematology: Basic Prinicples and Practice Fourth Edition" is now available as an e-dition - the 2-volume book plus state-of-the-art website featuring the full text online and many extra features.

        • Introduction To Clinical Examination

          The most important core skills for medical students to master are history taking and clinical examination. This extensively revised, eighth edition has been written with the philosophy that the acquisition of clinical skills is most effectively undertaken at the bedside. This pocketbook should be used as a companion, to be taken onto the wards, and into consulting rooms where the information is most needed. The book begins with a system of history taking followed by a new chapter on the analysis of key symptoms. The remaining chapters cover physical examination of each of the major systems. Each stage of the examination starts with a detailed, step-by-step description of the examination method complemented by relevant illustrations, diagrams and tables on the facing page. This book is intended primarily for use at the outset of clinical training; once students have achieved proficiency in the basic skills of interviewing and examining, the book should also prove useful for revision.

        • Essential Chemistry for Safe Aromatherapy

          This book provides a straightforward and accurate account of the key theoretical aspects of chemistry and its application into the safe practice of aromatherapy. For readers with a limited science background, this book offers a clear and concisely written guide to essential information in chemistry. For practitioners, the book applies chemistry to the practical and therapeutic use of essential oils, and leads to a better understanding of composition, properties and technical data related to essential oils.

        • Recent Advances in Respiratory Medicine Five

          A collection of 25 medical reviews from the UK, the USA, South Africa and France. It takes into account the greatest single advance in the field of respiratory medicine since the publication of the last issue in 1986, namely, the growing success of lung and heart transplantation.

        • Anatomy and Human Movement Study Cards

          This is the essential flashcard collection for all those needing to know and apply essential anatomy. Based on the successful "Anatomy and Human Movement" textbook and pocketbook, these flashcards will be your aide-memoir for all areas of anatomy.

        • Wheater's Functional Histology: A Text and Colour Atlas

          "Wheater's Functional Histology" presents the student with a resource of high quality photomicrographs and electron micrographs of (largely) human tissues along with a concise text appropriate for modern medical and other bioscience courses. The microstructure of tissues is related to function and clinical significance. The book starts with a section on general cell structure and replication. The second section examines the basic tissue types of blood, supporting/connective tissue, epithelial tissue, muscle and nervous tissues. The third and major section examines the microstructure of the major body systems. For each chapter there is an introductory description followed by a collection of illustrations, each with an extended explanatory caption. This book is ideal for those courses where considerable time is still devoted to the subject. "Functional Histology" will be used as an atlas to go alongside one of the major discursive textbooks. For shorter courses "Functional Histology" will be used as the sole text. The great strength of this book is that it is written from the point of view of the student. Each chapter has a brief overview of the topic, but most of the information is in the explanatory captions that accompany the high quality photomicrographs.

        • Human Nutrition and Dietetics

          This classic textbook covers the whole field of nutrition. Written by a large team of expert contributors it contains comprehensive coverage of all aspects of the subject: physiology of nutrition, foods and their composition, dietary requirements in health and nutritional management of disease.

        • Clinical Otoscopy: An Introduction to Ear Diseases

          Acting as an introduction to the subject, this book looks at a range of aspects of ear diseases that would be of clinical interest, from diseases of the tympanic membrane and middle ear, to post-operative appearances. Covers what you see when examining the ear, instrumentation and treatment.

        • Botanical Medicine for Women's Health

          This book covers the healthcare and treatment of women according to changes and conditions that occur within the context of the life cycles. The book deals with menstrual health, menstrual concerns, and disorders; fertility and the childbearing cycle, the menopausal years. There will also be sections on gynecologic malignancies, breast conditions, and sexually transmitted diseases. Within each section, the conditions associated with that life cycle change will be covered; for example, dysmenorrhea, premenstrual syndrome, and menorrhagia under menstrual health; infertility, contraception, miscarriage, and pregnancy and lactation related concerns under fertility and the childbearing cycle, and such topics as hot flashes, vaginal dryness, hormone replacement therapy, osteoporosis, cardiovascular disease.
          The book will provide relevant patient teaching guides, such as how to perform a breast self-exam or how to effectively do pelvic floor exercise, as well as other topic-related information.

        • Day Surgery: A Nursing Approach

          Day surgery (or 'same day surgery') is growing rapidly, as more and more operations are handled on an out-patient basis. In the last 7 years, the number of day cases has increased by over 30 per cent. To date, there has been no book published in the UK on this subject for nurses. This book covers all aspects of day surgery from the nurse's viewpoint. The text will provide information on technical aspects of care as well as patient selection, assessment and screening, ethical and legal implications, management of resources, and quality assurance. Nurses working in day surgery units will find it an indispensable guide to current practice, and theatre nurses and operating department personnel will also find it useful for reference.

        • Essential Musculoskeletal MRI: A Primer for the Clinician

          Essential Musculoskeletal MRI is a clinically based manual written by experts in both musculoskeletal MRI and musculoskeletal medicine. It explains when and why patients should be referred for this type of imaging and is an essential purchase for any student or clinician wishing to hone their MRI reading skills and to interpret their findings in conjunction with patient symptoms. The book assumes no previous knowledge of diagnostic imaging and covers the appearance of normal anatomy under MRI, as well as the radiological features of the most commonly encountered regional pathologies, with emphasis on those with musculoskeletal relevance.

          The content is regionally organised, rather than driven by pathology, and the focus is clearly on clinical application.

          Worked clinical examples develop diagnostic thinking and the numerous images help clinicians to recognise patterns.

        • Teaching for Health, 3e

          A book on health education for nurses and midwives. It give necessary background on health promotion and health education - what it is, theories of learning and teaching, types of communication involved - then goes on to concentrate on the nurse's teaching role, emphasising an interactive rather than a didactic approach.

        • Ear, Nose & Throat, Head & Neck Surgery

          In the same style as Gawkrodger (Dermatology), the subject is presented as a series of two-page learning units, each covering a certain aspect of ENT. The traditional format of having a text with some photos, figures and tables appearing often as an aside is replaced by complete integration of text and illustrations.

        • Play Therapy

          The author discusses the use of play therapy for children with behavioural, emotional or other psychological problems. The bulk of the text consists of highly readable annotated transcripts of therapeutic sessions that illustrate the principles. The transcripts are authentic and the annotations include comments on errors the therapist makes as well as positive points. No other book comes near this one for readability and clinical credibility.

        • The classic work on play therapy with children
        • By the authoress of DIBS - IN SEARCH OF SELF, a highly acclaimed and widely read title
        • Reprinted 19 times in the USA but has been unavailable in the rest of the world until now
        • Pocket Guide to Nutrition and Dietetics

          This is a clinical reference data pocket book. It contains the data most frequently used by dietitians and others in practice and is invaluable for dietetic students during their clinical placements. It is both practical and comprehensive. Data is readily accessible from clearly set out tables, clear diagrams and tabbed sections. As well as the core reference data there are useful appendices on various subjects including the nutritional compositions of foods, a weaning guide, a guide to religious influences on diet, useful addresses for relevant organisations and web sites.User-friendly, accessible layout enables quick assimilation of relevant data Tabbed sections help to locate information quickly Clear diagrams help to illustrate important concepts Useful addresses, websites, references and further reading A section on clinical placements (structure, duration, hospital procedures) acts as a "survival' guide for student dietitians. All data revised/updated Section on clinical training structure to be revised as recently changed New standards/protocols have been included New more durable cover.

        • Occupational Therapy and Mental Health

          "Occupational Therapy and Mental Health, 3rd Edition", provides a comprehensive introduction to the role and work of the occupational therapist in the fields of mental health and learning disability. The structure of the book presents a logical sequence for learning and is also an easy reference book for qualified occupational therapists.

        • Sport, Exercise And Environmental Physiology

          This thorough book collates the relationships between exercise and the environment into one efficient volume. The aim of this text is to provide a comprehensive coverage of the environmental influences that impact the individual when exercising or competing in sport. The main environmental factors are considered, and the physiological reactions to discrete environmental stresses are described and methods of adaptation or coping are explained.

          • Evidence-based information and highly respected references dominates the text, lending credibility to the material.
          • The coverage maintains strong focus throughout, placing constant emphasis on the physics and physiology of the environmental stress.
          • Helpful information on the impact on the individual doing activity offers other important information, necessary to real-world practice.
          • The issues of acclimatization are addressed before recommendations, helping practitioners to cope with common issues.

        • Pharmaceutical and Medicines Information Management: Principles and Practice

          This is a textbook for all those training for or involved with the provision of information in the pharmaceutical industry.

        • Understanding Advanced Statistics: A Guide for Nurses and Health Care Researchers

          This is an easy to read, relatively jargon-free book dealing with the more advanced concepts necessary for a good understanding of statistics. It makes the subject accessible and relevant to nursing students while covering the subject to the depth required for post-graduate students.

        • Walter & Miller's Textbook of Radiotherapy

          This is a comprehensive textbook of radiotherapy and related radiation physics and oncology for use by all those concerned with the uses of radiation and cytotoxic drugs in the treatment of patients with malignant disease. Best known as 'Walter and Miller', over the years this book has become the core text for therapeutic radiography students and an important introductory text for trainee radiologists and clinical physicists. It is divided into 2 parts: the first covers underlying principles of physics and the second (and longer) part deals with radiotherapy and oncology. The book underwent a major overhaul and expansion (of part 2) in the previous edition, which firmly established it as the outstanding work of its kind in this field.

        • Data Interpretation Questions and Case Histories: The Complete Mrcp

          "The Complete MRCP" is a series of 3 books that cover the whole of the written section of the Part 1 and Part 2 exams for the College of Physicians qualifications. All three books were originally written by registrars and senior registrars, all of whom were closely involved in Membership-level teaching. As a result they are the books most highly regarded by those preparing for the exams and they are essential for all those taking the qualification. The MRCP itself is a very difficult professional qualification. It is jointly organised by the three UK Royal Colleges of Physicians - Edinburgh, Glasgow and London. The format of the exam is constantly changing to reflect the patterns of medicine and roughly 4000 candidates apply to take the MRCP every year. The written part of the Part 2 exam comprises data interpretation questions based on laboratory results on ECG readings), grey cases, and colour photograph questions. This book covers the first two of these. It is a book of 150 cases which cover interpretation of laboratory or other results (such as ECGs) presented in the form of case histories. Increasingly the photographic part of the exam is being used in the case histories, so for this new edition some cases with colour photographs are included.

        • Research Methodology in Nursing and Healthcare (Healthcare Active Learning)

          INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH IN THE HEALTH SCIENCES is essential reading for anyone wishing to undertake research or to read and interpret research findings in any of the health science disciplines. It covers both quantitative and qualitative research methodology taking a very down-to-earth, straightforward approach. The second edition includes new chapters on the single case and communication.

        • General Pathology, Microbiology and Immunology for Health Care Students

          A brief, highly illustrated introduction to the general area of 'infection,immunology and the structure of diseased tissue'. This book caters for the needs of health care students who need a basic knowledge of general pathology, microbiology and immunology. Each chapter begins with a case study and ends with a tutorial

        • Elements of Pediatric Physiotherapy

          This text, providing both theoretical and the practical information, is aimed primarily at student physiotherapists and physiotherapists who are beginning a paediatric placement; physiotherapists who have entered the specialism of paediatrics; and physiotherapy teachers and course tutors. It is also hoped that teachers, nurses, and parents will find the book a useful introduction to the field. Approaches to therapy intervention are presented separately from the problems and disorders of childhood. This is to encourage development of treatment strategies related to the particular needs and skills of the child, rather than to the condition the child is experiencing.

        • Working in the Operating Department

          A straightforward primer on theatre work and basic anesthetics for personnel working in the operating theatre, including theatre, anaesthetic and recovery nurses, and operating department assistants. It covers standard principles in anatomy, physiology, pharmacology, and microbiology, and gives a brief introduction to physics and electronics. It also covers fundamentals of clinical practice in anaesthesia, surgery, recovery, and intensive care.

        • New chapters covering information on research, statistics, audit, and computers.
        • Self-assessment questions and answers in a section at the end of the book.
        • An appendix listing abbreviations and SI units, tables of drug dosages, and recommendations from various working parties.
        • Features a glossary of difficult and technical terms.
        • Plentiful line diagrams and drawings throughout the text.
        • Basics of Anesthesia

          Widely acknowledged as the foremost introductory text, this latest edition provides the most authoritative and complete overview of anesthesia theory and practice and continues to serve as an excellent primer on the scope and practice of anesthesiology. Superbly edited by two of the foremost experts in the field, the new edition is presented in full color and includes updated information on new and rapidly changing areas in anesthesia practice. The new topics include: Approach to Learning Anesthesia; Medical Informatics; Basic Cardiopulmonary Physiology; Hemostasis; Congenital Heart Disease; Trauma; Bioterrorism; and Medical Direction in the Operating Room.

        • Physical Therapy of the Low Back

          This informative text provides contemporary information on the conservative management of low back pain. It contains contributions from experts in fields such as physiotherapy, medicine, surgery, psychology, ergonomics and epidemiology, providing up-to-date, necessary information for all those concerned with the management of back pain.

        • Recent Advances in Blood Coagulation

          A new issue in the Recent Advances series which provides timely, international updates on developments across the range of medical specialties. As the series moves into the '90s it takes on new and improved features in terms of content and appearance, and issues will be published more frequently (N.B. The next issue on Blood Coagulation is due for publication in Spring 1993). This issue reviews a range of new developments occurring in blood coagulation since the last issue was published in 1985 and is published according to the new formula. It features contributions from the UK, USA, Netherlands, Japan, Canada, Turkey, France, and Belgium.

        • Tumours of the Hand and Upper Limb

          Seeks to present a comprehensive account of benign and malignant tumours in the hand and upper limb. These range from common conditions, such as ganglia and cysts, to rare malignant tumours such as nerve tumours.

        • The Pelvic Girdle: An Integration of Clinical Expertise and Research

          Authored by Diane Lee with major contribution from Linda-Joy Lee The Pelvic Girdle continues to provide the busy clinician with the latest evidence and clinical tools/knowledge to immediately impact and enhance daily practice for the management of lumbopelvic-hip pain and disability. This fourth edition has changed fundamentally in presentation and content to provide the clinician with the evidence and clinical tools for effective practice. The new model presented in this edition - The Integrated Systems Model and the Clinical Puzzle - co-developed by Diane Lee & Linda-Joy Lee, facilitates effective clinical reasoning, hypothesis development and prescriptive treatment. It is highly unlikely that there will ever be enough research evidence to me the needs of a clinician who is faced with patients presenting with a wide and variable range of single and multiple impairments every day. Clinical expertise (knowing how to do the right thing at the right time) comes from disciplined, reflective practice and it is hoped that this text will help more clinicians become expert in this field.

        • A Manual of English for the Overseas Doctor

          Here's the latest edition of the very practical book for overseas doctors. This book helps to familiarize doctors with the colloquial English language spoken in their clinical work. This unique text is fully updated, including new case histories, new phrasal verbs, sample letters that include new relevant issues such as audit and trust-hospital organization, and new social changes and the language implications for doctors.

        • Getting Research Into Practice

          The aim of "Getting Research into Practice" is to explore a range of issues that may impact on health care practitioners who want to use research in their practice. In contrast to the number of texts that have focused on research design and placed emphasis on 'doing' research this book focuses on efforts to increase utilization of research in practice through research and organisational development. The text will consist of a series of edited chapters divided into three sections as follows: Context: an outline of changes in approach to health care research and differing ideas that may influence practitioners undertaking to become involved in the research utilization cycle. Practical experiences: will focus on 'practitioners research'. Chapters will focus on the personal experience of a range of practitioners in the field and reports of project developments. This will range from strategic planning to implement research in one NHS Trust through to local examples at clinical unit level. Implications: concluding chapter will draw together the present ideology and theoretical perspectives with the examples given by practitioners and consider of implications for future practice developments.

        • Manual of Histological Techniques and Their Diagnostic Applications

          The authors have aimed to produce a textbook for courses in cellular pathology, both in the United Kingdom and elsewhere. Also, they aimed to produced a book as a practical companion of "Theory and Practice of Histological Techniques" (Bancroft and Stevens, 1990) and to produce a laboratory manual containing a full repertoire of standard and non-standard, well-known and not-so-well-known histological techniques. The authors have tried to appeal to the laboratory scientist and pathologist by anticipating the techniques required in the busy laboratory situation. The book is primarily designed to cover demonstration techniques. For this edition, the authors have incorporated a number of new techniques and, where appropriate, different uses for existing ones. They provide a discussion of the theoretical aspects of the various methods and have given increased prominence to the associated pathology. They have sought to address the needs of the laboratory in terms of new techniques. In particular, immunocytochemistry has an important role and in view of its role in diagnosis, they have supplemented this chapter with the views of a diagnostician.

        • Anesthesia Review

          Updated annually, this text both reviews the latest important developments in anaesthesia and reassesses the topics which require upgrading. Aimed primarily at the trainee anaesthetist, this work aims to bridge the gap between information provided in journals and textbooks.

        • The Science & Practice of Manual Therapy, 2e

          This practical book offers an extensive examination of how manual therapy (M.T.) techniques work, and how to match the most suitable techniques to different conditions. Drawing on evidence-based research, it explores the physiological, neurological and psychophysiological responses of the human body to M.T. techniques. In doing so, it helps M.T. practitioners deliver a more effective and safer treatment for a broader range of conditions. Comprehensive overview helps provide an understanding of how and why M.T. techniques work. Content is written in jargon-free, easy-to-read style, with most terms explained. Text is enhanced by over 120 diagrams, photographs and tables. Manual pain relief is extensively discussed throughout the book. Section 1 examines the direct effects of manual therapy on connective tissue and muscle physiology, examining how M.T. can help assist repair and adaptation processes in these tissues. Section 2 examines the effect of M.T. on the neuromuscular system, identifying conditions where neuromuscular dysfunctions can be treated by M.T. . Section 3 examines the psychological, emotional and behavioral impacts of M.T., in addition to the psychophysiological affects of M.T., including psychomotor, neuroendocrine, and autonomic responses. More than 1,000 references relevant to manual therapy are included, making this an essential source book for students and researchers of M.T. . Content is completely rewritten, extensively updated and expanded, adding new research material, novel clinical approaches, and demonstrations of new techniques and assessments. Pain coverage is expanded. More information is included on the responses of muscle to mechanical stimuli when applying M.T. techniques.

        • Ultrasound of Fetal Syndromes

          This is the only book of its kind in prenatal diagnosis that details the most common sonographically detectable fetal syndromes. It has an easy-to-follow approach of using lists and patterns of malformations to generate a differential diagnosis of the possible syndrome involved. The reader is then led to the more detailed description of each syndrome to determine the exact final diagnosis. The new edition incorporates 3D ultrasound throughout the book, as well as 20 syndromes not previously covered.

        • Master Medicine: Immunology: A Core Text with Self-assessment

          This title is directed primarily towards health care professionals outside of the United States. This series of books reflects the trend towards a core curriculum and self-directed learning. The content is restricted to the 'must know' core information presented in a synoptic style. The diagrams that support the text are in a style that the reader can remember and reproduce in examinations. Each chapter ends with a selection of self-assessment material and full explanatory answers. These consolidate and expand on the chapter contents. This volumes presents an integrated coverage of basic and clinical immunology. Despite the use of problem- and/or topic-based curricula students still respond to the security of a well-ordered presentation of the basic information by traditional discipline.

        • Craniofacial Malformations

          This work covers craniofacial malformations and growth, and their treatment, surgery and classification. Written for practising plastic surgeons and maxillofacial surgeons, it should also be of interest to oral and ENT surgeons and orthodontists.

        • Understanding Pain and Its Relief in Labour

          Introducing a comprehensive and practical text that takes an in-depth look at all aspects of pain relief in labor. Expertly edited by a midwife teacher with extensive clinical experience, this manual of instruction looks at the physiological processes involved in the perception of pain and relates them to the physiological process of labor. Emphasizes the growing use of non-pharmacological methods of pain control while including discussions of pharmacological methods of pain relief in labor. Illustrated with clear line drawings to supplement and clarify the text.

        • The Epidemiology and Prevention of Important Diseases

          This is an introduction to the epidemiology of diseases and is intended primarily for students of community and preventative medicine, but it should also be of interest to clinicians and other health professionals and to students of nursing, health visiting, health education and dentistry. The work contains an outline of the roles of epidemiology, the methods used in examining the causes of disease and the strategies used in prevention. Each chapter defines a disease or group of related diseases, giving methods of study, major epidemiological findings and applications of these to prevention, early detection, and identifying risk groups. Reference is also made to evaluation, and preventative and therapeutic measures and also included are several conditions usually regarded as "tropical disease" to encourage a global view of medicine.

        • The Hand: Diagnosis and Indications

          This forms the foundation volume of a major library in Hand Surgery. Each chapter of "Diagnosis and Indications" refers to titles in the library, written on the techniques of operative surgery in injury, reconstruction, compression and so on. There is a volume in each of the seven core areas of hand surgery identified in the "Diagnosis" volume, each of these succeeding volumes deals exclusively with operative aspects and assumes the reader has access to the "Diagnosis" text. Thus this text is necessary for all those intending to buy the operative volumes.

        • Essentials of Anaesthetic Equipment

          "Essentials of Anaesthetic Equipment" gives a concise, easy to understand description of equipment and its use in anaesthesia, intensive care and pain relief. Written to provide the trainee anaesthetist with an attractive and modern introductory textbook of the equipment which is in current usage, it is superbly illustrated with colour photographs and simple diagrams. A glossary is included to define the large vocabulary of technical terminology. Anaesthetic and intensive care nurses and operating theatre practitioners will also find the book of value.

        • Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery: An Objective-Based Textbook

          This is a textbook of oral and maxillofacial surgery for dental students. Oral surgery is studied by all dental students during their clinical years. At the simplest level it involves extraction of teeth, and various other procedures can be performed in a general dental practice setting. More complex procedures, or cases involving serious infection or malignancy, are dealt with in hospital, so the dental student needs to learn which cases require referral as well as being competent at the simpler procedures. All currently available British books suitable for students are outdated both in content and appearance. This book will answer the need for an up to date text illustrated in colour, laid out in a user friendly and readable manner.

        • Technique Systems in Chiropractic

          The book will describe, in an non-judgemental manner, each technique and will present the relevant research into the efficacy of each technique as well as providing a list of the advantages and disadvantages of each technique Describes and analyses over two dozen of the most widely known and used chiropractic technique systems, in alphabetical order. Uses a common format for each technique system, allowing the reader to easily locate desired information and draw comparisons between techniques. Features chapters on chiropractic terminology, as well as examination and adjustive methods that are common to many technique systems. Compiles and summarizes the relevant research on each technique, drawing summary conclusions and clearly identifying what is known and what is not known about each. Explains why there have been so many technique systems in chiropractic, past and present, and how this relates to issues of jurisprudence, practice parameters, and guidelines for care. Explores the interface between chiropractic technique systems and the movement toward evidence-based chiropractic (EBC). Presents demographic information on the rates of utilization of each technique in the United States and Canada. Includes a glossary of technique-specific terms and jargon.

        • Minor Injuries: A Clinical Guide for Nurses

          "Minor injuries" is a unique and accessible guide to the clinical examination and treatment of minor injuries. It brings the essential knowledge and skills together in a single text. A comprehensive range of the conditions likely to present in each area is described with clear instructions on examination, as well as guidelines on whether to treat or refer. The effective treatments for most injuries are given and their relative merits discussed. The book is highly illustrated to demonstrate anatomical features and the clinical skills for treating injuries. This is an essential guide for nurses and nurse practitioners working in minor injuries clinics, emergency departments, in occupational health roles and in the community.

        • Acupuncture Cases from China: A Digest of Difficult and Complicated Case Histories

          The Chinese authors have collated a wide range of difficult and complex cases and the treatments used to remedy them. This is an invaluable source book for the Western practitioner who does not have the opportunity to learn at first hand from Chinese experience. Each case history is analysed in detail and the method of treatment, and its criteria for selection explained. The book concentrates on more difficult cases because this is where the experience of others has most to teach. The contents list below details the various regions and conditions covered in the book.

        • Clinical Bacteriology, Mycology and Parasitology: An Illustrated Colour Text

          This book presents the basic principles of microbial infections, a short systematic treatment of the organisms and the diseases caused by infection. It concludes with a section on the general principles of control and treatment of infection. Bacteria, fungi and protozoa are covered. The information is presented for the reader in a highly accessible form, using a double page spread for each topic, graphics, summary boxes and tables.

        • Neuromusculoskeletal Examination and Assessment: A Handbook for Therapists

          This is a logical, systematic working guide to the examination of the neuromusculoskeletal system. "Neuromusculoskeletal Examination and Assessment, 2nd Edition" brings together the examination and assessment of the structures involved: joints, nerve and muscle tissue. Each section follows the same logical, step by step sequence of illustrations and text. Eachjoint examination starts with a list of the possible causes of pain and limitation of movement that should be considered during the examination process. The book is designed for use by anyone requiring to identify and assess clinical problems in this area, whether student or practitioner.

        • Statistics in Small Doses

          Many medical and pharmaceutical workers have very little knowledge of statistics. Yet statistics is one of the tools must commonly used in their field. This book aims to give the reader a clear understanding of statistics, particularly in a medical context.The book has been carefully structured to make it easy to use and to learn from. The numerical examples used are simple, to ensure the reader grasps quickly the underlying principles, and the first part of the book is particularly easy reading to encourage the reader initially. The main part of the book dispenses in formation in small doses called 'frames' with questions and answers designed to continously test the reader's grasp of the subject matter. This makes the book particularly useful for self-testing - a powerful way to learn. Moreover, many of the answers feature further explanation or comment to give background to the point being made.As a whole, the book is meant to be read from start to finish (not 'dipped into') so that each point leads on logically, building up the reader's knowledge sequentially. However to cement that knowledge and help revision, each chapter ends with revision summaries covering fully the chapter's content. This third edition has been fully revised and much of the material is new, for example chapter 19 (on simple linear regression) 21 (nonparametric methods) and 22 (statistical computing.). The book retains the strengths of previous editions and will give the reader a thorough understanding of this vital subject. Features: * An accessible guide to understanding this vital subject * Carefully structured to guide the reader through the subject in a user-friendly way and ensure comprehension * No complicated mathematics - to ensure the reader grasps the basic concepts quickly * Features self-testing questions and discursive answers giving more detail and a better understanding * Fully revised for this edition

        • Muscles in Action: An Approach to Manual Muscle Testing

          This work is designed to offer students in a variety of disciplines a structured introduction to the evaluation of strength and function of the muscles of the human body, and to be an easy reference for the clinician in practical situations. The initial chapters address the fundamentals of muscle testing and the problems associated with it. The test position for most muscles of the body against the resistance of gravity and with gravity eliminated are provided, and demonstrated pictorially in each case. Abilities such as eye movements, swallowing and other essential functions have been included in an endeavour to broaden the scope of application of the evaluation of muscle. The authors have also tried to identify those clinical situations which frequently make muscle testing more difficult. Some of the pitfalls likely to interfere with the evaluation have been described and a commonsense approach to testing has been suggested. The sequencing of the testing procedure in lying, sitting and standing is presented in a tabular form as are the muscles which need to be evaluated in each of the major peripheral nerve injuries, and in lesions of the spinal cord at a variety of levels.

        • Health Visiting and Elderly People: A Health Promotion Challenge

          This text addresses the changes taking place in the care of old people and discusses changes in demographic structure, reforms in social policy and new legislation. The authors offer practical suggestions on the care of older people within the health context and consider the role of health visitors in relation to targeting, teamwork, inter-sectoral activites and cost-effective practice. The authors have consulted widely and collected material from visits to innovative practices, conferences on the care of elderly people, interviews with professional personnel at both field and policy-making levels, literature revies and personal experience. This edition contains updated statistices, while most tables and illustrations have been revised and new ones added. It examines current controversies on the direction which health visiting might take in future and the chapter on models and frameworks of care has been expanded in the light of new developments. The relationship of the WHO targets to the care of older adults has been explored, with the aim of linking international policies to local activities, as expressed through primary health care and neighbourhood nursing. Issues such as retirement, the medical needs of older people plus a new chapter on group health promotion, thoeries, strategeis and topics are also included.

        • Sterilization, Disinfection and Control

          This valuable resource is designed to advise, guide, inform and support those who are involved in the provision of sterile supplies and services.

        • Arterial Surgery of the Lower Limb

          This is part of a series about operative surgery. This volume is an exploration of arterial surgery of the lower limb. Topics covered include preoperative assessments prior to distal surgery, in situ saphenous vein bypass grafting, popliteal artery entrapment syndrome and cystic adventitial disease. The book should enable surgeons to improve their techniques.

        • Caring for Sexuality in Health and Illness

          This book provides a practical and accessible introduction to the theory and practice of psychosexual care which would come under the remit of the healthcare professional. The book's focus is on recognition of spoken and unspoken needs in caring for sexuality in health and illness and the role of the healthcare professional in promoting sexual health. Issues of sensitivity, the professional's and the patient's anxieties, and the need for careful listening are addressed; "patient concerns" and " practitioner concerns" will be addressed side by side. An emphasis on appropriate training will be included in the book, through a section on coaching and its practical implementation.

        • Practice McQs for the Final Frca

          This book of MCQs is designed for the final part of the Fellowship of the Royal College of Anaesthetists, and will be suitable for other similar exams.

        • Recent Advances in Urology: v.6

          Provides up-to-date reviews of topics of current interest in urology and andrology. Topics covered include: MRI in urology; screening for prostate cancer; orthotopic bladder substitutes; laparoscopic urology; testicular cancer; and penile revascularization.

        • Fibromyalgia Syndrome -fms: A Practitioner's Guide to Treatment

          Fibromyalgia Syndrome (FMS) is a relatively new condition that was only officially recognised and classified as a diagnosable condition in 1991, yet it is estimated that it is the second commonest condition now seen in chronic pain clinics. This video, which can be used on its own or as accompaniment to Chaitow's book of the same name, explains and demonstrates the various massage and bodywork techniques which can be used to treat the symptoms which present as part of FMS. It provides a masterclass where you can see an expert at work, taking your learning to a higher level.

        • Companion to Clinical Anaesthesia Exams

          An updated edition of a popular revision book for trainee anaesthetists preparing for clinical examinations in anaesthesia.

        • Orthopaedic And Trauma Nursing

          This Edition differs substantially from the first. Ten new chapters have been added. The main additions are a new section on orthopedic trauma, and the inclusion of pediatric orthopedics throughout the text. The book is split into two parts. Part I contains the general scene-setting chapters, this section has been expanded to 10 chapters with the inclusion of nutrition and basic principles of trauma/surgical care. Part II begins with a reappraisal of the extent of orthopedic morbidity, and then subdivides to take a pathology-orientated look at the common orthopedic problems. Conditions are explained and diagnostic and treatment methods set out, but the emphasis will be on nursing management.

        • Addresses the rationales and evidence for nursing practice, provides a sound basis for clinical decision-making based on current knowledge and understanding
        • An essential text focusing on nursing care and patient management, which reflects current practice at national and local levels
        • Comprehensive reference lists and additional reading lists provide valuable resources for readers
        • The addition of musculoskeletal trauma enhances the orthopaedic nursing focus
        • New chapters on nutrition, skeletal infections, patient admission, children and adolescent care, osteoporosis, spinal cord injuries, nerve injuries, pelvic injuries, sports injuries and over use injuries
        • Concentration throughout the text on orthopaedics across the life-span (1E was adults only)
        • New diagrams to add to the excellent ones found in 1E
        • Medical Microbiology Made Memorable

          The aim of "Medical Microbiology Made Memorable", another great addition to the "Made Memorable" series, is to provide a core text of medical microbiology for medical students. It will also be useful for biological science courses. This book provides accessible and appropriate information that the reader knows is essential core information. As a result, it is considerably shorter than many of the established major textbooks, which are now too detailed for modern courses, and less expensive. Each topic is presented as a double-page spread, roughly covering the content that might be found in one lecture. The left-hand page contains the descriptive text and the right-hand page has diagrams, flow charts etc. Throughout the book, emphasis is on the clinical, with only the absolute minimum of systematic microbiology.

        • ENT for Primary Care

          This is a simple readable and highly illustrated guide to the diagnosis and management of common ENT conditions presenting in general practice. Guidance on when to refer and the potential pitfalls to be avoided are highlighted. This second edition of a very successful book reflects changes in the National Health Service which have resulted in more specialised ENT practice being handled in the general practice setting. Many useful comments from general practitioners have been incorporated into this edition. Features: * Clear concise text * Simple guide to common conditions * Full colour illustrations * Perfect for the non-specialist who needs a quick essential reference guide * Recommended reading by the Northwest UK GP training scheme New to this edition: * New chapter on foreign bodies and trauma * Added information on commissioning and delivery of ENT services in primary care * Fully updated clinical content throughout

        • Orthopaedics and Trauma: An Illustrated Colour Text

          A concise and highly illustrated textbook of orthopaedics and trauma for the undergraduate medical student. Presented in the popular and successful Illustrated Colour Text" format, this book provides a topic-by-topic approach to the subject, presenting double-page spreads containing all the essential details on each area. Full-colour illustrations, simple tables and summary boxes all help the student to read, learn and understand." Features: * Part of the popular and successful Illustrated Colour Text" series * Attractively priced * Full-colour illustrations throughout * A well-known and widely respected author * Ideal for learning and for revision"

        • Normal Childbirth: Evidence and Debate

          This new edition builds on the strengths of the popular first edition, with updated national and international data, and the most recent debate around the controversial area of childbirth. With the increasing risk of litigation, there can be a tendency to classify women as 'at risk' if they present with even a hint of a problem. This is a contentious area and midwives need to be aware of the wide parameters of 'normal' in order to practice autonomously, effectively and safely. This book provides an evidence-based source for all midwives and other health professionals with an interest normal birth.

        • Psychological Perspectives on Pregnancy and Childbirth

          This book explores the psychological aspects of pregnancy, childbirth, and early motherhood--an area usually overlooked in the perinatology literature. 20 multidisciplinary contributors discuss what parents and their children experience during this emotionally charged period. The result is a much-needed resource that will help health professionals to provide more supportive and empowering care.

        • Multidisciplinary approach to subject
        • Includes key points for caregivers in each chapter
        • Includes new researdch findings fron qualitative and quantitative studies
        • Includes comprehensive reviews of current literature

        • Clinical Skills in Treating the Foot

          In one volume, here's everything the podiatrist needs to know about the principles and practice of treating the foot. This text covers the traditional and modern methods for managing foot conditions with emphasis on the need for a holistic approach, providing an understanding of the role of other health care professionals in this area of therapy. The reader can use this text to design individually tailored holistic health plans built on the results of clinical examinations and assessment. Case studies make it easier for the reader to apply theory to practice and the structure of the book is designed to facilitate learning, revision and ready reference. And the liberal use of illustrations and learning devices makes the text more readable and accessible. The text looks at all appropriate methods of clinical management based on the following 5 basic principles: pharmacology; operative techniques (subcutaneous and percutaneous methods); mechanical therapies; physical therapies; and footwear adaptation. Details of pathology are considered, where this helps to explaining why one method of treatment may be preferable to another. Relevant physiology, pharmacology and orthopaedic principles are discussed or referred to as necessary, although the book is not intended to supplant the need for textbooks on these subjects. There is no up-to-date British book on the clinical skills relevant to treating the foot and this title fills a very real gap in the market.

        • Foundations for Practice in Occupational Therapy

          A readable, jargon-free, introduction to the theories, models and frames of reference which now form the theoretical basis of occupational therapy practice. This theory is now regarded as an essential part of the occupational therapy curriculum.

        • Qualitative Research Methodology in Nursing and Health Care

          One of the Healthcare Active Learning series of open learning books. The books are produced by the Open Learning Foundation (a group of higher learning institutions, mainly universities, devoted to promoting high quality flexible learning materials) and Churchill Livingstone. The books offer open learning courses ranging from 15-40 hours study time at an extremely low cost. The quality of the materials is high, and they are very flexible in allowing the student to choose when and how they would like to study. The books all contain workbook sections, readers/resource sections, exercises, and self-assessment sections. Features: * very attractively designed and laid out, making study interesting and pleasurable * offers enormous flexibility to students so that they can choose when and where they want to study * the new wave of titles in the series (of which this is one) also fit in with the new nursing courses in the UK for continuing professional development and advanced nursing practice * an extremely economical way of studying - HAL titles work out at about ?1 per study hour, much cheaper than most open learning materials on the market - and for nurses wishing to use them in the context of their PREP requirements it can work our very economically indeed * written by respected lecturers in the topic, put together by the OLFs experts in producing open learning materials, and published by Churchill Livingstone with all our experience in producing high quality books and learning materials

        • Lymphatic Therapy for Toxic Congestion: Selected Case Studies for Therapists and Patients

          Addressing the growing interest in lymphatic therapy, this book describes various techniques used to treat symptoms simply, effectively, and economically. A series of case histories illustrates the range of situations in which specific techniques can be applied, highlighting the effectiveness of the techniques in each case. The relationship between degenerative disease and physiological malfunction within the body is addressed throughout the book.

          • Practical approach uses case histories to explain how and when to use specific techniques.
          • Well illustrated with high-quality line drawings to clarify the text.
          • Straightforward style is easy to read and understand.
          • Written by an experienced practitioner for the most accurate, authoritative perspective on lymphatic therapy.

        • Cawson's Essentials of Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine

          This is the seventh edition of a highly successful book on oral pathology and oral medicine for dental students and postgraduates taking further dental exams such as the FDS. Radical changes were introduced when the sixth edition was published in 1998, the most important of which were the restriction of the content to oral pathology and oral medicine from its former broader coverage, and the introduction of colour illustrations. A major change to the seventh edition will be that colour illustrations will be spread throughout the book.

        • Clinical Pharmacology for Nurses

          A guide to pharmacology and types of disease and arranged according to types, this text explains how drugs work in relation to disease and looks at the drugs from the perspective of the nurse. This edition contains a section on homeopathy and modified drug dosages so that only the dose of drugs that nurses prescribe or use frequently are included.

        • Regional Anatomy Colouring Book

          This is an ideal learning and revision tool for students of medicine. Large, clear line drawings of regional human anatomy are presented for the student to colour and annotate. This is a proven method of learning anatomy and one which is popular with students. There is also plenty of room for the students to add their own notes and mnemonics. Features: * Branded From the Publishers of Gray's Anatomy" * Drawings specially developed by the Department of Anatomy at Edinburgh Medical School to cover the basics of descriptive anatomy that students need to know * A tried and tested method of learning and revision, popular with students * Will be invaluable to medical students and student nurses alike"

        • The Clinician's Handbook of Natural Medicine

          Written by leading authorities in complementary and integrative medicine, this convenient, quick-reference handbook provides clear and rational directives on diagnosing and treating specific diseases and disorders with natural medicine. You'll get concise summaries of diagnostic procedures, general considerations, therapeutic considerations, and therapeutic approaches for 84 of the most commonly seen conditions, 12 of which are new to this edition, plus naturopathic treatment methods and easy-to-follow condition flowcharts. Based on Pizzorno's trusted "Textbook of Natural Medicine" and the most current evidence available, it's your key to accessing reliable, natural diagnosis and treatment options in any setting.

        • Accident and Emergency Medicine

          The aim of this book is to produce a practical guide where both doctors and nurses can find succinct advice. It covers aspects of organization and life-threatening, major (stretcher patients) and minor (walking patients) clinical problems. The conditions have been classified according to the chief problem which the patient presents. Problems and diseases are considered from those points of view relevant to decisions in the accident and emergency department; clinical signs which should be sought; whether X-rays or other tests should be carried out; what immediate treatment is necessary; and which patients should be admitted, discharged or referred to a specialist clinic. A further section is devoted to various specialities which are of particular relevance to accident and emergency work.

        • Physiotherapy in Orthopaedics: A Problem-Solving Approach

          This textbook on orthopaedics contains: reading and practical assignments, which contain the recommended prerequisite knowledge and experience for each chapter; case studies to illustrate points about the problem-solving approach and the management of specific client groups; chapter summaries to emphasize the key areas that should be considered whem working through a chapter; and references to direct the reader to areas of further study.

        • Acupuncture in Practice: Case History Insights from the West

          Written by THE leading lights in the field of integrating acupuncture into a Western medical system, this book bridges the gap between the theoretical foundations of acupuncture and its application in a modern Western clinical context. Each case history focuses on the complexities and dilemmas of treatment that are tackled, providing valuable insights by experienced practitioners into the management of a course of acupuncture treatment.

        • written by THE leading lights in the field
        • helps bridge the difficult gap between acupucture theory from a TCM perspective, and its application in a modern context for practitioners of conventional medicine
        • contains useful case histories to make the content easy to understand and to enable the reader to apply the knowledge within the book to real life clinical situations
        • no other book of its kind has the quality and depth of information detailed here

        • Clinical Application of Neuromuscular Techniques, Volume 2: The Lower Body

          Clinical Application of Neuromuscular Techniques, Volume 2 - The Lower Body discusses the theory and practice of the manual treatment of chronic pain, especially with regards to the soft tissues of the lower body. Authored by experts of international renown, this highly successful book provides a structural review of each region, including ligaments and functional anatomy, and includes step-by-step protocols that address each muscle of a region. The volume now comes with?accompanying video clips of the techniques shown, fully downloadable text linked to PubMed and image bank and an EVOLVE site for instructors who can download the full text and images for teaching purposes.

        • Stone Surgery

          Examining the field of stone surgery, this text contains a variety of essays which consider a number of topics including the manipulation of stones, open surgery, pathophysiology, diagnosis, stone manipulation and the medical management of nephrolithiasis.

        • Nursing Elderly People

          In this second edition of "Nursing Elderly People", the approach and format of the first edition, has been retained. Four new chapters have appeared, ten have been rewritten and nearly all the remainder have been modified and updated. The four new chapters cover: the extent of mental health problems in the elderly population and the importance of thorough assessment and planning of individual care form the perspective of the multidisciplinary team; self-care and health in old age, which highlights the increasing trend of old people to take more active control of their own health, and the subsequent development of self-help groups run by elders who have similar health and social concerns; care of black and ethnic minority elders, which covers the family circumstances, the living conditions, health and well-being of these people, and the failure of the services to meet their needs; and the continuing care of old people in long-stay settings from residential homes to nursing homes and hospital wards. The authors, have expanded their discussion of ageism and have included a case study of an old lady who, they argue, was a victim of ageism yet whose story they have seen repeated in many different settings. The balance of rights and risks is considered and the importance of giving old people the chance to take risks, like everybody else, is emphasized. The section on surgery for old people has been expanded to include the measures that could easily be, but tend not to be, taken to reduce the incidence of osteoporosis, particulary for elderly women. The nurse's role in the care of old people has been substantially revised. The authors update the reader on some of the developments in nurse practitioner and clinical nurse specialist roles; and they move from a nursing process prespective, to the current emphasis on individualized care and primary nursing.

        • A Clinical Guide to Blending Liquid Herbs: Herbal Formulations for the Individual Patient

          This clinical guide and practical reference is ideal for those who use and combine liquid herbal remedies for the individual needs of the patient. With three introductory chapters, 125 monographs, and various glossaries and appendices, it covers the fundamental concepts of using liquid herbals, including how the remedies are made, quality issues, and dosage guidelines. The monographs include full prescribing information that covers actions, indications, contraindications, warnings and precautions, interactions, side effects, dosage, traditional usage, pharmacological research, clinical studies, and full references.

        • Davidson's Principles and Practice of Medicine

          Stop Press! In February 2004, Davidson became a 'living book' with all purchasers receiving free access to the complete online version at website named davidsonmedicine.com and also as part of website named studentconsult.com. "Davidson's Principles & Practice of Medicine" is an internationally famous and best-selling textbook of general (or internal) medicine, renowned for providing a rational and easily understood basis for the practice of clinical medicine. Since it was first published this comprehensive text has met the requirements of several generations of medical students preparing for their examinations, while serving as a valuable reference for doctors in training. The publication of the nineteenth edition marks the fiftieth anniversary of the first publication of the book, during which time over 2,000,000 copies have been sold. Medicine is the most dynamic of biological disciplines; while the basic principles remain unaltered, current practice is undergoing exponential change. This new edition of "Davidson's Principles & Practice of Medicine", aims to reflect this transformation, whilst at the same time continuing the tradition of providing a concise, yet up-to-date and comprehensive text on clinical medicine. Many doctors preparing for postgraduate qualifications such as the MRCP value Davidson as a core text, while for a large number of general practitioners, nurses, pharmacists and other health-care professionals Davidson has proven to be an easy-to-use reference source. This truly international textbook has a large following of medical students and doctors all around the globe; their numerous comments have helped shape the development of the book over 50 years. In this latest edition, the formation of the International Advisory Board, a panel of 27 distinguished academics and clinicians from 12 countries, has led to significant input to the content of the book ensuring that Davidson maintains its international perspective and world-wide reputation.

        • Walter and Miller's Textbook of Radiotherapy: Radiation Physics, Therapy and Oncology

          The fifth edition of this text keeps the basic format of the fourth, namely to deal with radiation physics in Part 1 and with radiotherapy and oncology in Part 2. In recognition of the continuing expansion of the whole field of radiotherapy, the text has been expanded and full colour plates have been included. The physics section, Part 1, is divided into 12 chapters, and has been completely revised and updated. Chapter 1 is a summary of the basic knowledge assumed in the remaining chapters. Chapter 11 is devoted to neutron and proton therapy. the former has never lived up to expectations, except in a few particular areas, whereas the latter is an exciting field and bigger and better facilities are being developed around the world. Chapter 12 seeks to marry the existing statutory requirements on radiation protection with the more recent recommendations of the International Commission on Radiological Protection. The section on radiotherapy and oncology has been almost completely rewritten. In order to provide a practical guide to clinical radiotherapy and to satisfy the examination requirements of both radiographers and radiotherapists, the text on radiotherapy technique is more detailed than in the previous edition. The general format of chapters dealing with tumours by anatomical site has been retained. There is an increase in the number of diagrams illustrating relevant anatomy and treatment volumes. New chapters have been included on palliative and continuing care and quality of life, reflecting their importance in clinical practice and on new developments in oncology. While the emphasis of the clinical section is still on radiotherapy, the section on medical oncology has been considerably expanded in recognition of the role played by cytotoxic therapy in a wide range of malignancies, with an additional section on the medical management of malignant disease. The basic aim of the book remains as it has been - namely a basic but comprehensive text covering the uses of radiation and cytotoxic drugs in the treatment of patients with malignant disease. As such it is intended as a study book for those seeking to qualify as therapy radiographers or as medical technical officers as well as an introductory text for the Fellowship of the Royal College of Radiologists (Radiotherapy and Oncology) and for Clinical Physicists.

        • Maxillofacial Surgery

          Maxillofacial Surgery is the specialty-defining text which has been long awaited. Covering trauma, facial deformity, oral surgery and oncology it is set to become the gold standard classic in the field. The text is enhanced with the highest quality of line artwork and liberal photographs and images, including some colour. Clear explanation of conditions, rare as well as common, full descriptions of surgical techniques, and discussions of management strategies from experts in the field make Maxillofacial Surgery an invaluable resource for maxillofacial surgeons, plastic surgeons, otolaryngologists, and head and neck surgeons. Features: * Defines the specialty * Includes all alternative surgical techniques * Liberally illustrated with top quality artwork and photographs * Covers all areas of maxillofacial surgery: trauma, oncology, deformity, and oral surgery * Includes full discussion of rare as well as common conditions

        • Common Vertebral Joint Problems

          Describes the genesis, pathology, clinical features, presentation, syndromes, clinical examination, investigation procedures, treatment, prophylaxis, and surgery of common vertebral joint problems.New edition of a highly successful, widely acclaimed book Completely updated to take account of recent developments in research and practice The Gray's Anatomy" of spinal musculoskeletal pain - now the essential reference for all involved in the treatment of vertebral conditions The only single book to offer a comprehensive survey of the whole field Covers the genesis, pathology, clinical features, presentation, syndromes, clinical examination, investigation procedures, treatment, prophylaxis, and surgery of common vertebral joint problems Gives the reader a thoughtful and critical digest of more than 2500 references - two-thirds of theseSuperbly illustrated: 412 photographs and 206 line illustrations"

        • Pearson's Thoracic and Esophageal Surgery

          Published as two individual books in its previous editions, this acclaimed reference now comes to you as one comprehensive two-volume resource, covering the entire range of esophageal and thoracic surgery for adults and children. Sixty nine brand-new chapters and 92 new authors deliver state-of-the-art, clear how-to-do-it guidance on the latest surgical techniques for the treatment of lung infections, lung cancer, benign conditions, trauma, reflux, and more-so you can effectively manage every common and uncommon condition you encounter. A new full-color design presents outstanding visual guidance that shows you exactly how to proceed, and a logical organization throughout makes reference easy. As an Expert Consult title, this thoroughly updated 3rd edition comes with access to the complete contents online, fully searchable-enabling you to consult it rapidly from any computer with an Internet connection.

        • Occupational Therapy Without Borders: Learning from the Spirit of Survivors

          This landmark text challenges occupational therapists to more fully realize the profession's social vision of a more just society where disability, old age, and other marginalizing conditions and experiences are addressed by involving people in helping themselves to (re)gain the capacity and power to construct their own destinies through their participation in daily life. The book explores the new concept of occupational apartheid - the separation between those who have meaningful, useful occupations and those who are deprived of or isolated from occupation, or who are otherwise constrained in their daily life. All royalties from this book will go to a special fund that support the initiatives of SPIRIT OF SURVIVORS - Occupational Therapy Without Borders. Companion volume also available - Occupational Therapies without Borders Volume 2: towards an ecology of occupation-based practice (9780702031038)

        • Churchill's Pocketbook of Clinical Microbiology

          A pocket companion for the clinical microbiologist, both in the diagnostic laboratory and in the hospital ward or clinic. The book aims to be a one-stop reference for the busy medical microbiologist. It bridges the gap between diagnostic microbiology and clinical infectious disease, making it ideal for use when clinicians want immediate guidance - for example, in the middle of the night when relatively junior members of staff have to make quick, informed decisions with no time for referring to major reference texts. It should be ideal for trainees but will also suit all grades of staff working in diagnostic microbiology laboratories, whether medically qualified or not. Infectious disease physicians should also find it useful. With a problem-based format and layout designed for immediate reference in the laboratory or on the ward, it will be invaluable in helping the reader make informed decisions with confidence.

        • Clinical Hematology and Oncology: Presentation, Diagnosis and Treatment

          With extreme accessibility and a practical clinical approach, "Clinical Practice of Hematology and Oncology" fills the niche of a comprehensive yet concise haematology and oncology resource. Its readability, practical information and applicable clinical tips add to its usefulness as it systematically and concisely covers many major topics in depth with the authority and knowledge of a classic in the making.

        • Macleod's Clinical Examination

          The aim of this book is to describe the practical skills the clinician must acquire and develop in order to formulate diagnostic procedures and management plans. Emphasis is placed on the methods of obtaining an accurate history and of performing a physical examination appropriate to the clinical problem. The main chapters in the book conform to a basic pattern. Each chapter starts by emphasizing the importance of careful history taking. The cardinal symptoms are discussed and their significance explained. The method of physical examination is then described and the relevance of positive findings discussed. The type of investigations, their advantages and limitations are detailed as a logical extension of the clinical examination and an integral part of the management plan. Samples are provided of the methods in practice.

        • Asthma

          Four times a year the British Medical Bulletin covers the latest research and clinical findings in specific areas of medicine. Every issue is filled with well-documented research from leading clinicians and researchers, accompanied by graphs, illustrations and photographs, to provide complete coverage of the subject. British Medical Bulletin provides authoritative reviews of topics in medicine and biomedical science for the non-specialist. Features: * Key references provided * Essential reading for drug companies, hospitals, medical schools and individuals around the world who need a regular, reliable source of quality information on important topics in medicine * Indexed in Current Contents, Excerpta Medica, BIOSIS, Biological Abstracts, USSR Academy of Science, NMLUIS and Index Medicus

        • Medical Acupuncture

          This textbook presents a thorough review of available scientific data on western acupuncture, combined with a practical introduction to the subject on its different applications. No existing book draws together such a variety of up-to-date material, and its value as a comprehensive and scientific reference for beginner or practising acupuncturists - both medical and non-medical - will be unique. Authors are drawn from the UK, Europe and USA.